JJBSL^Xa

NEW YORK BOTANIC VL GARDBI*

Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences.
Vol. XXXVllI. No. 4. — October, 1902.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF
HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

New Series. — Xo. XXIV.

{PAPERS FROM THE HOPKINS-STANFORD EXPEDITION
TO THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS.)

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS.

By B. L. Robinson.

(With the collaboration of specialists.)

Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences.
Vol. XXXVill. No. 4. — Octoijek, 1902.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF
HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

New Series. — No. XXIV.

(PAPERS FROM THE HOPKINS-STANFORD EXPEDITION
TO THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS.}

FLOE A OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS.

By B. L. Robinson.

(With the collaboration of specialists.)

'R6

LIBRARY

NI.W YORK

botanical;

GARDEN

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD
UNIVERSITY, NEW SERIES, NO. XXIV.

By B. L. Robinson.

Presented January 8, 1902. Received May 20, 1902.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS.

The peculiar character of the Vegetation on the Galapagos Islands was
brought to scientific attention in 1847 by Sir Joseph Dal ton Hooker.
His flora of the archipelago, based chiefly upon the collections of Charles
Darwin, showed clearly that these islands, although small in extent,
volcanic in character, and only five hundred to six hundred miles from
Ecuador, possess a vegetation striking in individuality and very unlike that
of the adjacent mainland. Darwin, who visited tiie Galapagos on the
memorable voyage of the " Beagle," lauded on four of the islands
(Chatham, Charles, James, and Albemarle). He was able to spend
only a few days upon each, and naturally much of his attention was
devoted to the general topography, the geology, and especially tlie
peculiar fauna; moreover the season was one of drought; yet he was
able to collect 201 different plants. These, supplemented by smaller
collections (chiefly those of Douglas & Scouler, Macrae, and Edmon-
ston), enabled Hooker to include in his enumeration 239 species, of which
no less than 107 were described as new to science, thus indicating an
extraordinary endemic element of nearly forty-f^ve per cent of the whole
flora of the islands, a proportion which became still more remarkable
when the imperfectly represented thallophytes, and certain phanerogams,
believed to be artificially introduced weeds, were omitted from con-
sideration.

In 1852 Prof. N. J. Andersson, well known for his critical studies in
Salix^ visited the Galapagos Islands on a voyage of the Swedish frigate
" Eugenie." He landed upon five of the islands, four of them being the
same as those visited by Darwin, and the fifth (Indefatigable) until then
entirely unknown botanically. The sailing schedule of his vessel per-
mitted him to remain but a few hours upon some of the islands, and
upon none more than two or three days. Nevertheless, he was able to
secure an excellent collection of plants, including 338 numbers, many

78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

of which were represented by several specimens. These plants, criti-
cally determined by Aiidersson himself and distributed to the leading
lierbaria of various countries, have long furnished the chief reference
specimens for the interesting vegetation they represent. In 1853
Andersson published a detailed flora of the islands, and in 18o7 he
republished the same work in revised form and well illustrated.

Since the appearance of these classical papers by Hooker and Anders-
son, there has been no general revision of the Galapageian flora. The
islands have been visited, however, and plants collected upon tluMn, —
in 18G8-1869 by Dr. A. Habel, in 1871 by the Ilassler Expedition
under the direction of Professor Louis Agassiz, in 1875 by Dr. Theodor
Wolf, in 1884 by Lieutenants Chierchia and Marcacci, in 1888 by
Professor Leslie A. Lee, in 1891 by Mr. Alexander Agassiz, also by the
late Dr. Georg Baur and his assistant, Mr. C. F. Adams, and finally
by Messrs. Robert E. Snodgrass and Edmund Heller of the Hopkins-
Stanford Expedition. Not only have these collectors secured much
additional material from the five larger islands, visited by Darwin and
Andersson, but many specimens are now at hand, chiefly through the
efforts of Dr. Baur and Messrs. Snodgrass and Heller, to illustrate the
florulae of no less than twelve of the smaller islands, of which nearly all
include new and peculiar species or forms. F'urthermore, since the appear-
ance of Andersson's works there have been many scattered notes, in
monographic treatments of families and genera, throwing new light upon
the identity, affinities, and nomenclature of Galapageian plants. It has
therefore seemed desirable during the study of the rich botanical collec-
tions secured by the Hopkins-Stanford PZxpedition and referred by the
Zoological Department of Stanford University to the Gray Herbarium
for examination, to undertake a general recension of the flora of the
Galapagos Islands, and to bring together its now more extensive bibliog-
raphy, synonymy, and records of distribution. This has appeared the
more worth while because some of the species regarded as new in the
earlier treatments of the flora have dropped into synonymy and others for-
merly supposed peculiar to the islands are now known to occur in other
regions ; so that without a comprehensive revision it wouhl be well nigh
impossible to draw any statistical suramarj^ or show (1) in how far the
vegetation of the archipelago is really peculiar, (2) to what other floras
it is most nearly related, and (3) the complicated affinities existing between
the florulae of the different islands. Finally, to these incentives there
has been added a wish to derive, if possible, new light upon the origin of
the islands themselves.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 79

I am greatly indebted to my colleague, Professor W. G. Farlow, for the
treatment of the difficult orders of Fungi, Lichenes, Algae, and Musci, to
Dr. A. W. Evans of Yale University for the treatment of the Hepaticae,
and to Professor K. Schumann of the Royal Botanical Museum at Berlin
for the elaboration of the Cactaceae of the Hopkins-Stanford Expedition.
Further expert assistance has been kindly and very promptly given by
Mr. Casimir de Candolle of Geneva (Peperomia), Mr. C. B. Clarke cf
Kew (Kyllinga), Professor A. Cogniaux of Verviers (Miconia), Piofessor
F. Lamson-Scribner of the United States Department of Agriculture
(Chloris), Dr. Gustav Lindau of Berlin (Justia'a), and Dr. Hans Hallier of
Hamburg (Ipomoea). I am likewise indebted to Sir W. T. Tliiselton-Dyer
and Mr. W. Bolting Hemsley for some comparisons at the Royal Gardens
at Kew and for a list of the plants collected upon the Galapagos Islands by
Dr. A. Habel. Mr. F. V. Coville and Dr. J. N. Rose of the United States
Kational Museum have generously furnished me with duplicates of many
of the plants secured on the Galapagos and Cocos Islands by Messrs.
A. Agassiz and Lee, and also sent several unicates for examination.
Professor William Trelease has obligingly forwarded the Galapageian
Cactaceae from the Engelmaun Ilerbaiium for comparison. Sir J. D.
Hooker has kindly given me interesting data concerning the history of
the botanical exploration on the islands, Mr. J. Henry Blake, artist on
the " Ilassler," has furnished information regarding that expedition, and
Miss Mary A. Day, librarian of the Gray Herbarium, has rendered effi-
cient assistance in bibliograpby and tabulation as well as in an exhaustive
search for information relating to the early expeditions to the islands.
The plates have been drawn by Mr. F. Schuyler Mathews.

The bryophytes and thallophytes, as yet known to occur on the
Galapagos Islands, are so few that they cannot be supposed in any
adequate sense representative of the great groups to which they belong.
It has, therefore, seemed best to exclude them from the tabular statistics.
It may be remarked, however, that their inclusion would not have
significantly altered the numerical relations presented.

Of the following plants, said to have been collected on the Galapagos
Islands by Dr. Habel, the identifications (which cannot now be controlled
by a reexamination of the specimens) have seemed too doubtful to
include in the catalogue : Boerhuavia diffusa, L., Neptnnia triqueli^a,
Benth., Rhynchosia Senna, Gillies, Sfylosanthes humilis, HBK., Tribulus
terrestris, L. var., Acalypha parvula, vars., Waltheria ovata, Cav., and
Evolvidus ahinoides, L. var.

From Table I, reviewing the exploring expeditions which have done

80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

botanical collecting upon the Galapagos Islands, it will be seen that
plants have been secured under no less than 2300 numbers and that
about two-thirds of these have been examined during the preparation of
this paper. Witli the exception of two cacti in the Eiigelmann Herbarium
I have been unable to locate tlie phanerogams said to have been collected
by Dr. Thomas Hill on the Hassler Pjxpedition, and I should be greatly
obliged for any information regarding their disposition.

Although great pains have been taken to summarize in this paper
every bit of available information regarding the Hora of these islands,
which have now been visited by more than a score of collectors, it must
be admitted that our knowledge of the subject is still very incomplete.
With all due appreciation of the valuable and self-sacrificing services
which zoologists and geologists have rendered in collecting plants in the
Galapagos, it should be remembered, when interpreting the general
results, that during the last half century the islands have been visited by
only one trained botanical systematist and bj^ him very hurriedly. It
cannot be doubted that much remains to be done in exploring and
recording the Galapageian flora, and it is to be earnestly hoped that
future collectors will endeavor to secure specimens of each plant from every
island, since these insular races are in many cases so similar that mere
lists, based upon hurried field determinations, are almost valueless.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS.

By M. a. Day.

Agassiz, Alexander. (1) General sketch of the expedition of the " Al-
batross " from February to May, 1891. Bull. JNIus. Comp. Zool.
xxiii. 1892, pp. 1-89, t. 1-21.

(2) Cactaceae in the Galapagos Islands. Nature, liii. 1895, p. 199.

Andersson, Nils Johan. (1) Om Galapagos-oarnes Vegetation. Stock.
Akad. Ilandl. 1853, pp. 61-256. (Issued 1854.)

(2) Om Galapagos-oarnes Vegetation. 1857, pp. 114, t. 1-16. (Al-
though this paper is dated 1857, a paper published in 1859 is cited by
it on p. 89.)

(3) Ueber die Vegetation der Galapagos-inseln. Linnaea, xxxi. 1861,

pp. 571-631.

Angstrom, Johan. (1) Fortecking och beskrifning ofver Mossor, samlade
af Professor N. J. Andersson under Fregatten Eugenies verldsomseg-
ling aren 1851-53. Stockholm, Akad. Ofversigt, xxix. 3-29 (1872), &
XXX. 113-151 (1873).

Anonymous. The " Ilassler" Expedition. Nature, vi. 1872, pp. 352-354.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 81

Baur, Georg. (1) On the origin of the Galapagos Islands. Am. Xat. xxv.

1891, pp. 217-2-20, ;]07-326.
(2) Ein Besucli der Galdpagos-Inseln. Biolog. Centralbl. xii. 1S92,

pp. 221-250.
(3) New observations on the origin of the GaMpagos Islands, with

remarks on the geological age of the Pacific ocean. Am. Nat. xxxi.

1897, pp. 6G1-G80, 864-89G (incomplete).
Bentham, George. (1) Galapagos Islands. In his Notes on the classifica-
tion, history, and geographical distribution of Compositae. Jour.

Linn. Soc. xiii. 1871-73, pp. 55G-557.
Caruel, Theodor. (1) Contribuzione alia flora delle Galapagos. Rendic.

Acad. Lincei, v. 1889, pp. 619-G25.
Darwin, Charles. (1) In Fitz Roy, Narrative of the surveying voyages of

his majesty's ships Adventure and Beagle, vol. iii. 1839, p. 460.
(2) Journal of researches into the natural history and geology of the

countries visited during the vovage of H. ]\I. S. Beagle round the

world, under the command of Capt. Fitz Roy, R. N., vol. ii. 181G,

pp. 138-176.
Douglas, David. (1) A sketch of a journey to the northwestern parts of

the continent of North America, during the years 1824, 5, 6, and 7.

Comp. Bot. :\lag. ii. 1836, pp. 8G-87.
Du Petit Thouars, Abel. (1) Voyage autour du monde sur la fregate

" La Venus" pendant les annees 1836-1839. Paris, 1840-1849, vol.

ii. pp. 279-322.
Ehrenberg, Christian Gottfried. (1) Das jetzige mikroskopische Siis.s-

wasserleben der Galapagos-Inseln. Bericht Akad. Bei'lin, 1853,

pp. 178-179.
(2) Die organische IMischung der vulkanischen Gebirgsarten besonders

des Palagonits auf den Galapagos-Inseln. L. c, pp. 180-182 (with

unnumbered table).
Engler, Adolf. (1) Versuch einer Entwicklungsgeschichte der Pflanzenwelt,

inbesondere der Florengebiete seit der Tertiiirperiode, ii. 1882,

p. 180.
Hemsley, "William Botting. (1) Report on present state of knowledge of

various insular floras, being an introduction to the botany of the

Challenger Expedition. Botany of Challenger, i. 1885, pp. 10, 19.
(2) Insular floras. Science Progress, i. 1894, pp. 400-401 ; v. 1896,

pp. 298-302.

(3) The flora of the Galapagos Islands. Nature, Iii. 1895, p. 623.

(4) Cactaceae in the Galapagos Islands. Nature, liii. 1895, pp. 31, 249.

(5) The Cactaceae of the Galapagos Islands. Gard. Chron. ser. 3,

xxiv. 1898, p. 265, fig. 75.

(6) In Hook. Icones Plantarum, xxviii. 1901, t. 2715-2719.

Hooker, Joseph Dalton. (1) Description of Pleiiropeialum, a new genus of

VOL. XXXVI II. — 6

82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Porlulnaae from the Galapagos Islands. Lond. Jour. P>ot. v. 184G,

pp. 108-109.
(2) Emiiueration of the plants of the Galapagos Islands, with descrip-
tions of new species. Linn. Soc. Proc. i. 181!), pp. ■J7G-279.
(3) An enumeration of the plants of the Galapagos Archipelago with

descriptions of those which are new. Linn. Soc. Trans, xx. 1847,

pp. 163-233.
(i) On tlie vegetation of the Galapagos Archipelago as compared witli

that of some other tropical i.slands of the continent of America.

Linn. Soc. Trans, xx. 1847, pp. 23.5-262.
Hooker, William Jackson. (1) Species Filicum. 5 vols. 1846-64. (Iso-
lated species described.)
Piccone, Antonio. (1) Alghe del viaggio di circumnavigazione della

Vettor risani. Genova, 1886, pp. 97, t. 1-2.
(2) Nuove Alghe del viaggio di circumnavigazione della "Vettor

Pisani." Mem. Acad. Lincei, cclxxxvi. 1889, pp. 10-63.
Robinson, Benjamin Lincoln and Greenman, Jesse More. (1) On the

flora of the Galapagos Islands as shown by the collections of Dr.

Baur. Am. Jour. Sci. ser. 3, 1. 1895, pp. 135-149.
Rose, Joseph Nelson. (1) List of plants from Galapagos Islands. Contrib.

U. S. Nat. Herb i. 1892, pp. 136-138.
Tuckerman, Edward. (1) Observations on North American and other

lichens. Proc. Am. Acad. xii. 1877, pp. 166-181. (Isolated species

desciibed.)
"Wallace, Alfred Russell. (1) Flora of the Galapagos. In his Island Life,

London, 1880, pp. 276-279.
Weber, Alb. (1) Les Cactees des iles Galapagos. Bull. Mus. d'llist. Nat.

Paris, 1899, pp. 309-314. Review, Monatsschr. Kakteen. x. 1900,

p. 173.
Wolf, Theodor. (1) Ein Besuch der Galapagos Inseln, niit drei Kiirtchen.

Sammlung von Vortragen fiir das deutsche Volk, i. 1879, pp. 259-300.
(2) Die Galapagos Inseln. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. f. Erdk. zu Berlin,

xxiii. 1895, pp. 246-265.

FUNGI
Bv W. G. FAKLOW.

Favolus, Fries.

F. ciLiARis, Mont. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. ser. 2, xx. 364, t. 15, f. 2
(1843). — Nakborough Isl. : southern part, alt. 615 m., Apr. 1899,
Snodgrass «Sc Heller (a single specimen). Further distrib. Madagascar
and Japan.

FLORA OP THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 83

FoMES, Fries.
F. LL'CiDus, Fries, Nov. Symb. 61 (1855). Boletus lucidus, Leysser,
Fl. Hal. 300 (1783). — Albemarle Isl. : Tagus Cove, Snodgrass &
Heller. Further distrib. general.

ScHizoPHYLLUM, Fries.

S. ALNEUM, Scliroeter, Pilz. Schlesien, i. 553 (1889). S. commune,
Hook. f. (3), 1G4 ; Anderss. (1), 123, & (2), 35. Agaricus cdneus, L.
Sp. 1176 (1753). — Charles Isl.: Darwin ace. to Hook, f., 1. c.
Further distrib. general.

Besides the Favolus and Fomes above mentioned, the collection of
Messrs. Snodgrass & Heller contains a small dried Polyj)orus and a
dried agaric, also alcoholic material of two Agaricini and a small
tremelline fungus ; none of these being in condition to determine.

LICHENES.
By W. G. FARLOW.

Judged by the collections of previous expeditions as well as those of
Messrs. Snodgrass & Heller, the lichen flora of the Galapagos Islands
must be striking in appearance and abundant. Naturally the collections
include principally the larger and more showy species of foliose and
fruticulose habit, which are in most cases identical with species found
along the Pacilic Coast of America from California to Chili. Hooker
(3), 164, records three lichens collected by Darwin on James Island;
Andersson secured nine species from James and Chatham Islands, and
Baur six from Charles, Albemarle, Hood, and Chatham Islands. The
lichens collected by Hill on the Hassler Expedition were determined by
Tuckermau and included three new species, Lecanora glnucovirens,
Riiiodina mamiUana, and Pertusaria alhlnea, the second species having
been found previously in Hawaii. Willoy in his Synopsis of the Genus
Arthonia, 1890, described an Artlionia niveaixom. the Galapagos Islands
(collected by Hill), and i-eported A. jilatyspeilea Nyl., as well as a
third unnamed species. The last was sent to Nylander, but I am unable
to ascertain whether it was ever named by him. Apparently a con-
siderable number of lichens were collected by the Hassler Expedition,
but no list of them was ever made so far as I am aware, and as the speci-
mens are scattered through the Tuckerman Herbarium no enumeration
could be made without a long search. In the following catalogue refer-
ence is made to such of these specimens as have come under my notice.

84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Arthonia, Acll.

A ORErrAKTA, Koerb. Syst. 291 (185")) ; Willey, Synop. of gen.
Arthonia, 7. Sphaeria gregaria, Weig. Obs. Bot. 43, t. 2, f. 10 (1772).
— Duncan Isl. : on twigs, May, 18*J9, Snodgrass & Heller. Cosmo-
politan.

A. NivEA, Willey, Synop. of gen. Arthonia, 5 (1890). — Galapagos
Ids. : Hassler Exped. [Hill]. Endemic.

A. PLATisPEiLEA, Nyl. Pr. N. Gr. 99 (18G3) ; Willey, Synop. of gen.
Arthonia, 16. — Galapagos Ids.: Hassler Exped. [Hill] ace. to
Willey, 1. c. Gardner Isl. : May, 1899, on twigs with Pyrenula cerina,
Snodgrass & Heller. Also found in Florida.

A. sp. Willey, Synop. of gen. Arthonia, 41 (1890). — Galapagos
Ids. : Hassler Exped. [HiW] ace. to Willey, 1. c.

BuELLiA, De Not.

B. straminea, Tuck, in herb. — Albemarle Isl.: north of Pt.
Christopher, 21 Jan. 1899, Snodgrass & Heller.

This small specimen of a crustaceous Buellia on a volcanic rock is
identical with a large specimen in herb. Tuckerman, Galapagos Ids.,
Hassler PLxped. [Hill] w^hich is labelled B. straminea, Tuck., which,
however, appears never to have been described. Why it was never
published may perhaps be due to the fact that there is another specimen
in herb. Tuckerman from the Galapagos Ids., Hassler Exped. [Hill],
marked B. flavo-areolata, Nyl. :^nd that Tuckerman was in doubt
whether B. straminea was distinct from that species. There is, how-
ever, no note of Tuckerman stating his opinion. The Snodgrass &
Heller lichen agrees perfectly with the specimen of B. straminea. In
both the asci are obovate, 32-42 /x by 14-17 /x ; spores fuscous, 2-celled,
11 /x by 8-9 jx ; paraphyses hyaline, 2 /x. in diam., branching only at the
apex where they end in globose tips, 5 /a in diam., the upper half of
which is dark colored. Iodine turns the hymenium blue. The specimen
of B. flavo-areolata in herb. Tuckerman differs only in having spores
rather larger and narrower, those of B. straminea being nearly globose,
in which respect it corresponds better with the description of Lecidea
flavo-areolata, Nyl., Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. ser. 4, iii. 16G (1855). It
seems to me probable that the two species are really the same, but in
the absence of material to show the variations of the spores, it can only
be said that our lichen is certainly B. straminea which differs from B.
flavo-areolata in the shorter and comparatively broader spores.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 85

B. sp. — BiNDLOE IsL. : on rocks, 20 June, 1S89, Snodgrass &
Heller.

A single specimen agreeing with some of the specimens referred to
B. Inctea in herb. Tuckerman, but it is not certain how far these agree
with the views of other lichenologists.

Chiodectox, Ach.

C. SANGUixEUM, "Wainio, Lichens du Bresil, ii. 143 (1890), Byssus
sanguinea, Sw. Prodr. Fl. Ind. 148 (1783). Hypochnvs rubrocinctus,
Ehrh. Hor. Phys. Berol. 84 (1820). — Abixgdon Isl. : alt. 250 m., 25
June, 1899, Snodgrass & Heller. Widely distributed in the warmer
parts of the world.

Cladonia (Hill) Wainio emend.
C. PYCNOCLADA, Nvl. Jour. Linn. Soc. ix. 244 (1866). Cenomijce
pycnoclada, Gaudichaud, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. v. 95 (1825). Cladonia
rungiferina^ var. auct. var. — Albemarle Isl.: mountain east of
Iguana Cove, alt. 925 m., Feb. 1899, Snodgrass & Heller ; mountain
east of Tagus Cove, alt. 770 m., Feb. 1899, Snodgrass & Heller.
Further distrib. S. Am., Africa, Asia, Australia.

Lecanora, Ach.
L. glaucovirexs, Tuck. Proc. Am. Acad. xii. 172 (1874). — Gala-
pagos Ids. : Hassler Exp. \HiU\ Endemic.

Parmelia, Ach.

P. PERLATA, Kremph. Flora, Hi. 222 (1869) ; Anderss. (1), 124, &
(2), 36. — Abingdon Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller. Albemarle Isl.:
Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller. Charles Isl. : Andersson (specimen
not seen by the writer). The specimens of Messrs. Snodgrass &
Heller are small and sterile but appear to belong to this common species.

P. sp. {P. physodi, Fries affinis) Andersson (1), 124, & (2), 36. —
Charles Isl. : Andersson. Sterile and indeterminate, not seen by
the writer.

Pertusaria, DC.

P. ALBiXEA, Tuck. Proc Am. Acad. xii. 177 (1877). — Galap.4.gos
Ids. : on bark, Hassler Exp. [/////]. Endemic.

Physcta (DC.) Th. Fr.
P. LEUCOMELA (L.) Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 306 (1803). Lichen
leucomelas, L. Sp. ed. 3, 89 (1764). Parmelia leucomela, auct. var.

S6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

P. leucomcla, var, Jiliformis, Anderss. (1), 124, & (2), 36. Borrera
Uucomelas, \av. Jiliforinls, Hook. f. (3), 164. — James Isl. : Darwin^
ace. to Hook, f., 1. c. who states that " the same slender variety is com-
mou ou the Peruvian Coast."

PsEUDOCYi'iiELLARiA, Wainio.

p. AURATA, "Wainio, Lichens du Bresil, i. 183 (1890). Sticta auraia,
Acli. Meth. Lich. 277 (1803) ; Hook. f. (3), 164; Anderss. (1), 124, &
(2), 36. — Albemarle Isl.: rnonntain east of Iguana Cove, alt.
925 m., Feb. 1899, Snodgrass & Heller. James Isl.: Darwin.
Narborough Isl. : southern part, alt. 615 m., March, 1899, Snodgrass
& Heller. Further distrib. general.

Ptrenula, Fee.

P. CERiNA, J. Muell, Flora, Ixvii. 667 (1884). Verrucaria cerina,
Eschvv. Bras. 133 (1833). Pyrenula aurantiaca, Fee, Suppl. 82, t. 37,
f. 1 (1837). — Narborough Isl. : southern part. alt. 615 m., 5 April,
1899, Snodgrass & Heller. On branches of the palo santo [Bursera
graveolens) with spermagonia and spores. The latter are obtusely
elliptical, 28 ^i by 14 yi, at first hyaline and multiguttulate but becoming
dark and 4-celled. Further distrib. Bermuda, S. Am.

Ramalixa, Ach.

R. complanata, Ach. Lich. Univ. 599 (1810). Lichen complana-
tus, Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. iii. 1911 (1806). — Galapagos Ids.: Hass-
ler Exp. [HiW]. Charles Isl. : Cuevas Bay, £au7\ Gardner
Isl.: May, 1899, Snodgrass & UeUei: Hood Isl.: May, 1899,
Snodgrass & Heller. Toaver Isl. : June, 1899, Snodgi'ass & Heller.
Further distrib. warmer parts of America, East Indies, Australia.

R. INDICA, Fr. Kongl. Vet. Ak. Handl. 43 (1820); Anderss. (1),
123, & (2), 35. — Charles Isl.: on trunks of trees in the ui^per
region, Andersson. Not seen by the writer. Further distrib. India.

R. usxEOiDES, Fr. Lich. Eur. 468 (1831). ParnieUa nsneoides,
Ach. Meth. Lich. 270 (1803). — Bixdloe Isl. : 20 June, 1899, Snod-
grass & Heller, a small form. A characteristic species qf the warmer
regions of America. A specimen in herb. Tuckerman collected on the
Galapagos Ids. by the Hassler Exp. \_Hiir\, and marked Alectoria
sarmentosa appears to belong rather to this species.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 87

RiNODIXA, Mass.

E. MAJiiLLANA, Tuck. Proc. Am. Acad. vii. 226 (1866), & xii. 174. —
GvLAPAGOS Ids.: Hassler Exp. [Hill^. Further distrib. Oaliu,
Ilawaiiau Ids.

ROCCELLA, DC.

The most striking feature of the maritime lichen flora of the
Gahipagos Ishmds as well as of the west coast of America from
California southward is the abundance of species of Jioccelln of which
very (ine specimens were collected by Messrs. Snodgrass & Heller.
In most herbaria the Roccellae of this region are somewhat vaguely
placed under the species R. faciformia and R. tlnctoria, the com-
planate forms being referred to the former and the more or less terete
forms to the latter. The excellent Monographia Roccelleorum of
Darbishire, Stuttgart, 1898, affords the means of a more satisfactory
determination. The separation of Dendrographa and Roccellaria from
Roccella on the structure of the cortex is well founded. All the
specimens of this group collected by Messrs. Snodgrass & Heller belong
to the genus Roccella proper.

R. PERDENSis, Darb. Bull. Herb. Boiss. v. 763 (1897), & Monogr.
Rocc. 47, t. 18,19, f. 83-88 (1898). R. Montagnei, var. j^eraeiisis.
Kremph. Verb. Zool. Bot. Gesell. AVien, xxvi. 443 (1876). R. fuci-
fonnis, C. E. Cummings in Rob. & Greenm. (1), 149, not Ach. —
Albemarle Isl.: Btnir. Barrington Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller.
Charles Isl. : Banr. Chatham Isl. : Siiodgrass & Heller. Dun-
can Isl. : Snodgrass &. Heller. Gardner Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller.
Hood Isl. : Baur; Snodgrass & Heller. Tower Isl. : Snodgrass &
Heller. A considerable number of specimens were collected, none, how-
ever, with apothecia. The yellow basal filaments described In' Darbi-
shire are present in this species, which grows on shrubs. The specimens
are larger and broader than the figures of this species in Darbishire
and some resemble more closely his figure of R. portentosa, t. 8, f. 82.
It may be questioned whether that figure really belongs to R. portentosa.
In all specimens having this habit there were present the yellow base and
lignicolous habitat which indicate R. jyeruensis.

R. PORTENTOSA, Darb. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesell. xv. 4 (1897), &
Monogr. Rocc. 29, t. 7-11, f. 27-41 (1898). R. fwctoria, Y;xr. portentosa,
Mont, in Gay, PI. Chili, viii. 841 (1852). — Barrington Isl. : May,
1899, Snodgrass & Heller. Gardner Isl. : May, 1899, Snodgrass &

88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Heller. James Isl. : Hill of the Ilassler Exp. (in lib. Tuckerraan as
R. tinctoria). Skymouu Isl, : south, May, 1899, Snodgrass & Heller.
Fuither ilistrib. Peru (a specimen in hb. Farlow cull, by Guudichaud
and distrib. as R. tinctoria, f. dichotoma).

R. intricata, C. E. Cummings in Rob. «& Greenm. (1), 149, coll, by
Baur upon Charles Island, has the cortex of Roccella proper and there-
fore cannot be placed in Roccdlaria where R. intrlcata properly
belongs but is a narrow form of R. x>eruensis. The same may be said
of some, but perhaps not all, of the R. pUycopsis, Hassler Exp, \_Hiir\
from the Galapagos Islands in herb. Tuckerman,

Sticta, Schreb.

S. Weigelii, Wainio, Lichens du Bresil, i. 189 (1890). S. damae-
cornis, var. Weigelii, Ach. Lich. Meth. 446 (1810). — Albemarle Isl. :
Iguana Cove, 30 Dec. 1898, Snodgrass & Heller. This is the S.
quercizans, common throughout the warmer parts of America.

Teloschistes, Norm.

T. FLAViCANS, Norm. Gen. Lich., 17, 1852, T. chrysopthalmus, var.
Jlavicans, Auct. ; C. E. Cummings in Rob. & Greenm, (1), 149,
Lichen Jlavicans, Sw. Prodr, 147 (1788), Erernia flacicans, var.
crocea, Anderss. (1), 123, & (2), 35. — Albemarle .Isl. : Snod(/i-ass
& Heller. CnAUL^slsL,.: Andersson; Snodgrass & Heller. Chatham
Isl.: Baur, ace. to C. E. Cummings, I.e. Dc^XAN Isl.: Snodgrass &
Heller. Further distrib. general,

USNEA, Dill.

U. ARTHROCLADA, Fee, Ess. Crypt. Ecorc. xcvii, & ci. 3, f, 4, 5 (1824),
— Narborough Isl,: southern part, alt, 615 m,, 5 April, 1899, on
palo sanio trees (Bursera graveolens) with Bamalina nsneoides, Snod-
grass & Heller. Further distrib. Brazil,

This has a habit resembling JJ. longissima but stouter, AYith potash
the medulla turns reddish brown, and this fact with the hard and
polished cortex often breaking and forming articulations indicates
U. arthroclada.

U. CERATiNA, Ach. Lich. Univ. 619 (1810), U. barbata, Ach. f,
ceratina Schaer, Spec. 505 (1840), — Narborough Isl. : Snodgrass &
Heller. Cosmopolitan.

U. PUCATA, Ach. Syn, Meth, 305 (1814) ; Hook, f, (3), 164 ; Anderss.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 89

(1), 124, & (2), 36 — Charles Isl. : Andersson. James Isl. :
Danoi)i. Further distrib. general.

ALGAE.

By W. G. FARLOW.

CTANOPHYCEAE.

Scttonema, Agardh.

S. Mtochrous, Ag. Disp. Alg. Suec. 38 (1812). Conferva, Dillw.
Brit. Conferv. t. 19 (1802). — Albemarle Isl.: Mangrove Swamp,
Turtle Pt., Snodgrass & Heller. Further distrib. general.

GHL OR OPHYCEAE.

Bryopsis, Lamx.

B. RAMULOSA, Mont. Cuba, 16, t. 3, f. 2 (1838). B. pennatida, J.
G. Agardh, Oefver. Kongl. Vet. Akad. Forh. iv. 6 (1847). — Wenman
Isl. : Dec. 1898, Snodgrass & Heller. Further Distrib. W. lud., Fla.

Caulerpa, Lamx.

C. racemosa, Weber van Bosse, Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg, xv.
357 (1898). Fmus racemosus, Forsk. Flor. Aegypt. 191 (1775).
Caulerpa clavif era, Ag. Spec. Alg. 437 (1823). — Albemarle Isl.:
Jan. 11, 1899, Snodgrass &, Heller. Further distrib. tropical seas.

ENTEROMORPnA, Link.

E. CLATHRATA, Kiitz. Phyc. Germ., 247 (1845). Covferva dathrata.
Roth. Cat., Ill, 175 (1806). — Albemarle Isl.: Turtle Pt. in man-
grove swamp, Snodgrass & Heller. Further distrib. cosmopolitan.

Oedogonium, Link.

O. sp. — Albemarle Isl.: Iguana Cove with Najas, Snodgrass &
Heller. An entangled mass of a sterile Oedogonium.

Rhizoclonium, Kiitz.

R. HooKERi, Kutz. Tab. Phyc, III, PI. 67, f . 2 (1 853). — Albemarle
Isl.: Tagus Cove, Jan. 11, 1899, Snodgrass & Heller. Further distiib.
Nicobar Ids., Chiloe, etc.

Entangled masses with cells 120-140 yu, in breadth and of the same
length or a little longer. Cell-walls rather thick. The rhizoidal branches

90 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

seen were very scanty, but that is often the case in other species of the
genus. This seems to be tlie same as the Ji. Hookert of Grunow, Novara,
37, and his remarks on the Nicobar specimens apply equally to ours.
Hohenacker, 477, Chiloe, has cells rather longer and thinner. In spite
of the occasional rhizoid processes, it seems to me possible that this may
be an old, prostrate form of Chaetomorpha antennina (Bory) correspond-
ing to the similar form known in C. aerea.

Ulva (L.) Wittr.

U. FASCiATA, Delil. Egypt, 153, PI. 158, f. 5 (1813). —Albemarle
IsL. : Tagus Cove, Feb. 1899, Snodgrass & Heller. Further distrib.
warmer parts of Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, Ceylon.

PHAEOPHTCEAE*

Carpomitra, Kiitz.

C. Cabrerae, Kiitz. Phyc. Gen. 343 (1843). Facus cahrera,
Clemente, Cat. 313 ; Turner, Hist. Fuc. PI. 140 (1811) ; Piccone (1),
40. — CiTATHAM IsL. : MciTcacci, ace. to Piccone, 1. c. Further distrib.
southern Eu., Africa.

FUCODIUM, J. Ag.

F. GALAPAGENSE, Picc. & Gruu. in Piccone (1), 40, t. 1, f. 1, t. 2,
f. 3, & (2), 22. — Charles and Chatham Ids.: Marcacci, ace. to
Piccone, 11. cc. Endemic.

Glossophora, J. Ag.

G. galapagensis, nov. sp.

Frons usfiue 18 cm. loiigit., .6 cm. latit. linearis-elongata, saepe di-
chotoma, axillis apicibusque obtusis, margine distincte spinosa ; undique

* DIATOMEAE. Many species of this order from the Galapagos Islands are
enumerated by Ehrenberg (2), and the following are recorded by Cleve in his paper
On some new and little known Diatoms, Kongl. Svenska Vetensk. Akad. Handl.
xviii. no. 5, pp. 26, PI. I-VI, 1881. Mastorjlo'iapandurlformis, CI.; M. suhmarginata,
CI. & Grun. ; Navicula Eugeniae, CI. ; N. IJennedyi, var. undulatn, CI. ; N. Hennediji,
var. minnta, CI.; N. Pldtessa. CI.; N. Anderssonii, CI.; N. gallapagensis, CI.; N.
jii(/ata, CI. ; Surirdla degenerans, CI. ; S./oi-niosa, CI.; Campjilodiscns peramjylus, CI. ;
Plaq'iogramma splnosum, CI. ; Rutilaria recens, CI. ; Melosira tuberculosa, CI. ; Auliscus
insiqyiis, CI. ; Diddulphia gallapagensis, CI. ; Triceratium Tripos, CI. ; T. Anderssonii,
CI. ; T. laeve, CI. ; T. gallapagense, CI. ; T. Marguritiferum, CI.

FLORA OP THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 91

praecipue in parte iuferiore phylliculis vestita quae basem versus deorsum
ad instar radicorum prolongantur. Sori oosporiferi minuti irregulariter
supra frondem sparsi. — Aluemakle Isl. : Turtle Pt,, Marcli, 1899,
Snodgrass & Heller.

In all the specimens there are leaflets on both surfaces of the fronds
except near tlie tips. They arise from the cortical cells, and have no
connection with the fructification which is found on the frond itself.
Kear the base the leaflets grow downward, become somewhat thicker
and twisted and bear on their lower surface the proper rhizoids so that
the fronds are attached by what is generally called a fibrous base. In
spite of the leaflets which would lead one to refer this alga to the genus
Glossophora, it seems to me to be less closely related to G. Kimthii, J. Ag.
of Peru, the type of the genus, than to Dictyota crenulatn, J. Ag. of the
Pacific Coast of Mexico. As originally described from Mexico that
species has no leaflets and the base is described as stuposc. In 1884
Grunow described a variety from the Canary Islands with leaflets, but its
relation to that species is uncertain. The Galapagos species differs so
much from D. crenulata as originally described, and from the var. cana-
riensis that it must be kept distinct. If material hereafter collected
should show that the two species are really forms of a single species, a
new description will be needed. The following notes on the microsco2:)ic
structure of the Galapagos alga will be of interest.

In the upper part the frond is about 100 ^< thick, becoming 200^ thick
below. Above, there is a single medullary layer of large cells 10 ^ X
70 /J. X 168 /A and a single layer of colored cortical cells 14: ^i X 14/x in
section. Below, the cortical cells become rather deeper, 22 jj. X 14/x, in
section, and the medullary cells thicker-walled and comparatively nar-
rower, 112 /x X 56jU in section, and between the medullary and cortical
cells is a single layer of flattened colorless cells, 28 /a X 28 ^ X 90 /*.
The tangential walls of the medullary cells are pitted to an extent seldom
seen in algae of this order. The oogonia are 80 /x, or more in diameter
and found in small numbers in scattered sori on the frond. The spines
are sharper and more solid than in most of the ciliate species, 24-32 mm.
long, the tips deeper colored than the base.

Padina, Adams.

P. DuRViLLAEi, Bory, Coquille, 147, t. 21, f. 1 (1829). — Albemarle
IsL. : Tagus Cove, and Turtle Pt., Feb. & Mar. 1899, Snodgrdss &
Heller. Chatham Isl. : north, Aug. 1891, Baur as Zonaria lobata.
Further distrib. "W. Ind., west coast of Am.

92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Typical specimens, of this fine species were collected, some more
than 12 cm. long. The species has a characteristic rusty-brown color
and is coarser than P. Pavonia. In the median portion the frond
has usually ten layers of cells, 80 X 40 /* in section, and a single layer
of cortical cells, 14 X 9 M- The very large oosporangia vary from
110-125 tx X 70-84^.

Sargassl'm, Ag.

S. CYMOSUM, Ag. Spec. i. 20 (1821); J. Ag. Sp. Sarg. Austr.
109 (1889). — Albemarle Isl. : Tagus Cove and Turtle Pt., March,
1899, Snodgrass & Heller. AVenman Isl. : Dec. 1898, Snodgrass &
Heller. Further distrib. warmer Atlantic coasts of Asia and Africa.

In the determination of this species I have followed J. Ag. 1. c.
(1889) and the Albemarle and Wenman Island specimens seem to me
to belong to S. cymosum as that species is limited by J. Agardh.
The species has, however, been variously interpreted by different writers.

S. galapagense, Grunow- in Piccone (1), 48, t. 1. — Chatham Isl. :
Marcacci, ace. to Piccone, 1. c. Endemic.

S. GALAPAGENSE, var. SETIFOLIA, Grunow in Piccone (1), 48, t. 2,
f. 1, 2 (1886). — Albemarle Isl.: Tagus Cove and Turtle Pt, Feb.
1899, Snodgrass & Heller. Chatham Isl. : March, 1884, Marcacci,
ace. to Piccone, 1. c. Endemic.

As is remarked by J. Agardh, 1. c, 122, this variety is closely related
to S . inluUferum (Turn.) Ag., of California and Japan, but not to S.
acinaria (Turn.) J. Ag., as suggested by Grunow.

? S. GRAMixiFOLiuM, J. Ag. Spcc. i. 103 (1848). Fucus gramini-
folius, Turn. Hist. Fuc. PI. 210 (1819). — Wenman Isl.: Syiodgrass
& Heller. Further distrib. China Sea.

To this species is referred with much doubt a single specimen of a
Sargassum with the upper fructiferous portion only. The receptacles
are racemose, the conceptacles contain antheridia and oogonia, and the
leaves are long, narrow, serrate, with but few cryptostomata.

S. lendigerum, var. foliosa, Grunow in Piccone (1), 49. — Chatham
Isl. : March, 1884, Marcacci, ace. to Piccone, 1. c.

S. lendigerum, var. furcifolia, Grunow, 1. c. 50. — Chatham Isl. :
March, 1884, Marcacci, ace. to Piccone, 1. c.

Of the var. foliosa, Grunow described two forms, subdelicntrda and
rigidiuscida and of var. furcifolia a iorma denticulata. J. Agardh, 1. c.

FLORA OP THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 93

122, remarks that the vav. furcifolia is hardly different from S. gcdajjci-
gense. S. lendigerum is a species known mainly from the figure in
Turner, Hist. Fuc. PI. 48 (1808), with which agree the specimens from
Bermuda referred to S. lendigerum by J. Agardh, I.e. 110, and the
species appears to be limited to the Atlantic. None of the specimens
of Snodgrass & Heller can be referred to S. lendigenim, but it is
probable that some of the forms of Grunow's var. foliosa may be the
same as specimens which I have included under S. cpnosum.

Spatoglossum (Kuetz.), J. Ag. Emend.

S. SCHROEDERT, KcETz. Tab. Phyc. ix. 21, t. 51, f. 1 (1859).5
Piccone (2), 17. Zonaria, Ag. Syst, 2G5 (1824). — Charles Isl.:
Marcacci, ace. to Piccone, 1. c. Further distrib. Brazil, W. lud.

Zonaria, J. G. Agardh.

Z. lobata, Ag. Syst. 265 (1824) ; Piccone (1), 89, & (2), 40.—
Charles and Chatham Ids. : March, 1884, Marcacci. Further
distrib. trop. Atlantic coast of America, Teneriffe, Cape of Good Hope.

RHODOPHYCEAE.

Amphiroa, Lamx.

A. DiLATATA, Lamx. Hist. Polyp. Flex. 299 (1816) ; Piccone (1), 66,
&, (2), 46. — Albemarle Isl.: Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass &■ Heller.
Charles Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller. Further distrib. Australia.

A. Orbigniana, Decaisne, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. ser. 2, xviii. 124
(1842). — Albemarle Isl.: Turtle Pt., March, 1899, Snodgrass &
Heller. Further distrib. Pacific Coast of Am.

The specimens are covered with parasites and not in typical condi-
tion, but they appear to belong to this species.

A. PERUANA, Aresch. Phyc. Extraeur. 41 (1854). — "Penman Isl. :
Dec. 1898, Snodgrass & Heller. Further distrib. Florida, Peru.

Callophyllis, Kiitz.

C. sp. — Albemarle Isl : Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller.

Two small specimens with cystocarps which are of large size, some of
them with marked papillae around the carpostome. The species is ap-
parently near C. f areata, Farl. but the specimens are incomplete and
cannot be referred with certainty to that species.

94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Chondrus, Stack.

C. CANALiCDLATUS, Grcv., Alg. Brit., Iv. (1830). Sphaerococcns
canalicidatus C. Ag. Spec. I, 2G0 (1822). — Albemarlk Isl. : Iguaua
Cove, Snodgrass & Heller. Further distr. "West coast of S. Am.

A single specimeu wliicli can be referred to this species. There are a
few specimens which may perhaps belong to this species but they cer-
tainly are not normal. They have the structure of the frond and the
sporidia of Chondrus, but, in the absence of cystocarps, there is a possi-
bility that they may belong to the genus Iridaea. Their habit, how-
ever, is that of Chondrus, but the fronds are occasionally perforate,
which may however be accidental rather than normal.

CoRALLiNA, Lamx.

? C. Berterii, Mont, in Harvey,. Ner. Austr. ii. 103 (1858), &, Fl.
Chili, viii. 318. — Albemarle Isl.: Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass &
Heller. Further distrib. Chili.

Much covered with parasites and not in favorable condition to be
determined.

Dasya, C. Ag.

D. Stanfordiana, nov. sp.

Frons cylindrica, ad 15 cm. longit., basem versus 1.25 mm. latit.,
irreiiulariter composito-pinnata, usque apicem dense corticata, ramis
superne elongatis, ramellis subaeijualibus, brevibus, circa 32 mm. longit.,
vestitis. Ramelli raonosiphonii, spiraliter insert!, unilateraliter cymosi,
cellulis 56 /x X 28//, cellula terminali conica, inter ramificationes bi-
cellulis. Stichidia primum ovato-lanceolata demum cylindrico-apiculata,
1 68 y^i X 28 /x bene evohita, sporidiis 20-seriebus et ultia ordinatis, cel-
lulis pericentralibns 5-8. Color roseo-purpureus, substantia gelatinosa.
Cliartae arete adhaeret. — Wenman Isl.: Dec. 21, 1898, Snodgrass &
Hdler. Albemarle Isl. : Turtle Pt., March, 1899, Snodgrass &
Heller.

A species resembling D. pacifica, Harv. in its long stichidia but
differing in its long slender habit quite unlike that of D. arhuscula
J. Ag. to which D. pacifica bears a strong resemblance and in its
branches densely corticated to the apex. In the authentic specimen of
D. pacifica which I have examined the pericentral cells were easily seen
at some distance from the apex, whereas in D. Stanfordiana they can be
seen only at the extreme tip on account of the thick cortex. The mon-
osiphonous ramelli and the exposed sporangia agree with those of Dasya

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 95

as defined by Falkenlierg, but there is a free cell between those from
which the divisions of the ramelli arise. With this exception, the plan
of ramification follows the type shown in Falkenberg, fig. 10, A. The
divisions of the ramelli are not divergent but penicillate with a tendency
to be slightly convergent. The older stichidia are very long and the
consecutive series of sporidia are often as many as 20 and sometimes
more, showing 3-4 sporangia on side view. The branches are radial and
not dorsiventral, although in drying they have the appearance of being
flattened in the upper part. In section of the larger branches it was not
possible to recognize any definite axial or pericentral cells in the material
examined, but they had probably collapsed in the preparation.

DiLSEA, Stack.

D. sp. — Albemarle Isl. : Iguana Cove, Dec. 30, 1898, Snod-
grass & Heller.

A single imperfect specimen with sporangia ; the material insufficient
for specific determination.

Galaxaura, Lamx.

G. MARGixATA, Lauix. Hist. Polyp. Flex. 264 (1816). CoralUna
margitiata, Ell. & Sol. 122, t. 22, f. 6 (1786). Brac/i ydaclia, Sonder
et Auct. — ALBEiiARLE IsL. : Iguana Cove, Suodgrass & Heller.
Further distrib. tropical seas.

Gelidium, Lamx.

G. crinale, J. Ag. Epicr. .546 (1876). Fucus crincdis, Turn. Hist.
Fuc. PL 198 (1819). Gelidium corneum, var. crinale, Auct. ; Piccone
(2) 39. — Charles Isl.: Marcacci, ace. to Piccone, I.e. Further
distrib. general.

G. SERRTJLATUM, J. Ag. Oefv. KoDgl. Vet. Akad.Forh. iv. 11 (1847).
— "Wenman Isl.: Dec. 1898, Snodgrass & Heller. Further distrib.
Venezuela.

Several specimens of a Gelidium were collected at Wenman Isl.
with well-developed bilateral conceptacles characteristic of the genus.
One would have expected from this locality rather G. filicinum, Bory,
Coquille, ,162 (1829), than G. serrulatum since the former species was
first described from Chili, whereas the latter is an Atlantic species. I
have been able to compare the Wenman Isl. specimens with an authentic
specimen of G. filicinum from herb. Bory through the kindness of

90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Dr. E. Bornet and with an authentic specimen of G. serndatum from
herb. Agiirdh. It seems to nie that there can be no doubt that they
agree perfectly with G. serndatum and differ from G.filicinum although
the two species are certainly closely related.

G. FiLiciNUM, Bory, Coquille, 162 (1820). — Albemarle Isl. :
Iguana Cove, Dec. 30, 1898, Snodgrass & Heller. Further distrib.
west coast of South America.

But a single specimen was found which may be referred to this
species.

GiGARTiNA, Stackh.

G. Lessonii, J. Ag. Spec, Alg. ii. 268 (1851). Sphaerococcus
Lessonii, Bory, Coquille, 171 (1829), excl. syn. — Albemarle Isl.:
Elizabeth Bay and Iguana Cove, Feb. 1899, Snodfjrass & Heller.
Further distrib. Peru, Chili.

Most of the specimens were small and sterile, but one had con-
ceptacles which in this species are borne at the base of small branchlets
rather than in well-marked papillae as in most species of the genus.

Gracilakia, Grev.

? G. RUGULOSA, Mont. Pole Sufl, 155, PI. 13, fig. 1 (1845) sub
Hypnea. — Albemarle Isl. : Iguana Cove. Snodgrass & Heller.
Further distrib. Australia.

Two specimens with cruciate sporidia which agree well with the
description and figure of the habit of this species. Montague's figuie
shows sporidia which certainly are not zonate as in Hypnea, but may
be tripartite, although the figure is not quite clear on that point. The
Galapagos alga has cruciate sporidia and hence, in spite of its habit, can
be referred only with doubt to Montague's species.

Gymnogongrcs, Mart.

G. Griffithsiae, var. galapagensis, Pice. & Grun. in Piccone (1),
GO, & (2), 31. — ■Charles and Chatham Ids.: Marcacci, ace. to
Piccone, 11. cc. Endemic.

G. melanothrix, Gruuow in Piccone (1), 60, & (2), 31. Gigartina
melanothrix, Bory, Coquille, 152, t. 19, f, 3 (1829.) — Charles and
Chatham Ids. : J/arcacci, ace. to Piccone, 11. cc. Further distrib.
Chili.

G. VERMicuLARis, J. Ag. Spec. Alg. ii. 323 (1851.) Fucus ver-
micularis, Turn. Hist. Fuc. PI. 221 (1819); Piccoue (1), Gl. —

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 97

Chatham Isl. : March, 1884, Marcacci, ace. to Piccone, 1. c. Further
distrib. western So. Am.

HERPOPnTLLON, gen. prov.

Frons membranacea, prostrata, subcircularis vel vague expansa,
centro radicibus adfixa. Structura interne cellulis oblongis vel radia-
tim elongatis, parietibus distincte colloideis cellulis superficieni versus
rotundatis in stratum unicum corticale transformatis constituta. Spor-
angia cruciatim divisa, in soris verrucaeformibus supra frondem sparsa.
Cystocarpia igiiota.

H. coalescens, spec. prov.

Frondes circa 40 mm. diametro, aggregatae, a marginibus coalescentes,
thallum indefinite expausum formantes. Sporangia in soris verrucae-
formibus ad superficiem superiorem frondis inter paraphyses allata, an-
guste ovales, 56/* X 15-20 /x. Albemarle Isl.: Tagus Cove, March,
1899, Snodgrass & Heller.

The provisional name given above is adopted to designate a curious
alga the cystocarpic fruit of which is unknown and which in other respects
does not agree with any genus known to me. When removed from the
fluid in which it was preserved it appeared like an irregular, rather
.cartilaginous pellicle adherent to the substratum by groups of coarse
rhizoids. On a closer examination the surface was seen to be ridged,
or veined, and apparently the larger specimens are composed of smaller
individual fronds which have united, each tuft of rhizoids being in the
centre of a frond. The smaller specimens were like the larger, but none
seen was so small as to be composed of a single frond. The microscopic
structure of the ridges show that they are the lines of union of two different
fronds, or, if the whole is to be regarded as a single plant, of its different
lobes. The internal structure consists of a compact tissue of large cells
about 56 /x in transverse section but more or less elongated in radial
sections, some being 140 /x long. They cannot, however, be called
filaments. Near the upper and lower surfaces and near the margin
the cells become more nearly spherical. The cell-walls are markedly col-
loidal and near the margin seem to be imbeded in a solid colloidal matrix.
The cortical cells are small and arranged in a single layer, especially on
the lower surface, those on the upper surface more frequently dividing
anticlinically, especially where the sporidia are forming. The latter are
in spots on the up^^er surface, which are sometimes not much raised
but at other times form well-marked warts. The sporangia are borne
between paraphyses about 60 ^ long and 3 /x broad, formed by the out-
TOL. xxxviii. — 7

98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

growth of cortical cells. It is to be regretted tliat more is not known as
to the mode of growtli of the frond. As it is, this alga, altliongh at first
sight it suggested Peyssonnelia riigosa Ilarv. in its habit, cannot be re-
ferred to that genus, for tlie frond in section is seen to be symmetrical
except that the cortical cells on the under side are more uniformly in a
single layer than above, but quite different from the well-defined base of
Peyssonnelia. Nor can it be considered a prostrate form of KaUymenia
or Constantinea, to which it appears to be more nearly related. It might
be suggested that the specimens were abnormal developments of some
species with erect fronds, but the abundance of sporidia appear to indi-
cate that the growth was normal.

Hypnea, Lamx.

H. PANNOSA, J. Kg. Oefv. Kongl. Vet. Akad. Forh. iv. 14 (1847).
— Albemarle I^l. : Tagus Cove, Feb. 1889, Snodgrass & Heller.
Further distrib. tropical seas.

Laurencia, Lamx.

L. OBTUSA (lluds.) Lamx., var. gracilis, Harv. Ceyl. Alg. 26 ;
Piccone (1), 80. — Chatham Isl. : IMarch, 1884, Marcaccl, ace. to
Piccone, I.e. Further distrib. general.

LlTHOPHTLLUM, Phil.

*L. Farlowii, Heydrich in Engler, Bot. Jahrb. xxviii. 532, t. 1, f. 6
(1901). — Charles Isl. : Hassler Exped. Endemic.

LiTHOTHAMNIUM, Phil.

L. CRASSUM, Phil. "Weigm. Arch. 1837, 2, p. 388 ; Piccone (2), 45.
• — Charles Isl. : Marcacci, ace. to Piccone, 1. c.

No specimens of this species have been seen, and I am unable to say
■whether the alga collected by Marcacci on the Pisani Exp. is the same as
the L. crassum, originally described from the Mediterranean, as that
sjDecies is now understood.

Melobesia, Lamx.

M. coRTiciFORMis, Ktitz. Spec. Alg. 696 (1849). — Wenman Isl. .-
on GelkUum serrulatum, Dec. 1888, Snodgrass «fe Heller. Further
distrib. general.

M. pustulata, Lamx. Hist. Polyp. Flex. 315, t. 12, f. 2 (1816);
Piccone (1), 65. — Chatham Isl.: (on Zonaria lohata) Marcacci,
ace. to Piccone. 1. c. Further distrib. general.

* Name changed to L. claudescens, Heydrich, Ber. deutsch. bot. Ges. xix, 430,
as it is antedated by L. Farlowii, Foster.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 99

OCHTODES, J. Ag.

0. FiLiFORMis J. Ag. Bid. Flor. Syst., 5 (1871), Flor. Morph. PI. 31,
p. 1-8 (1879) ; Sphaerococcus JiUformis J. Ag. Spec. Alg. ii, 6G4 (1851),
— Wenman Isl. : Dec. 1898, Siiodgrass & Heller. Further distrib.
West Indies.

The occurrence of this characteristic but not common West Indian spe-
cies at the Galapagos is interesting. The few specimens collected have
an abundance of cystocarps whose structure together with the peculiar
axial structure of the fronds leaves no doubt as to the genus, nor am I
able, even in their habit, to recognize any specific distinction between
West Indian and Pacific specimens.

Peyssonnelia, Decaisne.

P. RUBRA J. Ag. Spec. Alg. ii. 502 (1851). Zonnria rubra Grev.
Trans. Linn. Soc. xv. 340, PI. III. f. 3 (1827). — Albemarle Isl.:
Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass & Heller. Further distrib. Mediterranean,
Pacific Islands.

Specimens with sporangia, the color altered by the preserving fluid.

Plocamium, Lyngb.

P. cocciNEUM Lyngb. Tent. Hydr. 39, PI. 9, B. (1819). Funis coc-
cineus Huds. Fl. Angl. ed. 2, 586 (1778). — Wenman Isl., Dec. 1898,
Snodgrass & Heller. Distribution, general.

Rhodymenia (Grev.) J. Ag. Emend.

R. flabellifolia, Mont. Bonite, 105 (1844). Sphaerococcus fla-
belUfoUus, Bory, Coquille, 174, t. 17 (1829). — Albemarle Isl.:
Elizabeth Bay and Iguana Cove, Dec. 30, 1898, Snodgrass & Heller.
Further distrib. Peru, Chili.

All the specimens from Elizabeth Bay and some of those from
Iguana Cove have the typical habit of this species. Some of the
specimens from the latter locality are more branched than the type but
appear to belong to the same species.

100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

HEPATICAE.

By A. W. EVANS.

Bryopteris, Lindenb.

B. FiLicmA (Sw.) Nees, Syn. Hep. 284 (1845). Jungermannia
Jilicina, Wilson in Hook. f. (3), 165. — James Isl. : Darioin. Widely
distributed in tropical America.

B. GALAi'AGANA, Gottsclic, Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 4, viii. 341 (1857).
Listed by Wilson in Hook. f. (3), 165, as Jungermcuinia Jilicina, var.
tenuis. — Charles and James Ids. : Danvin. Also collected by
Andersson. The species is endemic but is very close to the following.

B. TENuiCAULis, Tayl. Syn. Hep. 285 (1845). — Abingdon Isl.:
Snodgrass & Heller. Chatham Isl. : Baur. Known also from
the Andes.

Frullania, Raddi.

F. ACULEATA, Tayl. Loud. Jour. Hot. v. 407 (1846). — Galapagos
Ids. : Darwin. Also found in the Andes. Jungermannia pungens,
Wils. in Hook. f. (3), 165, collected on Charles Isl. by Darwin, is
apparently a synonym of this species.

F. ATRATA (Sw.) Xees, Syn. Hep. 463 (1845). — Charles Isl.:
Darwin; 8 Apr. 1888, Lee. Duncan Isl.: Baur. Widely dis-
tributed in tropical America.

F. GALAPAGONA, Angstr. Oefversigt Kongl. Vetensk.-Akad. For-
handl. xxx. no. 5, 116 (1873). — Galapagos Ids. : Andersson.
Endemic.

F. TAMARisci (L.) Dum. Eecueil d'Obs. 13 (1835). —This widely
distributed species of Europe and North America is quoted by AVilson
from Charles Isl. : Darwin. The species would hardly be expected
from the Galapagos Islands.

F. VAGiNATA (Sw.) Dum. 1. c. — Charles and James Ids. : Darioin.
A Javan species. Its occurrence on the Galapagos Ids. is considered
doubtful by Schiffner (cf. Conspect. Hepat. Arch. Ind. 348).

Lopholejeunea (Spruce) Schiffn.

L. Anderssonii, Steph. Hedwigia, xxxv. 108 (1896). — Galapagos
Ids. : Andersson. Endemic.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 101

March KSiNiA, S. F. Gray.

M. BU AC HI AT A (Svv.) Schiffii. in Engl. & Prantl. Nat. Pfiauzenf. i.
Abt. 3, 128 (1893). — Duncan Isl. : Baur. Widely distributed in
tropical America. Phragmicoma (jalapagana, Angstr. 1. c. 114, and
F. nigrescens, Angstr. 1. c. 115, are very close to this extremely vari-
able species. Both were collected by Andersson.

NOTOTHYLAS, Sull.

N. ORBICULARIS (Schweiu.) Sull. Mem. Am. Acad, new ser. iii. 64,
t. 4 (1846). — Albemarle Isl.: Tagus Cove, Snodgniss & Hellei:
Widely distributed in eastern N. Am. ; also European.

Omphalanthus, Lindenb. &> Nees.
O. FiLiFORMis (Sw.) Nees, Syn. Hep. 304 (1845). — Charles and
James Ids. : Darwin. Widely distributed in tropical America, espe-
cially in mountainous regions.

Peltolejeunea (Spruce) Schiffin.
P. galapagona, Steph. Hedwigia, xxxv. 123 (1896).— Charles
Isl. : Andersson. Endemic.

Plagiochasma, Lehm. &, Lindenb.

P. ? — Albemarle Isl.: Iguana Cove, Tagus Cove, and mountain
east of Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller. Charles Isl. : Baur, no.
380 (hb. Harvard Univ.). Narborough Isl.: south side, 615m.
alt., Snodgrass & Heller. The specimens are all sterile and in-
determinable but seem referable to a single species.

Plagiochila, Dum.

o

p. Anderssonii, Angstr. 1. c. 114; Rose (1), 138. — Galapagos
Ids.: Andersson. Chatham Isl. : A. Agassiz. Further distrib. Cocos
Island of the Pacific.

o

p. spinifera, Angstr. 1. c. — Galapagos Ids. : Andersson.
Endemic.

Radula, Dum.

R. retroflexa, Tayl. Lond. Jour. Bot. v. 378 (1846). — Galapagos
Ids. : Andersson. Also known from the " Pacific Islands," Nightingale.

RiCCiA, Mich.

R. ? Sterile and indeterminable. — Albemarle Isl. : Iguana Cove,
Snodgrass & Heller.

102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

MUSCI.
By W. G. FAKLOW.

Caltmperes, Svv.

C. Sprucei, Bescherelle, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. ser. 8, i. 304 (1895). —
BiNDLOK IsL. : Snadf/rass & Heller. Several specimens of this species
were collected. There are no capsules but an abundance of septate gem-
mae borne on the long club-shaped prolongation of the ribs. As there
appeared to be a slight difference between the cell-structure of these
specimens and Spruce's no. 20, on which Bescherelle founded his C.
Spnicei, material of the Galapagos plant was submitted to M. Besche-
relle, the learned author of the Essai sur le genre Calymperes, who has
been so kind as to verify the identification.

Campylopus, Brid.

C. Anderssonii, Jaeg. Adumb. i. 140 (1870). C. sp. Anderss. (1)
125. Dlcranum Anderssonii, C. Muell. Bot. Zeit. xiv. 169 (1856) ;
Anderss. (2), 37. — Charles Isl. : Andersson. Endemic. To
judge from the description this must be quite different from the following
sjjccies.

C. LAMELLATUS, Mout. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. ser. 2, ix. 52 (1838)
Dicranum lamellatum, C. Muell. Syn. jMusc. i. 411 (1849). — Al-
bemarle Isl : mountain east of Tagus Cove, alt. 770 m., 1 Feb., and
June, 1899, Snodgrass & Heller. Further distrib. Bolivia. To this
species may be referred a moss collected in small quantity with a marked
polytrichoid habit suggesting C. 2^ol//trichoides, De Not.; Renauld &
Cardot, Musci. Eur. no. 114, and C. leucotrichus, Sull. «& Lesq.
Muse. Am. Bor. no. 73 (1856). The stems are from 1^ to 4 cm.
high, nearly simple, but in a few cases with lateral innovations just below
the tips, which are gemmiferous but without traces of antheridia or
archegonia. The erect infolded leaves terminate in long hyaline papillif-
erous hairs. The ribs which occupy the greater part of the leaves have
a large number, about 30, of dorsal laminae composed of three or four
cells seen in section, the terminal cell being obtuse. In well-developed
leaves there is in the costal region a single internal layer of squarish color-
less cells, 16-18 /A by 14/i in section, but in older leaves there is developed
inside these colorless cells a layer of very narrow small cells. The
union by Mitten, Musci. Austro-Americani, of C. lamellatus, C. poh/-
trichoides, C. leucotrichus and a number of other species into a single

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 103

species (C. introfiexus (Hedvv.) Mitt.) is incorrect so far as C. intro-
JlexHS, at least, is concerned, as was shown by Duby and C. Mueller, but
probably INIitteu was justified in uniting some of the species referred to.
I am unable to ascertain whether C. lamellatus or C. polytrlclioldes
was first published since both species were described in 1838. The
present species may be referred to C. lamellatus, Mont., to which it is
at least very closely related, but the scanty and sterile material prevents
an accurate determination. The specimens in their leaf structure agree
well with the C. lamellatus of the Wilkes Expedition in herb. Sullivant.

Daltonia, Hook. & Tayl.

o

D. ROBUSTA, Angstr. Oefv. 1873, no. 5, p. 117. — Galapagos
Ids. : Andersson. Endemic.

Macromitrium, Brid.

M. scabrisetdm, Wils. in Hook. f. (3), 165; Anderss. (1), 125, &
(2), 37. Keduced by Mitten, .Jour. Linn. Soc. xii. 210, to M. longi-
folium, Brid. Bryol. Univ. i. 309, 738 (182G), which is Orthotrichum
longif(dlum^ Hook. Muse. Exot. t. 44 (1818). — Abingdon Isl. : alt.
250 m., 25 June, 1899, Saodgrass & Heller. Charles Isl. : Daricin.
The material secured by Messrs. Snodgrass t& Heller consists of a
single small specimen with lower leaf cells papillose and rather trans-
parent. The specimen was sterile and the absence of the seta made
accurate determination impossible, and furthermore the leaves themselves
were not in very good condition, being old and more or less torn.

Papillaria, C. Muell.

P. NiGRESCENS, Jaeg. Adumb. vii. 265 (1876). Neckera nigrescens,
Schw. Suppl. 3, i. t. 244 (1828); Anderss. (1), 125, & (2), 37.—
Charles Isl. : Andersson. ? James Isl. : Daricin (" Neckera vel
Pilotrichum sp. ?" Hook. f. (3), 165). Neither seen by the writer.
Further distrib. general in North and South America.

Pilotrichella, C. Muell.

P. Anderssonii, Jaeg. Adumb. vii. 262 (1876). Neekera Anders-
sonii, C. Muell. Bot. Zeit. xiv. 170 (1856); Anderss. (2), 37.—
Charles Isl. : Andersson. Endemic. Not seen by the writer,

P. nigricans, Besch. Prodr. Bry. Mex. 79. Hypnum nigrescens,
Hook, in Kunth, Syn. PL Equin. i. 64 (1822). — Galapagos Ids. :

104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

o

Andersson, vid. Angstrom in Oefv. k. vet. Akad. Forh. xxx. 118
(1873).

SCHLOTHEIMIA, Brid.

S. Jamesoni, Brid. Bryol. Univ. i. 742 (1826). Oi-tliotrkhxim
Jamesoni, Arn. Trans. Wern. Soc. v. 201 (1824). — Albemarle Isl. :
Iguana Cove, 30 Dec. 1898, Snodgrass & Heller. Further distrib.
Brazil. The specimens referred to this species were sterile. The leaf
structure agrees so well with that of ,S'. Jamesoni in herb. Taylor that
the name may be retained here. The relations of S. Jamesoni to *S'.
iiitida^ Schwaeg., are not well defined and in herb. Sullivant the
S. Jamesoni of the Wilkes Expedition was later considered to be
S. nitida.

FILICES.

Acrostichum, L.

A. AUREO-NiTENS, Hook. Ic. PI. X. t. 933 (1854), & Sp. Fil. v. 270
(1864); Anderss. (1), 131, & (2), 42; Hook. & Bak. Syn. Fil. 421
(1868). ffemionitis jnnnaf a, Hook. f. (3), 167, excellently described,
yet neglected by most subsequent authors; Andersson (1), 129, & (2),
40. Is^eurocallis aureo-nitens, Moore, Ind. F\\. 5 (1857). Chrysodiam
aureo-nitens, Christ, Farnkr. 47 (1897). JSlaj^hofflosstim aureo-nitens,
Diels in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenf. i. Abt. 4, 334, f. 174 H.
(1899). — Galapagos Ids. : Ctiming, no. 109. Albemarle Isl.:
Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 17 (hb. Gr.) ; on mountain east
of Tagus Cove, alt. 920 m., Snodgrass & Heller, no. 229 (hb. Gr.).
Charles Isl.: Darwin; Andersson; Lee (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.) ;
^awr, no. 356 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : Capt. Wood. Narborough
Isl.: southern part, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 319 (hb. Gr.). Further
distrib. Ecuador, ace. to Diels. I.e. A fern of remarkable and char-
acteristic habit, the sterile fronds spatulate and entire, the fertile pinnate.

A. AUREUM, L. Sp. 1069 (1753); Schk. Fil. t. 1; Hook. Sp. Fil.
v. 266. Chrysodium aiireum, Mett. Fil. Lips. 21 (1856). — Gala-
pagos Ids. : Cajpt. Wood, ace. to Hook. 1. c. Further distrib. general
in trop. and subtrop. reg.

A. MuscosuM, Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 1591 (1806), & Syn. Fil. 10;
Hook. Sp. Fil. V. 231. A. Langsdorjii, Hook. & Grev. Ic. t. 164
(1831). Elaphoglossnm mnscostim, Moore, Ind. Fil. 12, 362 (1862).
Olfersia musrosa, Presl, Tent. Pterid. 233 (1836). O. Langsdorjii,
Presl, I.e. 234; Hook. f. (3), 167; Anderss. (1), 128, & (2), 39.—

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 105

James Isl. : Danvhi, ace. to Hook, f., ]. c. Not secured by subsequent
collectors in the Galapagos Ids. Further distrib. Mex. (ace. to Hook. &
Bak.), W. Lid. to Peru and Brazil.

A. viscosuM, Sw. Syn. Fil. 10, 193 (180G) ; Hook. & Grev. Ic. t. 64;
Hook. Sp. Fil. V. 220. Elaphoglossum viscosum, Schott ace. to Moore,
1. c. 369. Olfersia viscosa, Presl, 1. c. 0. viscida, Presl ace. to Hook,
f. (3), 167; Anderss. (1), 129, &(2),39. — James Isl.: Darwin, ace. to
Hook, f., 1. c. Not since collected on the Galapagos Ids. Further
distrib. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am., E. Ind., etc.

Adiantum, L.

A. aethiopicum, L. Sp. ed. 2, 1.560 (1763) ; Hook. Sp. Fil. ii, 37,
t. 77 A; Moore, Ind. Fil. 19. — Galapagos Ids. : ace. to Moore, 1. c.
Further distrib. general in trop.

A. CONCINNUM, Humb. & Bonpl. in Willd. Sp. v. 4.51 (1810) ; HBK.
Nov. Gen. & Sp. i. 20, t. 668 (1815); Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 42. A cu-
neatum, Hook. f. (3), 168 ; Anderss. (1), 129, & (2), 40 ; not Langsd. &
Fisch. — Abingdon Isl.: alt. 520 m., Snodgrass & Beller, uo. 818 (lib.
Gr.). Albemarle Isl. : north mountain, Elizabeth Cove, Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 282 (hb. Gr.) ; Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 15 (hb.
Gr.) ; Tagus Cove, abundant from the sea-level to 950 m. alt., Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 182 (hb. Gr.). James Isl.: Scolder; Darwin; common on
lava rocks, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 361 (hb. Gr.). Narborodgh Isl. :
southern part, abundant in shade, alt. 310 to 620 m., Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 320 (hb. Gr.). The last number has broader, flatter sori and its
identity with the others is somewhat doubtful. Further distrib. Mex.,
W. Ind. to Peru and Brazil.

A. Henslovianum, Hook. f. (3), 169 ; Anderss. (1), 129, & (2), 40 ;
Hook. & Bak. Syn. Fil. 118; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 149. A. sessilifolium,
Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 44, t. 85. — Charles Isl. : Darwin. Chatham Isl. :
southwest end, middle region, Baur, no. 361 (hb; Gr.). James Isl. :
Darwin. Further distrib. Andean S. Am.

A. INCISUM, Presl, Pel. Haenk. i. 61, t. 10, f. 3 (1830), & Tent. Pterid.
157; Hook. Syn. Fil. ii. 28; Moore, Ind. Fil. 28. — Galapagos Ids.:
ace. to Moore, 1. c, and Christ, Farnkr. 138. Further distrib. Pacific
slope of northern S. Am. and S. Mex.

A. Kaulfussii, Kunze, Linnaea, xxi. 221 (1848) ; Moore, Ind. Fil.
29. — "Chatham Isl." [presumably of the Galapagos group] ace. to
Moore, 1. c. Further distrib. northern S. Am., Mex., W. Ind.

106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

A. PARVULUM, Hook. f. (3), 168 ; Aiulerss. (I), 129, & (2), 40 ; Hook.
Sp. Fil. ii. 44. — Charles Isl. : Darwin. A species not secured by
any subsequent collector, and omitted by Hook. ,& Bak. from their Syn.
Fil. Endemic so far as known.

A. PATENS, Willd. Sp. V. 439 (1810) : Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 29, t. 87 A;
Hook. & Bak. Syn. Fil. 126. — Galapagos Ids. : ace. to Moore, 1. c,
and Hook. & Bak. 1. c. Further distrib. Mex. to Ecuador.

A. PRiONOPHYLLDM, HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. i. 20 (1815) ; Hook.
Sp. Fil. ii. 22 ; Moore, Ind. Fil. 34. — Chatham Isl.: ace. to Moore.
Further distrib. Mex., W. Ind., northern S. Am.

ASPIDIUJM, Sw.

A. coRiACEUM, Sw. Syn. Fil. 57 (1806) ; Willd. Sp. PI. v. 268 ; Hook.
Sp. Fil. iv. 32 ; Schk. Fil. 50, t. 50. A. capense, Willd. 1. c. 267 (1810) ;
Hook. & Bak. Syn. Fil. 254. Polypodium eoriaceum, Sw. Prodr. 133
(1788). Polystichum coriaceum, Schott, Gen. Fil. t. 9 (1834) ; Presl,
Tent. Pterid. 84; Hook. f. (3), 171; Anderss. (1), 131, & (2), 41.—
James Isl. : Darwin, ace. to Hook, f., 1. c. Apparently not since col-
lected on the islands. Further distrib. W. Ind., S. Am., Trop. of Old
World.

A. SEMICORDATDM, Sw. Syn. Fil. 45 (1806) ; Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 16,
which see for synon. — Galapagos Ids. : Capt. Wood, ace. to Hook.
1. c. Further distrib. W. Ind. to Peru and Brazil. Varieties also in the
Old World.

Asplenium, L.

A. ANisoPHYLLUM, var. latifolium, Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. Ill (1860).
J. nigrescens, Hook. f. (1), 170; Anderss. (1), 131, & (2), 41 ; not Bl.
A. m<Jt7MTO, Moore, Ind. Fil. 150(1859). — Galapagos Ids.: Capt.
Wood. James Isl. : Darwin. Further distrib. trop. Am. and Afr.

A. AURiTUM, Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 1616 (1806) ; Hook Sp. Fil. iii. 178 ;
Rob. & Greenm. (1),149. A. marinum, var. auriculatum, Hook. f. (3),
170; Anderss. (1), 131, & (2), 41. — Abingdon Isl.: Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 835 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl. : Darwin; in the upper shaded
region, Andersson ; A. Agassiz. Chatham Isl. : Capt. Wood, ace. to
Hook. 1. c. ; on the southwest end, middle region, Baur, no. 354 (hb.
Gr.). James Isl. : Darwin. Further distrib. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.
Capt. Wood's plant stated by Hook, to be partially bipinnate, is probably
the one which Moore (Ind. Fil. 170) doubtfully refers to the Galapagos
Ids. under the name of ^4. sulcatum, Lam.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 107

Yar, :MACiLENTU5r, Moore, Iird. Fil. 115 (1859) ; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii.
179. — Galapagos Ids. : ace. to Moore, 1. c. Further distrib. Max.,
W. Ind., trop. S. Am.

A. ciCDTAKiUJi, Sw. Prodr. 130 (excl. syn.) ; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 198 ;
Lowe, Nat. Hist. Ferns, v. t. 20; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 149. — Gala-
pagos Ids. : Capt. Wood, ace. to Hook. 1. c. Chatham Isl. : ace. to
Moore, Ind. Fil. 119; southwest end, middle region, Baur, no. 359 (hb.
Gr.). Further distrib. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am., Afr.

A. FORMOSUM, Willd. Sp. V. 329 (1810); Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 143, &
Fil. Exot. t. 16. A. siibalatum, Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech. 312, t. 71.
A. subulatum, Hook. f. (3), 169 ; Anderss. (1), 130, & (2), 41. A.fari-
nosum, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 149, by typographical error. — Abingdon
Isl. : alt. 540 m., Snodgrass & Heller, no. 819 (hb. Gr.). Albemarle
Isl. : Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 27 (hb. Gr.) ; on mountain
east of Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 240 (hb. Gr.). Charles
Isl.: Darwin; Lee (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.) ; Baur^ no. 3G6 (hb. Gr.).
Chatham Isl. : Cajjt. Wood; Cvmivg, no. 108, ace. to Hook. Sp. Fil.
iii. 143. Further distrib. general \\\ trop. of both hemispheres.

A. FURCATUM, Thuub. Frodr. FI. Cap. 172 (1800); Hook. Sp. Fil.
iii. 165; Hook. f. (3), 169; Anderss. (1), 130, & (2), 41. A. frae-
morsum, Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. iii. 1620 (1806); Moore, Ind. Fil. 155. —
Galapagos Ids. : Capt. Wood, ace. to Hook. 1. c. Albemarle Isl.:
on mountain east of Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 239 (hb. Gr.).
James Isl. : Darwin. Further distrib. general in trop. of both hemi-
spheres.

A. LAETtJM, Sw. Syn. Fil. 79, 271 (1806); Hook. Sp. Fil. iii, 133.
A. abscissnin, Willd. Sp. v. 321 (1810), in part. — Chatham Isl.:
Capt. Wood, ace. to Hook. 1. c. Further distrib. general in trop. Am.

A. lunulatum, Sw. Syn. Fil. 80 (1806) ; Hook. & Bak. Syn. Fil.
202. A. erectum, Bory in Willd. Sp. v. 328 (1810) ; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii.
126. — Charles Isl. : Lee (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.). Widely distrib. in
trop. reg.

A. RHizoPHYLLUM, Kunze, Linnaea, ix. 71 ; Hook- Sp. Fil. iii. 200;
not L. A. 3facraei, Hook. & Grev. le. 217 (ace. to Hook. 1. e.), and
hence (if rightly identified) Hook. f. (3), 169, and Anderss. (1), 131, &
(2), 41. ? A. myriophyllnm, var. divaricaticm, Moore, Ind. Fil. 148, as to
pi. Galapagos. Darea rhizophylla & Caenopteris rhizophylla, Hook. &
Giev. le. t. 193. — Galapagos Ids. : Capt. Wood, ace. to Hook. 1. c.
James Isl. : Danvin, ace. to Hook, f., 1. c. Not secured on the

108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Islands by recent collectors. Further distrib. general in trop. of both
hemispheres.

A. RUTACKUM, Metten. Asplen. 129, t. 5, f. 32-33 (1859) ; Hook. Sp.
Fil. iii. 203; Hook. & Bak. Syn. V\\. 220. — Galapagos Ids.: ace. to
Hook. & Bak. 1. c, where no collector is mentioned. Further distrib.
trop. S. Am.

A. Serra, Langsd. & Fisch. Fil. 16, t. IG (1810-1818); Hook. Sp.
Fil. iii. 154; Moore, Ind. Fil. 1G6. — Galapagos Ids. : ace. to Moore,
1. c. Further distrib. trop. Am.

A. SERRATUM, L. Sp. 1079 (1753) ; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 81 ; Moore,
Ind. Fil. 167. — Galapagos Ids.: Copt. Wood, ace. to Hook. 1. c.
Chatham Isl.: ace. to Moore. Further distrib. general in trop. Am.

Blechnum, L.

B. occiDENTALE, L. Sp. cd. 2, 1534 (1763); Sw. Syn. Fil. 113;
Jacq. Ic. PI. Rar. iii. t. 644 ; Hook. f. (3), 169; Anderss. (1), 130, &
(2), 41 ; Caruel (1), 625. B. orientale, L. Sp. 1077 (1753), through
clerical or typographical transposition of names with the Asiatic species,
an error corrected by Liiinajus himself. — Galapagos Ids. : ace. to
Moore, Ind. Fil. 200. Abingdon Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 815
(hb. Gr.). Albemarle Isl. : Iguana Cove, Snodgrass &. Heller, nos.
19 (hb. Gr.), 134 (hb. Gr.) ; mountains east of Tagus Cove, alt. 920 m.,
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 247 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl. : in the upper
shaded regions, Andersson. Chatham Isl. : Chierchia; Baur, no.
360 (hb. Gr.). James Isl. : Darwin. Further distrib. Mex. to Chili,
Brazil, and W. Ind.

Var. CAUDATUM, Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 51 (I8G0). — Galapagos Ids. :
Cajyt. Wood, ace. Hook. 1. c, and Moore, 1. c. Further distrib. general
in trop. Am. and Philippines.

Cheilanthes, Sw.

C. MiCROPHYLLA, Sw. Syn. Fil. 127 (1806); Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 84,
t. 98 A; Hook. & Bak. Syn. Fil. 135 ; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 149. C.
heterotriclms, Anderss. (1), 129, & (2), 40, to judge from character.
— Galapagos Ids. : ace. to Moore, Ind. Fil. 247. — Albemarle Isl.:
on hillsides near Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 20 (hb. Gr.),
114 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl. : in shade near summit of mountain, An-
dersson (C. heterotrichi(s). Chatham Isl.: southwest end, middle
region, Baur, no. 369 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib., Mex., Andes of Peru,
and Bolivia.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS LSLANDS. 109

C. MYRiOPiiYLLA, Desv. Berl, Mag. v. 328, & Jour. Bot. ii. 44,
t. 13, f. 1 (1813) ; Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 100. — Albemarle Tsl. : Iguana
Cove, Snodgvass & Heller, no. 12 (hb. Gr.). P\irtlier distrib. Mex.,
Audes, Ecuador to Peru.

Cystopteris, Bernh.
C. FRAGiLis, Bernh. in Schrad. Neues Jour. Bot. i. pt. 2, 2G, 49, t. 2,
f. 9 (1806) ; Wolf (1), 283. — Charles Isl.: ace. to Wolf. Of wide
distribution. I can but question the identity of the Galapageian
plant. The species has been secured on the islands by no other collec-
tor, and the specimen in question received only a field determination.

Gleichexia, Sm.
G. dichotoma, Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 12 (1846) ; Moore, Ind. Fil. 375.
— Galapagos Ids. : ace. to Moore, 1. c. Further distrib. general
in trop.

Gymnogramme, Desv.

G. CHAEROPHYLLA. Desv. Jour. Bot. i. 26 (1813); Hook. Sp. Fil. v.
136; Hook. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 45 ; Hook. f. (3), 168 {Gymnogramma) ;
Anderss. (2), 40. — Charles Isl. : Darwin. It is not unlikely that a
reexamination will show this specimen to be G. leptopliylla, Desv.,
since discovered upon the same island by Baur. Further distrib. Mex.,
W. Ind., Brazil, Paraguay.

G. leptophylla, Desv. Jour. Bot. i. 26 (1813); Hook. Sp. Fil. v.
136; Hook. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 25; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 149.—
Charles Isl., Baur, no. 368 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. trop. of
both hemispheres.

G. tartarea, Desv. Berl. Mag. v. 305; Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 148;
Caruel (1), 625. G. dealbata, Link, Hort. Berol. ii. 52 (1833).
G. calomelajios, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 149, not Kaulf. — Albemarle
Isl. : Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 25 (hb. Gr.) ; on mountain
east of Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 241 (hb. Gr.). Bixdloe
Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 782 (hb. Gr.), the yellow-powdered
form, ? no. 778 (hb. Gr.), a juvenile state. Chatham Isl., Chierchia;
southwest end, upper region, Baur, no. 362 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib.
Mex., W. Ind., S. Am., Tropics of the Old World.

Hypolepis, Bernh.
H. RKPENS, Presl, Tent. Pterid. 162 (1836); Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 64,
t. 90 B. Lonchltis rej^ens, L. Sp. 1078 (1753). ClieilantJies repens.

110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Kaulf. Enuin. P^il. 215 (1824). — Galapagos liys.-. Capt. J. Wood,
ace. to Hook. 1. c. Further distrib. Mex., W. Ind., trop. S. Am.

Ni:riiRoi)iuM, Kich.

N. BRACiiYODON, Ilook. Sp. Fil. iv. 83 (1862); TTook. & Bak. Syn.
Fil. 295. — Galai'AGOS Ids. : Ccqyt. Wood. Further distrib. W. Ind.,

5. Am., Malayan renin. «& Isles.

N. MACROi'iiYLLUJi, Bak. Syji. Fil. 300. Aspidium macrophylhim,
Sw. Syn. Fil., 43, 239 (1806); Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 55.— Galapagos
Ids. : Capt. Wood, ace. to Hook., 1. c. Further distrib. general in trop.
Am,

N. MOLLK, Desv. Mem. Soc. Linn. vi. 258 (1827) ; Schott, Gen. Fil.
t. 10 (1834); Hook. f. (3), 171 ; Anderss. (1), 131, & (2), 41 ; Hook. &
Bak. Syn. Fil. 293. Aspldium molle, Sw. Syn. Fil. 49 (1806); Rob.

6, Greenm. (1), 149. — Albemarle Isl. : common at 460 ra., above
Iguana Cove, Siiodgrass & Heller, nos. 18 (hb. Gr.), 115 (hb. Gr.).
Charles Isl. : Lee (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.) ; Baur. Jajies Isl. :
Daricln. Further distrib. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am., Tropics of Old World.

N. UNiTUM, R. Br. Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. 148 (1810); Hook. & Bak.
Syn. Fil. 289; Caruel (1), 625. — Chatham Isl.: Clderchia. Further
distrib. tropics of both hemispheres.

N. viLLOSDM, Presl, Rel. Haenk. i. 38 (1830) ; Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 134.
Polypodium villosum, L. Sp. 1093 (1753). F. Berteroaniuii, Hook.
Sp. Fil. iv. 269, not Spreng. Asjndium villosum, Sw. Syn. Fil. 56
(1803). — Chatham Isl.: Caj^f. Wood, a.cc. to Hook. 1. c. Further
distrib. W. Ind. to Chili.

Nephrolepis, Schott.

N. ACUTA, Presl, Tent. Pterid. 79 (1836); Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 153.
Asp)idium acuUini, Schk. Fil. 32, t. 31. — Bindloe Isl.: Snodyrass
«fe Heller, do. 779 (hb. Gr.). Although the specimens are sterile the
somewhat characteristic venation and contour of the pinnae leave no
doubt of the identity of this species, which appears not to have been
hitherto recorded from the islands. Further distrib. Mex., W. Ind.,
S. Am., Tropics of Old World.

N. PECTINATA, Schott, Gen. Fil. under t. 3 (1834). N. cordifolla
(3, Hook. & Bak. Syn. Fil. 300 (1868). N. cordifolia, Rob. &
Greenm. (1), 149. Aspidiiim jjeefinafiim, ^Yi\k\. Sp. PI. 223(1810).
Neplirodiumpectinatum, Hook. f. (3), 170; Anderss. (1), 131, & (2), 41.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. Ill

— Chatham Isl.: southwest end, upper region, Baiw^ no. 357 (hb.
Gr.). James Isl. : Ikira-bi. This smooth-stiped fibrous-rooted fern,
with short blunt oblong pinnae, car.not be very satisfactorily placed (as
by Hook. & Bak. 1. c.) in N. cordifolla, Presl, which has tuberous
roots, scaly stipes, and triangular often acutish pinnae. Further distrib.
Panama, W. Ind., S. Am.

NOTHOCHLEANA, R. Br.

N. SULPHUREA, J. Sm. in Seem. Bot. Herald, 233 (18o2-57);
Hook. & Bak. Syn. Fil. 373. N. Candida, Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 110
(1864). N. argentca, Lowe, Ferns Brit, and Exot. i. t. 55 (185G).
Pterls lutea, Hook. f. (3), 1G8; Anderss. (1), 129, & (2), 40; not
Cav. — Galapagos Jus.: Cuming, no. 110, ace. to Hook. 1. c.
Albemarlk Isl.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 23 (hb.
Gr.) ; north mountain, Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 287
(hb. Gr.) ; mountain east of Tagus Cove, altitude 925 m., Snodgrass
&, Heller, no. 246 (hb. Gr.). James Isl.: Scolder. Further distrib.
S. W. United States, Mex., Andean S. Am.

Pellaea, Link.

P. GERAXiAEFOLiA, Fee, Gen. Fil. 130 (1850-1852); Hook. Sp.
Fil. ii. 132; Hook. & Bak. Syn. Fil. 146. Pteris geraniifolia.
Hook. Ic. PI. X. t. 915 (1854). — Galapagos Ids.: Douglas, ace. to
Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 133. Further distrib. general in trop. reg. Strik-
ingly like Pteris pedata, L., but with free veinlets.

POLYPODIUM, L.

P. ANGUSTiFOLTUM, Sw. Syn. Fil. 27 (1806); Raddi, Fil. Bras. 14,
t. 24, f. 2. P. ensifolium, Willd. Sp. PI. v. 152 (1810). Marginaria
ensifolia, Presl, Tent. Pterid. 188 (1836) ; Hook. f. (3), 167; Anderss.
(1), 127, & (2), 39. — James Isl.: Darwin, ace. to Hook, f., 1. c.,
an occu'-rence apparently doubted by Andersson and not subsequently
confirmed by more recent collectors. Further distrib. Mex., W. Ind.,
S. Am.

P. AUREUM, L. Sp. 1087 (1753) ; Lowe, Ferns Brit, and Exot. ii.
t. 56 ; Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 16. Pleopeltis aurea, Presl, Tent. Pterid. 193
(1836) ; Hook. f. (3), 167 ; Anderss. (1), 128, & (2), 39. — Galapagos
Ids.: Cqpt. Wood, ace. to Hook. 1. c. James Isl.: Darivin, ace. to Hook,
f. (3), 167. This large and conspicuous species, secured by these early
collectors on the Galapagos Ids., has curiously eluded the subsequent

112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

und much more tliorough collectors who liave visited the archipelago.
Further distrib. Southern U. S., Mex., W. Ind., S. Am., "Australia."

P. CRASsiFOLiuM, L. Sp. 1083 (1753); Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 62; Hemsl.
Biol. Cent.-Am. Bot. iii. 656 ; N. E. Brown, Trans. Linn. Sec. ser. 2,
vi.. 85. P. coriaceum, Raddi, Fil. Bras. 16, t. 25. Pleuridiuiii crussi-
folium, Fee, Gen. Fil. 273. — Galapagos Ids.: Capt. Wood (hh. Kew).
Further distrib. Mex., W. Ind. to Peru and Brazil.

P. INCANUM, Sw. Prodr. 131 (1788); Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 208.
Acrosticliuvi jioJyiwdioidcs, L. Sp. 1068 (1753). Mavf/inaria incana,
Presl, Tent. Pterid. 188 (1836); Hook. f. (3), 166; Anderss. (1), 127,
& (2), 38 (where P. incisum, Sw., is incorrectly given as a synonym,
instead of the correct P. incanuni, Svi ^ . — Galapagos Ids.: Capt.
Wood, ace. to Hook. 1. c. Albemarle Isl. : Macrae. Charles Isl. :
Darwbi. Further distrib. U. S., Mex., W. Ind., S. Am., Trop. Afr.

P. LANCEOLATUM, L. Sp. 1082 (1753). P. macrocarpum, Willd. Sp.
PI. V. 147 (1810). P. lepidotuni, Willd. in Schlecht. Adumbr. 17, t. 8
(1825). Pleopeltis ensifolia. Hook. Ex. Fl. t. 62 (1823). P. macro-
carpa, Kaulf. Euum. Fil. 245 (1824); Hook. f. (3), 167; Anderss.
(1), 127, & (2), 39. P. lanceolata, Presl, Tent. Pterid. 193 (1836) ;
Anderss. (1), 128, & (2), 39. P. lepidota, Hook. f. (3), 167; Anderss.
(1), 126, & (2), 39. Lepieystis lanceolata^ Dials in Engl. & Prantl,
Nat. Pflanzenf. i. Abt. 4, 323 (1899). — Albemarle Isl.: Iguana
Cove, on trees and bushes, alt. 310 m., Snodyrass & Hellar, no. 127
(hb. Gr.). Charles Isl. : Darwin ; in upper shaded region, Anders-
son. James Isl. : Darwin. Further distrib. trop. of both hemispheres.

P. lepidopteris, Kunze, Linnaea, xiii. 132 (1839) ; Hook. Sp. Fil.
iv. 211; Hook. & Bak. Syn. Fil. 346. Acrostic/mm lepidoptej^is,
Langsd. & Fisch. P"il. i. 5, t. 2 (1810). — Galapagos Ids.: Capt.
Wood, ace. to Hook., 1. c. Further distrib. general in trop. Am.

P. LORiCEUM, L. Sp. 1086 (1753) ; Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 21. P. jmnc-
tulatiim, Hook. Ic. PI. t. 720 (1848). Goniopldehium loriceum, J. Sm.
in Hook. Gen. Fil. under t. 51 (1838) ; Moore, Ind. Fil. 392. — Gala-
pagos Ids. : ace. to Moore, 1. c. Further distrib. general in trop. Am.

P. paleaceum, Hook. f. (3), 166; ? Anderss. (1), 126, «& (2), 38;
? Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 261. ? Alsojyhila sp., Rob. & Greenm. (1), 149.
— Charles Isl. : Darwin. James Isl. : Darwin. Endemic. To
this species I would doubtfully refer specimens from Albemarle Isl.,
Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & HeJlcr, no. 113 (hb. Gr.) ; Charles Isl.,
Andersson, Lee (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.) ; and Chatham Isl., southwest

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 113

end, middle region, Btiur, no. 367 (hb. Gr.). These plants, none of
which is in quite satisfactory condition, represent one, or perhaps several,
very nearly i-elaled species close to P. ^j«?zc?(;<^«?/i, Thuub., and P.
prasinum, Baker.

P. PECTiNATUM, L. Sp. 1085 (1753) ; Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 203; Caruel
(1), 625. P. X)aradisiae, Langsd. & Fisch. Ic. Fil. 11, t. 11 (1810-
1818); Hook. f. (8), 165; Andersson (1), 126, & (2), 38; Rob. &
Greenm. (1), 149. — Albemarle Isl. : Iguana Cove, Snodrjrass «&
Heller, nos. 14 (hb. Gr.), 133 (lib. Gr.). Charles Isl.: Anders-
son. Chatham Isl. : Chierchia ; southwest end, middle region, 7>ai<?',
no. 358 (hb. Gr.). James Isl. : Darwin. Further distrib. Mex., W.
Ind., S. Am.

P. PERCUSSUM, Cav. Prael. 243 (1801);^Svv. Syn. Fil. 26; Hook.
Fil. Exot. t. 59, & Sp. Fil. v. 55! P. cusjndafum, Presl, Rel. Haenk.
20, t. 1, f. 3 (1825). Lepici/stis perciissa, Diels in Engl. & Prantl,
Nat. Pflanzenf. i. Abt. 4, 323 (1899). — Galapagos Ids.: Capt.
Wood, ace. to Hook. Fil. Exot. 1. c. This fern does not appear to
have been secured by any recent collector in the Galapagos Islands.
Further distrib. trop. S. Am.

P. Phtllitidis, L. Sp. 1083 (1753) ; Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 38. Cam-
pyloneurum PhylUtidls, Presl, Tent. Pterid. 190 (1836) ; Hook. f. (3),
167; Anderss. (1), 128, & (2), 39. — James Isl.: Daricin, ace. to
Hook. f. (3), 167. Not secured by more recent collectors. Further
distrib. trop. Am.

P. PLEiosoRUM, Hook. f. (3), 166 (as pleiosoros) ; Anderss. (1),
126, & (2), 38 (as Pleiosoros). — James Jsi,. : Darwin. Endemic.
This species is briefly referred to by Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 262, where
treated as an unrecognizable and therefore negligible synonym. Never-
theless the original characterization is sufficiently detailed to show
that the plant was distinct from any other Galapageian species unless
it be P. jJdleaceum, Hook. f. The type will probably be found in the
Darwin collection at the herbarium of Cambridge University.

P. RODE, Kunze, Linnaea, xiii. 133 (1839) ; Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 243.
— Galapagos Ids. : Capt. Wood ? ace. to Hook. 1. c. Further distrib.
Mex. to Peru and Brazil.

P. SQUAMATUM, L. Sp. 1086 (1753); Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 209; Rob.
& Greenm. (1), 149. P. tridens, Kunze, Farnkr. i. 23, t. 13, f. 1
(1840). Pleopieltis sp., Anderss. (1), 128, & (2), 39. Lepicystis
squamata, J. Sm. ace. to Diels in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenf. i. Abt.

VOL. XXXVIII. — 8

114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

4,323 (1899). — Galapagos Ids. : Cuming, no. 112; Habel, ace. to
Hemsl. iu litt.* Abingdon Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller^ no. 814 (hb.
Gr.). Albemarle Isl.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, uo. 13
(hb. Gr.); mountain east of Tagus Cove, alt. 770 ra., Snodgrass &
Heller, nos. 238 (hb. Gr.), 900 (hb. Gr.). Bindloe Isl.: Snodgrass
& Heller, no. 783 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl.:' in the upper region,
Afiders.^on ; Lee (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.); Baiir, no. 373 (hb. Gr.).
Chatham Isl. : Cajyt. Wood; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 499 (hb.Gr.);
southwestern end, upper region, Baur, no. 370 (hb. Gr.). Dun-
can Isl. : Baur, no. 372 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 705
(hb. Gr.). Narborough Isl. : southern part, Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 324 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. Peru to Mex., and W. Ind.

P. sp. — Wexman Isl. : ace. to ms. notes of Mr. Heller an undeter-
mined species of I'ohjpoduaii was observed in a cave. The matter is of
interest since it is the first case in which a fern has been reported from
any of the lower islands.

Pteris, L.

P. AQUiLiNA, var. ESCULENTA, Hook. f. Fl. Nov. Zeal. ii. 25 (1855) ;
Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 197. P. esculenta, Forst. Prodr. 79 (1786) ; Schkuhr,
Fil. t. 97. P. aquilina, var. caudata, Rob. &. Greenm. (1), 149, not
Hook. — Galapagos Ids. : Capt. JVood, ace. to Hook. Albemarle
Isl. : 320 m. above Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller., nos. 86G, 867
(both in hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : southwest end, upper region,
Baur, no. 363 (hb. Gr.). Generally distrib. in trop.

P. iNciSA, Thunb. Fl. Cap. 733 (1823); Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 230.
P. 2Killida, Raddi, Fil. Bras. 49, t. 71 (1825). — Galapagos Ids.:
Capt. Wood, ace. to Hook. 1. c.

P. pedata, L. Sp. ed. 2, 1532 (1763); Hook. & Bak. Syn. Fil. 167.
Litohrochia pedata, Presl, Tent. Pterid. 149 (1836) ; Hook. f. (3), 168;
Anderss. (1), 129, & (2), 40 {Lithobrachia). — Galapagos Ids.:
Cuming, no. 107; Caj)t. Wood. Albemarle Isl.: Iguana Cove,
Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 22 (hb. Gr.), 24 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl. :
Daritin ; Andersson ; Lee (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.); Baur, no. 364
(hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : southwest end, middle region, Baur, no.
365 (hb. Gr.). James Isl.: Daricin; Douglas; Cuming. Further
distrib. W. Ind., S. Am.

* Tliis and all following references to the plants of Dr. Habel are based upon a
list preserved at the Royal Gardens, Kew, a transcription of this list having been
kindly forwarded to the writer by Mr. W. Botting Hemsley.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 115

P. PROPiNQUA, var. CuMiNGiANA, Ag. Sp. Gen. Pterid. Go; Hook.
Sp. Fil. ii. 223. — Galapagos Ids.: Capt. Wood, ace. to Hook. 1. c.
P\irtlier distrib. Venezuela to Mex., Trinidad. Tliis species is by
Hook. & Bak. (Syu. Fil. 171) regarded as a form of P. acideata, Sw.

Taenitis, Sw.
T. AXGrsTiFOLiA, R. Br. Prodr. 154, in note (1810) ; Hook. Sp. Fil.
V. 187; Hook. & Bak. Syu. Fil. 396. Vittaria costata, Kunze,
Analect. Pterid. 29, t. 18, f. 2, also f. 1, a and b (1837). — Galapagos
Ids. : Ccq^t. Wood, ace. to Hook. 1. c. Further distrib. W. Ind.,
Colombia to Brazil.

SALVINIACEAE.

AzoLLA, Lam.

A. CAROLiNTAXA, Willd. Sp. PI. V. 541 (1810) ; Anderss. (1), 132,
& (2), 42. — Charles Isl. : in cold spring of the middle region,
Andersson.

Salvlma, L.

S. sp., Wolf (1), 284. — Charles Isl. : in brooks near hacienda,
ace. to Wolf, 1. c.

LYCOPODIACEAE.
Lycopodium, L.

L. CLAVATDJi, L. Sp. 1101 (1753); Rob. & Greenm. (1), 149.—
Chatham Isl. : southwest end, upper region, Baur, no. 375 (hb. Gr.).
Of wide distribution.

L. DiCHOTOMUM, Jacq. Enum. Vindob. 314 (1762), & Hort. Vindob.
iii. 26, t. 45 ; Spring, Monog. Lycop. i. 41, ii. 18 ; Hemsl. Biol. Cent.-
Am. Bot. iii. 701; Bak. Fern-allies, 16. L. ])ithyoides, Schlecht. &
Cham. Linnaea, v. 623 (1830). L. mandiocanum, Raddi, Fil. Bras.
77, t. 4 (1825). — Galapagos Ids. : ace. to Hemsley and Baker, 11. cc.
Further distrib. trop. Am., Madagascar.

Dr. Wolf (1), 283, refers to two undetermined species of Lyco2}odium
found on Charles Isl.

POTAMOGETONACEAE.

POTAMOGETON, Tourn.

P. PECTiNATUS, L. Sp. 127 (1753) ; Schumann in Mart. Fl. Bras. iii.
pt. 3, 693 (where widely interpreted). — Albemarle Isl. Iguana Cove,
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 941a (hb. Gr.). Of cosmopolitan distribution.

116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY,

As to robustness and leaf-breadth the Galapageian specimen at hand
ap[)ears to correspond most closely to the form P. Vaillantii, Roem.
& Sciiultes, Syst. iii. 514 (1818), which is intermediate between the
very slender typical form and the broad-leaved form which is often
separated as P. zosteracens, Fries, Nov. ed, 2, 51 (1828).

RuppiA, L.

R. JIARITIMA, L. Sp. 127 (1753) ; Reichenb. Ic. Fl. Germ. vii. t. 17,
f. 26. — Albemarle Isl. : Elizabeth Bay, lava fields near the beach,
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 938 (hb. Gr.). Widely distributed. A species
not hitherto recorded on the Galapagos Ids.

NAJADACEAE.

Najas, L.

N. marina, L., var. latifolta A. Br. ex Schum. in Mart. Fl. Bras.
iii. pt. 3, 725 (1894) ; Rendle, Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. 2, v. 396, t. 39,
f. 11. N. latifolia, A, Br. Journ. Bot. ii. 276 (1864). — Albemarle
Isl. : Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 940a (lib. Gr.). The
material at baud varies somewhat as to the arming of the iuternodes.
In some instances they are smooth, as in var. latifolia ; in other stems
they are rather conspicuously armed. There is reason to believe that
this is individual variation, and the long rather broad many-toothed
leaves are those of var. latifolia. Further distrib. trop. S. Am.

GRAMINEAE.

Anthephora, Schreb.

A ELEGANS, Schreb. Beschr. Griis. ii. 105, t. 44 (1810); Kunth,
Enum. i. 169; Anderss. (1), 141, & (2), 48; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 149.
? A. cuspidata, Anderss. 11. cc. (differences not greater than in the
various continental forms, which have not yet been successfully sepa-
rated).— Charles Isl.: Andei'sson (hb. Gr.) ; Baur, no. 346 (hb.
Gr.), subglabrous form. Chatham Isl.: northern part, Baur, no.
347 (hb. Gr.), also subglabrous. Indefatigable Isl. : Andersson
(form A. cusjndata). James Isl. : on James Bay, Snodg^-ass & Heller,
no. 397 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. Mex., W. lud., S. Am.

Aristida, L.

A. DivcLSA, Anderss. (1), 143, & (2), 49; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 149.
— Alingdon Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 80d (hb. Gr.). Bindloe

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 117

IsL. : Baur, no. 336 (hb.- Gr.). Chatham Isl. : in stony places,
Andersson (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

A. REi'ENS, Trin. Mem. Acad. Petersb. ser. vi. i. 87 (1831) ; Trin.
& Rupr. ibid. vii. 128 (1842) ; Hook. f. (3), 175; Anderss. (1), 146, &
(2), 50. — Jamks Isl.: Douglas. Not secured or at least not recognized
on the islands since.

A. SUBSPICATA, Trin. & Rupr. I.e. 125 (1842); Steud. Syn. 137;
Hook. f. (3), 174 ; Anderss. (1), 143, & (2), 49 ; Rob. & Greenm. (1),
149. A. caudata, Anderss. (1), 144, & (2), 49; Rob. & Greenm. (1),
149. A. compacta, Anderss. (1), 145, & (2), 50. — Galapagos Ids.:
Hahel. Albemarle Isl.: Macrae (hb. Gr.); in dry upper region,
Andersson (hb. Gr.) ; eastern portions, Cowley Bay, Baur, no. 340
(hb. Gr.) ; Elizabeth Cove, S)iodgrass & Heller^ no. 273, past flow-
ering and doubtful (hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 152 (hb. Gr.) ; everywhere on sandy hillsides in tufa soil, the most
abundant grass above the cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 209 (hb. Gr.).
Barrington Isl. : Baur, no. 339 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no.
488 (hb. Gr.). Bindloe Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 776 (hb.
Gr.). Indefatigable Isl.: Andersson (hb. Gr.); south of Conway
Bay, Baur, no. 338 (hb. Gr.) ; northern part, Snodgrass & Heller, no.
653 (hb. Gr.). James Isl. : James Bay, on sand in crevices of lava
rock near beach, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 396 (hb. Gr.). Seymour
Isl. : north, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 581 (hb. Gr.) ; south, Snodgrass
& Heller, no. 566 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. S. Am.

A. viLLOSA, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 144, 149. — Duncan Isl. : Snod-
grass & Heller, no. 699 (hb. Gr.). Jervis Isl.: Baur, no. 337 (hb.
Gr.). Endemic.

Bouteloua, Lng.

B. pilosa, Benth. ace. to Wats. Proc. Am. Acad, xviii. 179 (1883).
Eutriana pilosa, Hook. f. (3), 173; Anderss. (1), 147, & (2), 52
(where by Darwin is meant Macrae), t. 1, f. 3 ; Rob. & Greenm. (1),
149. — Abingdon Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 807 (hb. Gr.).
Albemarle Isl.: Macrae; in lower rocky region, Andersson;
southern portion, Baur, no. 352 (hb. Gr.) ; Iguana Cove, Snodgrass &
Heller, nos. 36 (hb. Gr.), 109 (hb. Gr.), 139 (hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove,
Snodf/rass & Heller, no. 216 (hb. Gr.). Barrington Isl.: Snodg^'ass
& Heller, no. 490 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : Andersson. Inde-
fatigable Isl.: northern part, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 655 (hb. Gr.).
James Isl. : on sea bluffs of James Bay, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 393

118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

(hb. Gr.). Jervis Tsl. : Baur, no. 3ol (lib. Gr.) : Seymour Isl. : north,
/Snodfjrass & Heller, no. 567 (hb. Gr.) ; south, Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 611 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

Cenciirus, L.

C. DiSTiciiOPnYLLUS, Griseb. Cat. PL Cub. 234 (18G6) ; Rob. &.
Greenni. (1), 148. — Albemarle Isl. : southern portion, Baur, no. 335
(hb. Gr.), wrongly recorded as from Hood Isl. by Rob. & Greenm. 1. c.
Sterile and hence doubtful. Further distrib. Cuba.

C. GRANULARis, Anderss. (1), 140, & (2), 47; Rob. & Greenm. (1),
148. — Albemarle Isl.: Tagus Cove, from beach to 180 m. altitude,
not abundant, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 211 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl. :
Baur, no. 324 (hb. Gr.) : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 456 (hb. Gr.).
Chatham Isl.: Andersson (hb. Gr.) ; A. Agassiz (hb. U. S. Nat.
Mus.). Seymour Isl.: south, Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 593, 594
(both in hb. Gr.). Endemic.

C. PLATYACANTHUS, Anderss. (1), 139, & (2), 47 ; Rob. & Greenm.
(1), 148. — Abingdon Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 808 (hb. Gr.).
Albemarle Isl. : Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 37 (hb. Gr.),
112 (hb. Gr,). Barrington Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 484
(hb. Gr.). BiNDLOE Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 781 (hb. Gr.).
Charles Isl.: abundant, Andersson; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 456a
(hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : Andersson ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 550
(hb. Gr.). Gardner Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 636 (hb. Gr.).
Hood Isl.: Baur, no. 323 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 716
(hb. Gr.). Indefatigable Isl. : northern part, Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 678 (hb. Gr.). James Isl. : James Bay, common along the coast
in sand and lava soil, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 395 (hb. Gr.). Nar-
BOROUGH Isl. : southern part, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 317 (hb. Gr.).
Endemic so far as known but apparently spreading rapidly in the
manner of an introduced weed.

C. sp. — Chatham Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 520 (hb. Gr.). A
large soft-pubescent species nearly related to, if not identical with, some
of the very diverse forms in the Hawaiian and other Pacific Islands now
collected under C. calyculatus, Cav. and its supposed synonyms.

Chloris, Sw.

C. anisopoda, nov. sp., annua, radice fibrosa, culmis pluribus caespi-
tosis suberectis tenuibus teretibus glaberrimis 5-7-nodosis ; vaginis striatis

FLOUA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 119

margiue ciliata excepta glaberrimis teretibus spicas inferiores fere in toto
incliuleutibas, foliae parte libera brevi lineari attenuata subpungente
praeter basis longe ciliatae glaberrima, spicis inferioribus brevibus vaginis
arete involutis, supremis subteruis erectis teuuibus flexuosis cum pedun-
culo gracile tereti bene exsertis, spiculis teimibus teretibus adpressis
bifloris, glutnis sterilibus binis inaequalibus tenuibus lanceolati-linearibus
attenuatis acutissimis uninervis trausluceniibus basi breviter fasciculatim
barbatis, palea inferiori oblonga ciliata pauUo infra apice subretusa
cum arista recta tenui tenuissime barbata suae longitudiui superante
munita, palea superiori anguste lanceolata acutissima sed exaristata,
flosculi sterilis pedicellati abortivi palea inferiori longe aristata. — C sp.
Rob. & Greenm. (1), 149. — Charles Isl. : Baur, no. 333 (hb. Gr.) ;
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 459 (hb. Gr.). Endemic. Culms 2.5 to 4
dm. high ; leaf blades 2 to 6 cm. long. Spikelets including the awns
G mm. long, very slender. A species distinguished from most of its
congeners by having inflorescences springing from nearly all the nodes,
the lower inflorescences being almost or quite enveloped by the sheaths
of the leaves.

C. ELEGANS, HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. i. 166, t. 49 (1815).—
Charles Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 461 (hb. Gr.). Seymour
Isl. : north, Sncdgrass & Heller, no. 579 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib.
southwestern U. S., Mex.

C. RADiATA, Sw. Prodr. 26 (1788); Rob. & Greenm. (1), 149.—
Charles Isl. : Baur, no. 344 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. W. Ind.,
S. Am.

Chusquea, Kunth.

C. sp. — Albemarle Isl.: on mountain east of Elizabeth Cove, alt.
923 m., Snodgrass & Heller, no. 230 (hb. Gr.), old, dead, and leafless
culms only, but the genus recognizable from the peculiar mode of branch-
ing. Belonging to a group of tropical S. American grasses of the
bamboo tribe, not heretofore noted upon the islands.

Eleusine, Gaertn.

E. aegyptica, Desf. Fl. Atl. i. 85 (1798), as aegyptia. E. aegypt-
laca, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 149. Dactyloctenium aegyptiacum, Willd.
Enum. Hort. Berol. 1029 (1809) ; Caruel (1), 621 ; Rose (1), 138. —
Chatham Isl.: Chierchia; A. Agassiz ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 551
(hb. Gr.). Hood Isl. : Baur, no. 326 (hb. Gr.). Of wide distribution.

120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

E. INDICA, Gaertn. Fruct. i. 8 (1788) ; Kunth, Enum. i. 272 ; Anderss.
(1), 147, & (2), 52; Rose (1), 138; Caruel (1), (521 ; Rob. & Greenm.
(1), 149. — Charles Isl. : in grassy places, middle region, Andersson;
Baur, no. 374 (lib. Gr.) ; Snodgi-ass & Heller, no. 462 (lib. Gr.).
Chatham Isl. : Chierchia; A. Agassiz; southwest end, middle region,
Baur, no. 349 (lib. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 552 (lib. Gr.). Of
wide distribution.

P2ragrostis, Host.

E. BAHiENSis, Roera. & Sch. Mant. ii. 318 (1824). — Albemarle
Isl.: Iguana Cove, Snodgi'ass & Heller, no. 110 (hb. Gr.). Further
distrib. S. Am.

E. ciliaris, Link, Hort. Berol. i. 192 (1827); Rob. & Greenm. (1),
149. Poa ciliaris, L. Sjst. ed. 10, 875 (1760); Hook. f. (3), 175;
Anderss. (1), 150, & (2), 52. — Abingdon Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 810 (hb. Gr.). Albemarle Isl. : 31acrae ; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass
& Heller, no. 218 (hb. Gr.). Bindloe Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no.
777 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl.: Darwin; Andersson; ^awj*, without
number (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 457 (hb. Gr.). Chatham
Isl. : Darwin; Andersson; Baur, no. 328 (hb. Gr.) ; Siiodgrass &
Heller, nos. 542 (hb. Gr.), 559 (lib. Gr.). Hood Isl. : Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 724 (hb. Gr.). James Isl. : Orchilla Bay, Baur, no. 329
(hb. Gr.). Narborough Isl. : Mangrove Point, in crevices of lava near
the coast, abundant, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 306 (hb. Gr.). Tower
Isl. : Baur, no. 330 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 800 (hb. Gr.).
Further distrib. W. Ind., S. Am.

E. major, Host. Gram. iv. 14, t. 24 (1809). Poa megastacliya,
Koehl. Desc. Gram. 181 (1802); Anderss. (1), 150, & (2), 52; Rob.
& Greenm. (1), 149. — Galapagos Ids.: Habel. Barrington Isl.:
Baitr, no. 332 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 489 (hb. Gr.).
Charles Isl. : dry places on the shore, Andersson ; Snodgi'ass &
Heller, no. 460 (hh. Gr.). Chatham Isl.: Andersson (lib. Gr.);
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 558 (hb. Gr.). Gardner Isl. : Snodgrass
& Heller, no. 643 (hb. Gr.). Hood Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 715
(hb. Gr.). Seymour Isl. : south, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 590 (hb.
Gr.), Tower Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 798 (hb. Gr.). Of wide
distribution.

E. piLOSA, Beauv. Agrost. 71 (1812). Poajiilosa, L. Sp. 68 (1753) ;
Hook. f. (3), 175 ; Anderss. (1), 150, & (2), 52. — Galapagos Ids. :

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 121

JLibel. James Isl. : Danvia, ace. to Hook, f., 1. c. Further distrib.
trop. reg.

Eriociiloa, IIBK.

E. DisTACHYA, IIBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. i. 95, t. 30 (1815); Kunth,
Enum. i. 72. Ildopus hrachystaclujs, Trin. Sp. Gram. iii. t. '277 (183G).
— Chatham Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 547 (lib. Gr.). Further
distrib. continental S. Am. from Panama to Brazil.

Lkptochloa, Beauv.

L. Ai.BEMARLENSis, Rob. &, Greenm. (1), 145, 149. — Albemarle
Isl.: southern portion, Baur, no. 341 (hb. Gr.) ; Iguana Cove, Snod-
grass & Heller, no. 58 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

L. filiformis, Roera. & Sch. Syst. ii. 580 (1817) ; Hook. f. Fl. Brit.
Ind. vii. 298 ; not Beauv. — Duncan Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. G97
(hb. Gr.). Seymour Isl.: south, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 580 (hb.
Gr.). Widely distributed in the tropics of both hemispheres.

L. LiNDLEYANA, Kunth, Rev. Gram. ii. G55, t. 215 (1829), & Enum.
i. 525 ; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 149. L. /lirta, Nees ace. to Steud. Syn.
i. 209 (1855). L. Hookeri, Anderss. (2), 51. Triclioneuron Hookeri,
Anderss. (1), 149, & (2), 51, t. 1, f. 2. Calamagrostis piimila, Hook,
f. (3), 17G. — Albemarle Isl.: Macrae (lib. Gr.) ; in the most sterile
places, Andersson ; eastern portion, Baur, no. 242 (hb. Gr.) ; Tagua
Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 212 (hb. Gr.). Bindloe Isl. : Snod-
grass & Heller, no. 790 (lib. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : Andersson.
Endemic.

L. MUCRONATA, Kunth, Rev. Gram. i. 91 (1829). — Barkington
Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 491 (hb. Gr.). Not previously observed
on these islands. Further distrib. southern U. S., Mex.

L. VHiGATA, Beauv. Agrost. 71 (1812 ) ; Anderss. (1), 147, & (2), 51. —
Charles Isl.: upper grassy region, Andersson (hb. Gr.). Further
distrib. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

Oplismenus, Beauv.

0. setarius, Roem. & Sch. Syst. ii. 481 (1817) ; Rob. & Greenm.
(1), 148 (a species reduced by some to 0. u7idulatifolius, Beauv.). —
Chatham Isl. : southwest end, middle region, Baur, no. 322 (hb. Gr.).
Further distrib. U. S., Mex., W. Ind., S. Am. The sterile and inde-
terminate Oplismenus mentioned by Caruel (1), 621, as collected on
Chatham Isl. by Chierckia was probably of this species.

122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Panicum, L.

p. COLOXUM, L. Syst. ed. 10, 870 (1760) ; Trin. Ic. ii. t. IGO ; Hook,
f. (3), 172. Oplismenus colonus, HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. i. 108
(1815); Auderss. (1), 136, & (2), 45. — Charles Isl. : Darwin; in
somewhat swampy places, middle region, Andersson. Further distrib.
general in trop. regions.

P. FASCICULATDM, Sw. Prodr. 22 (1788), & Fl. Ind. Occ. i. 145;
Anderss. (1), 135, & (2), 44. — Charles Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 455 (hb. Gr.). Indefatigable Isl. : Andersson ; northern part,
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 649 (hb. Gr.). James Isl. : common on sea-bluff
on James Bay, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 392 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib.
W. Ind., S. Am.

P. FLUiTANS, Retz. Obs. iii. 8 (1783) ; Anderss. (1), 136, & (2), 4 5.
P. paspalodes, Pers. Syn. i. 81 (1805). P. imspaloides^ auct. —
Chatham Isl. : in stagnant pools, middle region, Andersson (hb. Gr.) ;
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 557 (hb. Gr.). Hood Isl. : on the mai-gin of
a mud lake, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 746 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib.
W. Ind., S. Am., trop. of Old World.

P. FUSCUM, Sw. Prodr. 23 (1788) ; Anderss. (1), 135, & (2), 44 ;
Caruel (1), 621 ; Rose (1), 138. — Charles Isl. : Andersson ; Cliierchia.
Chatham Isl.: Andersson; A. Agassiz. Further distrib. W. Ind., S.
Am. Andersson, 11. cc., distinguishes three forms or varieties : vegetius,
firmius, and pubescens.

P. HiRTiCAULUM, J. & C. Presl, Rel. Haenk. i. 308 (1830) ; Kunth,
Enum. i. 101 ; P. liirticaulon, Anderss. (1), 134, & (2), 43 (inch var.
majus, typical, and var. glabrescens, not very clearly marked) ; Rose
(1), 138; Rob. & Greeum. (1), 148; a species sometimes reduced to
P. ayennense, Lara. — Barrington Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no.
492 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl. : Andersson. Chatham Isl.: Andersson ;
(hb. Gr.) ; A. Agassiz; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 548 (hb. Gr.). Gard-
ner Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 648 (hb. Gr.). Hood Isl. : Baur,
no. 345 (hb. Gr.); Snodgrass & Heller, no. 722 (hb. Gr.). Indefati-
gable Isl. : Andersson (hb. Gr.); northern part, Snodgrass & Heller,
no.. 661 (hb. Gr.). Seymour Isl. : north, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 565
(hb. Gr.) ; south, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 612 (hb. Gr.). It is note-
worthy that this grass, now widely distributed and apparently common in
the archipelago, was not noted or collected by Darwin or any of the
earlier collectors upon the islands, a fact which strongly suggests recent
introduction. Further distrib. Mex.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 123

Var. MINUS, Anderss. (1), 135, & (2), 44. — Charles Tsl. : Andersson;
S)iodgmss & Heller, no. 454 (lib. Gr). Chatham Isl. : Andersson.
Endemic.

P. MOLLE, Sw. Prodr. 22 (1788); Caruel (1), G21. — Chatham Isl. :
Chierchia, ace. to Caruel, 1. c. Further distrib. W. Ind., S. Am. ; also
introd. in trop. Asia.

P. MULTicuLMUM, Anderss. (1 ), 133, & (2), 43. — Albemarle Isl. :
Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 138 (lib. Gr.). Barrington
Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 487 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl. : in
springs of the interior, Andersson (lib. Gr.). Duncan Isl. : Snodgrass
& Heller, no. 696 (hb. Gr.). Gardner Isl,: Snodgrass & Heller, no.
634 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

P. SANGuiiVALE, L. Sp. 57 (1753). — Chatham Isl.: Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 513 (lib. Gr.). Not secured or reported by earlier explorers,
hence pi'obably a recent introduction. Cosmopolitan weed.

P. skrotinum, Trin. Gram. Panic. 166 (1826). Paspalus serotinus,
Fluegge, Gram. Monogr. 145 (1810); Paspalam serotimim, Kunth,
Euum. i. 47 ; Anderss. (1), 132, & (2), 42. Digitaria serotina, Michx.
Fl. i. 46 (1803); Hook. f. (4), 261.— Charles Isl.: Edmonston
ace. to Hook, f., 1. c. There can be little doubt that there was some
mistake in this identification, but as it has not been possible to see the
specimen the error cannot be corrected here. The species is of the
southern U. S.

Paspalum, L.

P. canescens, Anderss. (1), 132, & (2), 42; Eob. & Greenm. (1),
148. Panicum fuscum, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148, not Sw. — Albe-
marle Isl. : upper part, Andersson ; southern portion, Baur, no. 343
(hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 198 (hb. Gr,).
Charles Isl.: Baur (hb. Gr.). Narborough Isl.: southern part,
Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 312 (hb. Gr.), 336 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

P. CONJUGATDM, Berg. Act. Helv. vii. 129, t. 8 (1772) ; Anderss.
(1), 132, & (2), 42; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148. — Charles Isl,:
grassy places in the more fertile parts, Andersson. Chatham Isl. :
southwest end, middle region, Baur, no. 350 (hb. Gr.). Further dis-
trib. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am., trop. Africa.

P. distichum, L. Amoen. Acad. v. 391 (1760) ; Burm. f. Fl. Ind.
23. P. vaginatum, Sw. Prodr. 21 (1788) ; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148.
— James Isl. : Orchilla Bay, in a sterile state, jBaw?', no. 334 (hb. Gr.).
Further distrib. trop. and subtrop. regions.

124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

P. LONGE-PEDUNCCLATUM, Le Conte (Le Comte), Journ. Phys. xci.
284 (1820) ; Kuuth, Enum. i. oG ; Hook. f. (3), 172 ; Anderss. (1),
132, & (2), 42. Panic am fuscum, Rob. & Greeiim. (1), 148, not Sw.

— Albemarle Isl. : Macrae ; Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Ileller, uo.
131 (lib. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Ileller, nos. 199 (hb, Gr.),
891 (hb. Gr.), 892 (hb. Gr.). Bindloe Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller,
uo. 775 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl.: Darwin; Andersson ; Baur, no.
148 (hb. Gr.). This species is by some reduced to P. arenarium,
Schrad., which however is a later name. Further distrib. southern U. S.
to Brazil.

P. penicillatum, Hook. f. (3), 171 ; Anderss. (1), 132, & (2), 42.

— Charles Isl. : Darwin. Not since collected. Endemic.

P. scrobiculatdm, L. Mant. i. 29 (1767), as scrohiculata ; Caruel,
(1), 621. — Chatham Isl.: Chierchia., ace. to Caruel. General distrib.
tropics of the Old World. It is remarkable, if Prof. Caruel was correct
in his identification of this gerontogeous grass, that no trace of it has been
found in the Galapagos Archipelago by any other collector.

P. sp. — Indefatigable Isl. : north, S7Lodgrass& Ileller, no. 669 (hb.
Gr.). Resembling P. canescens, Anderss., but with the leaves bearded
upon both surfaces with a long and very fine villosity, and the spikelets
considerably larger. Probably a new species.

Pennisetdm, Rich.

P. PAUPERUM, Nees ace. to Steud. Syn. 102 (1855). P. exaltatum,
Hook. f. & Jacks. Ind. Kew. i. 112, 1893 (see reference under Ampho-
chaeta). AmjyJiochaeta exaltata, Anderss. (1), 137, & (2), 45, t. 1, f. 2.
Gymnothrix paupera, Nees ace. to Steud. 1. c. — Albemarle Isl. :
Andersson (hb. Gr.) ; Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Ileller, nos. 16 (hb.
Gr.), 141 (hb. Gr.) ; near Tagus Cove, altitude 150 to 1230 m., in
large clumps 1 to 2 m. high, Snodgrass & Ileller, no. 223 (hb. Gr.).
Endemic, and so far as known confined to the single Island.

Setaria, Beauv.

S. floriana, Anderss. (1), 138, & (2), 46. — Charles Isl. : An-
dersson. Not seen by the writer. Endemic.

S. setosa, Beauv. Agrost. 51 (1812). S. caudata, R. & S. Syst. ii.
495 (1817), slender form. S. Antillarum, Kunth, Rev, Gram. i. 46
(1829); Anderss. (1), 138, & (2), 46; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148.
?S. Rottleri, Hook. f. (3), 172 ; Anderss. (1), 139, & (2), 46 ; not Spr.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 125

Chaefochloa setosa, Scribn. U. S. Div. Agros. Bull. iv. 39 (1897). C.
caudata, Scribu. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. x. 52 (1899J. C. setosa & C.
caudata, Scribn. & Merrill, U. S. Div. Agros. Bull. xxi. 38, 39, f. 23,
24. Panicum caxtdatum. Lam. 111. i. 171 (1791). P. setosuvi, S\v.
Prodr. 22 (1788). — Galapagos Ids.: Douglas (hb. Gr.). Albi>
MARLE IsL. : Macrae? Iguana Cove, growing 4.5 to 6 dm. high and
woodv at base, very common uuder Opuntia thickets, Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 35 (hb. Gr.); common everywhere from beach to GOO m.
altitude, the most abundant grass, Snodgrass & Heller, no. Ill (lib. Gr.) ;
north mountain, Elizabeth Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 285 (hb. Gr.) ;
Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 205 (hb. Gr.). Barrixgton
IsL. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 470 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Tsl. : An-
dersson (hb. Gr.) ; southwest end, lower region, Baur^ no. 321 (hb. Gr.);
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 553 (hb. Gr.). Duncan Isl. : Snodgi-ass
& Heller, no. 692 (hb. Gr.). Hood Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no.
718 (hb. Gr.). James Isl.: James Bay, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 394
(hb. Gr.). Narbouough Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 349 (hb. Gr.).
Further distrib. trop. regions.

S. n. sp. ? Hook. f. (3), 172; Anderss. (1), 139, & (2), 47. —Albe-
marle Isl. : Macrae. Not seen by the writer. Endemic so far as
known.

Sporobolus, R. Br.

S. DOMiNGENSis, Kuiith, Enum, i. 214 (1833). — Abingdon Isl. :
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 811 (hb. Gr.). Albemarle Isl.: Iguana
Cove, Snodgi'ass & Heller, iios. 140 (hb. Gr.), 862 (hb. Gr.). Hood
Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 717 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. Mex.,
W. Ind.

S. iNDicus, R. Br. Prodr. i. 170 (1810); Kunth, Enum. i. 211;
Anderss. (1), 146, & (2), 50; Caruel (1), 621 ; Vasey, U. 8. Dept.
Agric. Div. Bot. Bull. iii. 21, t. 7 (1887). S. tenacissimus, Beauv.
Agrost. 26 (1812). — Charles Isl. : in upper grassy places, Andersson
(hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : Chierchia. Further distrib. U. 8., Mex.,
S. Am., W. Ind., Old World.

8. viRGiNicus, Kunth, Rev. Gram. i. 67 (1829), & Enum. i. 210 ;
Anderss. (1), 146, & (2), 51. Agrostis virginica, L. Sp. 63 (1753).
Distichlis sp. Rose (1), 138. — Albemarle Isl.: Elizabeth Cove,
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 271 (hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove, Snodgj'ass &
Heller, nos. 151 (hb. Gr.), 210 (hb. Gr). Chatham Isl.: on banks
near salt water, Andersson (hb. Gr.) ; A. Agassiz (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass

126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY,

& Heller, no. 549 (lib. Gr.). Further dlstrib. U. S., Mex., W. Ind., S.
Am. Audersson notes two vegetative forms : obesa and data.

Stenotapiirum, Trin.

S. GLABRUM, Trin. Fund. Agrost. 176 ("1820"). S. americamim,
Schrank, PI. Kar. Hort. Monac. t. 98 (" 1819 ") ; Rob. & Greenm. (1),
149. — Albemarle Isl. : Iguana Cove, Snochjrass & Heller, nos.
57 (hb. Gr.), 873 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : southwest end, middle
region, Baur, no. 325 (hb. Gr.). P^'urther distrib. tropical shores of
both continents.

Stipa, L.

S. rostrata, Anderss. (1), 142, & (2), 48. — Chatham Isl.: An-
dersson (hb. Gr.). Habit of Aristkla suhsjiicata, but differing rather
conspicuously in its untwisted awns. Endemic.

CYPERACEAE.

Cyperus, L.

C. ARisTATUS, Rottb. Descr. Nov. PI. 23, t. 6, f. 1 (1786) ; C. B.
Clarke, Jour. Linn. Soc. xxi. 91. C. injiexus, Muhl. Descr. Gram. 16
(1817); Hook. f. (3), 177; Anderss. (1), 153, & (2), 54. — Albe-
marle Isl. : Macrae (var. y elongatus, Hook, f., 1. c. 178); Tagus Cove,
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 173 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl.: Darwin (var.
/? acaulis, Hook, f., 1. c). Chatham Isl.: A. Agassiz (hb. U. S. Nat.
Mus.). James Isl. : Scouler. Narborough Isl. : south, 615 m. alti-
tude, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 345 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. N. Am.,
Mex., W. Ind., S. Am., Old World.

C. brachystachys, Anderss. (2), 53, t. 13, f. 2 ; Rob. & Greenm.
(1), 148, where by typographical error ascribed to Charles Island.
Mariscus brachystachys, Hook. f. (3), 179; Anderss. (1), 152. —
Abingdon Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 832 (hb. Gr.). Albemarle
Isl. : Iguana Cove, Snodgj-ass & Heller, no. 39 (hb. Gr.) ; southern
portion, ^awr, no. 313 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl.: Darwin; Anders-
son. Chatham Isl.: southwest end, middle region, Baur, no. 312
(hb. Gr.). James Isl. : Scouler. Tower Isl. : S)wdgrass & Heller,
no. 791 (hb. Gr.). Endemic. This species is known to me only from
the descriptions of Hooker ;ind Andersson, which do not altogether agree,
and from Andersson's figure, which is not very satisfactory. The speci-
mens of recent collections mentioned above are referred here with doubt.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS, 127

Snodgrass «&; Heller's no. 132 (hb. Gr.) from Iguana Cove, Albemarle
Isl., with irregular unequal rayed umbels and remarkably slender spikes,
has closely similar floral structure and is probably an extreme form of
this species.

C. CONFERTUS, Sw. Prodr. 20 (1788), & Fl. Ind. Occ. i. 115;
Anderss. (2), 54; Rose (1), 138. C biuncialis, Auderss. (1), 15G, &
(2), 56. C. dissitijiorus, Anderss. (1), 153, & (2), 54. — Albemarle
Isl. : Andersson (lib. Gr.) ; Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 907
(lib. Gr.). BiNDLOE Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 784 (hb. Gr.).
Charles Isl. : Andersson (hb. Gr.) ; A. Agassiz (hb. Gr.) ; Snod-
grass & Heller, nos. 403 (hb. Gr.), 458 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl.:
Andersson; A. Agassiz; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 5U0 (hb. Gr.).
Duncan Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 684 (hb. Gr.). Hood Isl.:
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 742 (hb. Gr.) Inoefatigalle Isl. : An-
dersson. James Isl. : Andersson. Further distrib. trop. Am.

C. ESCDLENTUS, L. Sp. 45 (1753); Kunth, Enum. ii. 61; Anderss.
(1), 153, & (2), 54. C. strigosus, Anderss. 11. cc, at least in part ?
not L. — Albemarle Isl. : Tagus Cove, in damp soil of cailons, Snod-
grass & Heller, no. 179 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : in grassy places,
Andersson (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. general.

C. fugax, Liebm. Mex. Halv. 8 (1850), & Vidensk Selsk. Skr. ser.
5, ii. 196 (1851); Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148. — Chatham Isl. : south-
west end, middle region, Baur, no. 311 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib.
Mex. A species referred by Hook. f. & Jacks. Ind. Kew. i. 693 to
Pycreus ■pohjstachyus.

C. GALAPAGENSis, Caruel (1), 621. — Chatham Isl.: Chierchia.
Endemic.

C. grandifolius, Anderss. (1), 157, & (2), 56. — Chatham Isl.:
in ditches filled with water in the interior part of the island, Andersson.
Endemic.

C. LAEViGATUS, L. Mant. ii. 179 (1771). — Albemarle Isl.: Eliza-
beth Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 260 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib.
cosmop. trop.

C. LiGULARis, L. Amoen. Acad. v. 391 (1760). Mariscus nifus,
HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. i. 216, t. 67 (1815). — Albemarle Isl.:
Elizabeth Cove, Siiodgrass & Heller, nos. 263 (hb. Gr.), 264 (hb. Gr.) ;
Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 861 (hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove,
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 191 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. W. Ind.,
trop. S. Am., trop. Africa.

128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

C. McTisii, Anderss. (2), 53, in two forms; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148
(var. 2>lenus). Mariscus Mutisii, HBK. Nov. Gen. &, Sp. i. 216,
t. Q>(j (1815); Kuntli, Eimm. ii. 124; Hook. f. (1), 178; Anderss. (1),
151. — Albkmaule IsL. : Macrae; Elizabeth Cove, Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 262 immature and doubtful (hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove, abun-
dant wherever a little soil occurs in cailons, lava fields, or on hillsides,
Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 894 (lib. Gr.), 190 also immature and
doubtful (hb. Gr.). Chawles Isl. : Andersson (hb. Gr.). Chatham
IsL. : dr)' places, middle region, Andersson; Baur. Gardner Isl.:
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 647 (hb. Gr.). Narbouough Isl. : Man-
grove Point, lava rock near beach and also inland, Snodgrass & Heller,
nos. 310 (hb. Gr.), 311 (hb. Gr.) ; southern part, 615 m. altitude,
abundant in heavy soil, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 334, a slender and
doubtful form (lib. Gr.). Seymour Isl. : south, Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 602 (hb. Gr.).

C. ROTCNDUS, Hook. f. (3), 177; Anderss. (1), 153, & (2), 54; not
L? — Albemarle Isl.: Macrae, ex Hook, f., 1. c. According to
Hook. f. & Jacks. Ind. Kew. i. 698, the plant of Macrae was the Texan
C lutescens, Torr. & Hook., but ace. to Dr. N. L. Britton, who has
examined the type of the latter, the Texan plant was only a form or
variety of C. esculentus, L.

C. RUBiGiNOSUS, Hook. f. (3), 178; Anderss. (1), 157, & (2), 56;
Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148, as to pi. from Duncan Isl. — Spiculis
oblongis, 6-10 mm. longis ; s(}uamulis 10-19. — Galapagos Ids.:
Goodridge, in part (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl.: Darwin. Chatham
Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 501 (hb. Gr.). Duncan Isl. : Baur,
no. 318 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

Var. cornutus, spiculis perbrevibus valde congestis ; squamulis 4-8.
— Mariscus cornutus, Anderss. (1), 151. Gyperus cornutus, Anderss.
(2), 53, t. 13, f. 1. C rubiginosus, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148, as to
pi. from Chatham and Hood Ids. — Galapagos Ids.: Goodridge, in
part (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl. : Andersson (hb. Gr.). Chathaai
Isl. : Andersson (hb. Gr.) ; southwest end, middle region, Baur, no.
315 (hb. Gr.). Duncan Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 683 (hb. Gr.).
Hood Isl.: Baur, no. 314 (hb. Gr.). Seymour Isl.: south, Snod-
grass & Heller, no. 595 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

C. strigosus, L. Sp. 47 (1753); Hook. f. (3), 177; Anderss. (1),
153, & (2), 54 ? — Charles Isl.: Darwin. Chatham Isl.: Anders-
son, Further distrib. N. Am. I have seen no Galapageian specimens

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 129

of this species, and am inclined to believe that the plants so referred by
Hooker and Andersson will prove to be forms rather of C. esculentus.

C. suRANiMENSis, Rottb. Descr. Nov. Fl. 35, t. 6, f. 5 (1786);
Kunth, Eiium. ii. 43 ; Hook. f. (3), 177 ; Auderss. (1), 153, & (2j, 54.
— James Isl. : Darwin, ace. to Hook, f., 1. c. Further distrib. trop.
S. Am., Mex., W. Ind., S. United States.

C. TRiSTACHYLS, Boeck. Linnaea, xkxv. 454 (1867-1868); Rob. &
Greenm. (1), 148. — Chatham Isl.: soutlnvest end, middle region,
Baur, no. 316 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. Venezuela, Colombia, south-
ern central JVIexico.

C. sp. — Narbokough Isl.: southern part, altitude 615 m., S nod-
grass & Heller, no. 337 (hb. Gr.).

C. sp. Wenman Isl. : dried stalks of a Cyperus are mentioned in
Mr. Heller's field notes, as observed on a small islet near Wenman.

DiCHRONEMA, Michx.

D. LErcocEPHALA, Michx. Fl. i. 37 (1803); Rob. & Greenm. (1),
148. — Chatham Isl. : southwest end, middle region, Baur, no. 353 (hb.
Gr.). Further distrib., S. United States, Mex., W, lud.

Eleocharts, R. Br.

E. FiSTULOSA, Schult. Mant. ii. 89 (1824); Caruel (1), 622.—
Chatham Isl. : Chierchi'a, ace. to Caruel. Further distrib. ti'op. of the
Old World. I cannot help a strong suspicion that this when reexam-
ined will prove to be the following species.

E. MUTATA, R. Br. Prodr. 224 (1810). Scii-pus mntatus, L. Syst.
Nat. ed. 10, 867 (1760). — Albemarle Isl.: Elizabeth Bay, Snod-
grass & Heller, no. 261 (hb. Gr.). . Further distrib. S. Am., W. Ind.

Fimbristylis, Vahl.

F. capillaris, Gray, Man. Bot. ed. 5, 567 (1869). Scirjms capilla-
ris, L. Sp. 49 (1753). — Bindloe Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no.
790 a (hb. Gr.). Narborough Isl. : Mangrove Point, near beach in
crevices of lava, abundant, Snodgixtss & Heller, no. 304 (hb. Gr.).
Further distrib. N. Am., Mex., W. Ind., southward to Uruguay.

F. DiPHYLLA, Vahl, I^num. ii. 289 (1805). — Hood Isl.: Snod-
grass & Heller, no. 730 (hb. Gr.). Widely distrib. in trop. regions.

VOL. XXXVIII. — 9

130 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Hemicarpha, Nees.

H. SUBSQUARROSA, Nees in Mart. Fl. Bras. ii. i^t. 1, 61 (1842) ;
Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148. H. micrayitha, Brittou, Bull. Torr. Club,
XV. 104 (1888) ; Coville, ibid. xxi. 34. Scirpus micranthus, Vahl,
Enum. ii. 254 (1805). — Chatham Isl. : southwest end, middle region,
Baur, no. 317 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. U. S., Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

Kyllinga, Rottb.

K. puMiLA, Michx. Fl. i. 28 (1803), as Kyllingia. K. caespitosa,
Nees in Mart. Fl. Bras. ii. pt. 1, 12 (exd. syn. Kunth) ; Rob. &
Greenm. (1), 148, as Kyllingia. — Charles Isl.: Baur, no. 319 (hb.
Gr.). Further distrib. U. S., W. Ind., Mex., S. Am.

ScLERiA, Berg.

S. PRATENSis, Lindl. ex Nees, Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. xix. Suppl. i. 121
(1843); Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148. — Chatham Isl.: southwest end,
upper region, Baur, no. 320 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. Mex., W. Ind.,
S. Am.

LEMNACEAE.

Lemna, L.

L, sp.. Wolf (1), 284. — Charles Isl.: in brook near hacienda, ace.
to Wolf, 1. c.

BROMELIACEAE.

Tjllandsia, L.

T. iNsuLARis, Mez in DC. Monogr. ix. 756 (1896). T. sp. Rob. &
Greenm. (1), 148. — Galapagos Ids.: Steindachner, no. 28 (in hb.
Naturh. Mus. Vienna). Duncan Isl.: Baur, no. 237 (hb. Gr.). En-
demic. A TiUanclsia sp. coll. on the Galapagos Ids. by Habel, may
prove the same.

COMMELINACEAE.

COMMELINA, Plum.

C.NUDiFLOHA, L. Sp. 41 (1753). C. agraria, Kunth, Enum. iv. 38
(1843); Hook. f. (3), 179; Anderss. (1), 158, & (2), 56; Rob. &
Greenm. (1), 148. — Albemarle Isl.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass &
Heller, nos. 56 (hb. Gr.), 103 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl. : Darwin.
Duncan Isl. : Baxir, no. 238 (hb. Gr.). James Isl. : Darwin.
Further distrib. general in the tropics.

FLORA OP THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 131

CoMiiELiNACEA? Camel (1), G21. — Charles Isl. : Chierchia.
Same as the preceding ?

AMARYLLIDACEAE.
Hypoxis, L,

H. DECUMBENS, L. Amoen. Acad. v. 39G (1759), & Syst. Nat. ed. 10,
986; Baker, Jour. Linn. Soc. xvii. 107. H. erecta, Hook. f. (3), 180;
Anderss. (1), 158, & (2), 57; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148, not L. —
Charles Isl. : Darwin. Chatham Isl. : southwest end, upper region,
Baur, no. 239 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. Mex., W. Ind., trop. of S.
Am.

ORCHIDACEAE.

Epidendrum, L.

E. SPiCATUM, Hook. f. (3), 180; Anderss. (1), 158, & (2), 57.—
Charles Isl.: Lee (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.), fruiting specimen, the iden-
tity not quite certain. James Isl.: Darwin. Endemic.

PIPERACEAE.
Peperomia, R. & P.

P. flagelliformis, Hook. f. ex. INIiq. in Hook. Lond. Jour. Bot.
iv. 423 (1845), & (3), 181 ; Anderss. (1), 158, & (2), 57. —James Isl. :
Darwin. Endemic.

P. galapagensis, Hook. f. ex. Miq. in Hook. Lond. Jour. Bot. iv.
426 (1845), & (3), 180; Anderss. (1), 158, & (2), 57. — James Isl. :
Darwin. Endemic.

P. galiotdes, HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. i. 71, t. 17 (1815). — Ab-
ingdon Isl.: alt. 510 m., Snodgrass & Heller, no. 837 (iib. Gr.). De-
termined by Mr. Casimir de Candolle. Further distrib. Mex., trop. S.
Am.

P. petiolata, Hook. f. (3), 181; Anderss. (1), 158, & (2), 57.—
James Isl. : Darwin. Endemic.

P. RAMULOSA, Anderss. (1), 158, & (2), 57. — Charles Isl.: on
tree trunks at the summit of the mountain, Andersson. Endemic.

P. Snodgrassii, C. DC. nov. sp., " foliis ternis-quaternis brevissime
petiolatis a basi acuta ellipticis apice obtusis vel oblongo-obovatis
utrinque dense pilosulis, amentis apice ramulorum verticillatis peduncu-
latis ipsis folia fere aeqiiantibus, bractea orbicular! centro subsessili,
ovario eraerso ovato pauUo sub apice stigmatifero, stigmate minuto et

132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

glabro. — Ilerbula ramulis ad o cm. longis et circa 1 mm. crassis, dense
pilosulis. Foliorum limbi in sicco membranacei ad 7 mm. longi et
ad 3^ mm. hiti. Amenta coufertiliora in sicco rufescentia peduuculis
3 mm. longis, rhachis glabra. Ovarium sessile." — Albemarle Isl. :
Iguana C^ove, on trees and bushes, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 130 (hb.
Gr. and bb. C. DC). Endemic.

P. nov. sp. — Albemarle Isl. : mountain east of Tagus Cove, alt.
925 m., Snodgrass & Heller, no. 232 (lib. Gr.). Determined by Mr.
Casimir de Candolle. Endemic.

P. sp. Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148. — Chatham Isl.: Baur. (Spec-
imen not in hb. Gr. but sent as unicate to hb. Clark Univ.).

URTICACEAE.

Fleurya, Gaud,

F. AESTDANS, Gaud. in Freyc. Voy. Bot. 497 (1826): Anderss. (2),
58. F. aestuans, var. Uiberculata (poorly marked), Wedd. in DC.
Prodr. xvi. pt. 1, 72 (1869) ; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148. F. cordata.
Gaud. 1. c. 498, & Bot. Bonite, t. 83; Wedd. Arch. Mus. ix. 110;
Anderss. (2), 57. ? Urtica canadensis. Hook. f. (3), 182 ; Anderss.
(1), 160 ; not L. U. divaricata, Hook. f. (3), 181 ; Anderss. (1), 159 ;
not L. JJ. latifolia, & tuberculata, Anderss. (1), 159, & (2), 57, 58.
U. racemosa, Anderss. (2), 57. ? Laportea canadensis, Anderss. (2),
58, not Gaud. — Albemarle Isl. : Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller,
nos. 55 (hb. Gr.), 100 (hb. Gr.) ; southern portion, Baur, no. 240
(hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove, tolerably common in shady places from the
beach to 300 m. alt., Snodgrass & Heller, no. 186 (hb. Gr.). Charles
Isl.: Darwin; Andersson (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl.: Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 525 (hb. Gr.). James Isl. : Darivin, ace. to Anderss. 1. c.
under Laportea canadensis, but not mentioned by Hooker f. ; James
Bay, abundant in lava soil under bushes, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 375
(lib. Gr.). Narborough Isl.: southern portion, Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 339 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. trop. S. Am.

Parietaria, L.

P. DEBiLis, G. Forst. Fl. Ins. Aust. Prodr. 73 (1786). P. floridana.
Hook. f. (3), 182 (see Wedd. Arch. Mus. ix. 516); Anderss. (1), 160,
tS: (2), 58. — Charles Isl. : Darivin. James Isl. : Darwin. Further
distrib. trop. Am., Asia, Pacific Ids.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 133

PiLKA, Lindl.

P. Baurii, nov. sp., annua eiecta debilis; caule glaberrimo rufo-
brunneo parce lainoso ; foliis oppositis graciliter petiolatis ovatis o-nervis
acutis basi obtnsis vel rotundatis obtuse serratis tenuibus supra viridibus
obscure ad})resso-pubesceutibus nervis leviter impressis subtus pauUo
paUidioribus pubescentibus uervis plus minusve prominentibus ; stipulis
late ovatis apice rotundatis strigosis ; cjmis masculis oppositis axillaribus
compositis quam petiolum multo brevioribus leviter recurvatis, foeminis
ignotis. — P. sp. Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148. — Charles Isl. : June,
1891, B(mr, no. 241 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : southwest end, middle
region, June, 1891, Baur, no. 242 (lib. Gr.). Endemic. Leaves 1.7 to
4 cm. long, three-fourths as broad ; petioles 1.3 to 1.8 cm. long ; staminate
cymes 8 to 1 1 mm. long. A species with the habit and foliage much
as in P. puhescens, Poir., but the inflorescence of P. jyejjloides, HBK.
Plate 2, fig. 1.

P. MuscosA, Lindl. Coll. Bot. t. 4; Wedd. Arch. Mus. ix. 174. P.
succulenta, Hook. f. (3), 182 ; Anderss. ('l), IGO, & (2), 58 ; not Wedd.
(see Hook. f. & Jacks. Ind. Kew. i. 524). Parietaria micropliylla,
L. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, 1308 (1760). — James Isl.: Darwin, ace. to
Hook, f., 1. c. Further distrib. trop. S. Am., Mex., W. Ind.

P. peploides, Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech. 96 (1832) ; Hook. f. (3),
182; Wedd. Arch. Mus. ix. 179; Anderss. (1), 160, & (2), 58. Du-
breuUa peploides, Gaud, in Freyc. Voy. Bot. 495 (1826). — James
Isl. : Darwin. Further distrib. Pacific Ids., Asia.

LORANTHACEAE.

Phoradendron, Nutt.

P. florianum. Viscum floriavmn, Anderss. (1), 219, & (2), 92. —
Charles Isl. : in middle region, Andersson. Endemic.

P. galapageium. Viscum galapageiiim. Hook. f. (3), 216; V.
galapagejum, Anderss. (1), 220, & (2), 92. — Galapagos Ids. : Hahel.
Chatham Isl. : Darwin ; Andersson. Endemic.

P. Henslovii. Viscum Henslovii, Hook. f. (3), 216 ; Anderss. (1),
219, & (2), 92; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148. — Abingdon Isl.: Snod-
grass & Heller, no. 825 (hb. Gr.). Albemarle Isl. : Iguana Cove,
Syiodgrass & Heller, no. 40 (hb. Gr.) ; mountain east of Tagus Cove,
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 228 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl. : Darwin.

134 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

CiiATiiAM IsL. : southwest end, upper region, Baur, no. 28G (lib. Gr.).
Endemic.

P. uncinatum, nov. sp., glabruin lignoso-curnosum ; caulibus tereti-
bus olivaceo-viridibus dichotomo ramosis; ramis arcuatis etiam teretibus
gracilibus ; internodiis elongatis ; foliis oppositis breviter petiulatis
lanceolatis vel ovati-lanoeolatis integris 5-nervatis margine ad apicem
falcato-uncinatain revohita basi cuneata ; spicis in dichotomis terniinalibus
elongatis saepius 7-nodosis ; floribus 4-seriatini immersis ; calycis segmen-
tis late deltoideis obtusis. — Narborodgh Isl. : southern part, common
on " palo santo " and coffee trees, at 300 to GOO m. alt., Api'il, 1899,
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 325 (lib. Gr.). Endemic. Leaves 7 cm.
long, l.(; to 2.3 cm. broad. Spikes 7 cm. long, segments 1.5 cm. long;
sheath short, sharply 2-poiuted. Plate 1, fig. 1.

POLYGONACEAE.
Polygonum, L.

P. ACUMiNATDir, HBK. Nov. Gen. & Spec. ii. 178 (1817); Meisn.
in Mart. Fl. Bras. v. pt, 1, 14, t. 4, & in DC. Prodr. xiv. 114; Griseb.
Fl. Brit. W. Ind. 161 ; Small, Monog. Gen. Polyg. 52, t. 13.—
Galapagos Ids. : ace. to Griseb. I. c. Further distrib. trop. S. Am.,
Centr. Am., W. Ind.

P. GALAPAGENSE, Caruel (1), 624. — Chatham Isl. : Chierchia
(hb. Kevv.). Endemic.

CHENOPODIACEAE.
Atriplex, L.

A. sp. — Indefatigable Isl. : northern part, iSnodgj'ass & Heller,
no. 676 (hb. Gr.). Seymour Isl.: north, Snodgrass & Heller, no.
571 (hb. Gr.).

A. sp. — Wenman Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 9 (hb. Gr.).

AMARANTACEAE.

Alternanthera, Forsk.

A. radicata, Hook. f. (4), 261, 262 ; Anderss. (1), 164, & (2), 60,
t. 3, f. 2. — A, acaidis, Anderss. (1), 164. — Chatham Isl. : Darwin;
in upper very dry region, Anders,',on (hb. Gr.). Hood Isl.: Snod-
grass & Heller, no. 753 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 135

A. RiGiDA, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 143, 14S. — James Isl. : Orchilla
Bay, Baur, uo. 387 (lib. Gr.). Pandemic.

A. suiJSCAPOSA, Hook. f. (3), 189; Moq.-Tand. in DC. Prodr. xiii.
pt. 2, 353; Anderss. (1), 1G4 & (2), GO. — Ciiarlks Isl.: Daridn.
J^iidemic.

Amarantiius, L.

A. CARACASANUS, HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. ii. 195 (1817) ; Hook. f.
(3), 189; Anderss. (1), 161, & (2), 58; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 147.—
Albemarle Isl. : Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 77 (lib. Gr.) ;
on beach, not common, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 108 (hb. Gr.) ; Tagus
Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 219 (hb. Gr.); southern portion, Baur,
no. 287 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl.: Daricin ; in cultivated ground,
Andersson ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 421 (hb. Gr.). Chatham
Isl. : Andersson (hb. Gr. ), but not recorded in his works ; Snodgrass
& Heller, no. 516 (hb. Gr.). Indefatigable Isl.: Andersso7i.
Further distrib, S. Am.

A. celosioides, HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. ii. 194 (1817) ; Moq.-
T:md. in DC. Prodr. xiii. pt. 2, 257 ; Hook. f. (3), 189 ; Anderss. (1),
161 , & (2), 59. — Charles Isl. : Darivin ; Andersson. Chatham Isl. :
Andersson. — Further distrib. northern S. Am. A very doubtful
species in need of further study. I have seen none of the specimens
upon which the records of its occurrence in the Galapagos Islands rests.

A. SCLERANTOIDES, Anderss. (2), 59, t. 2, f. 1 ; Rob. cS: Greenm. (1),
139. 147. Euxolus sderantoides, Anderss. (1), 163. — Galapagos
Ids. : Habel. Barrington Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 409 (lib. Gr.).
Charles Isl. : in lower dry region, Andersson. Narborougu Isl. :
eastern part, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 354 (Irb. Gr.). Endemic.

Forma chathamensis, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 140. — Chatham Isl. :
southwest end, lower region, Baur, no. 289 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

Forma hoodensis, Rob. & Greenm. 1. c. — Gardner Isl. : Snodgrass
& Heller, no. 635 (hb. Gr.). Hood Isl.: Baur, no. 288 (hb. Gr.),
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 731 (lib. Gr.). Endemic.

A. spiNosus, L. Sp. 991 (1753); Anderss. (1), 161, & (2), 59.—
Charles Isl. : cultivated ground of lower region, Andersson. Doubt-
less an introduction, not seen since on the islands. Further distrib.
general in warm and temperate countries.

A. SQUARRULOSUS, Uline & Bray, Bot. Gaz. xix. 270 (1894) ; Rob. &
Greenm. (1), 147. Amhlogyne squarrulosa. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad.
V. 169 (1861). Sderojnis squarrulosus, Anderss. ined. ex Gray, 1. c,

136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

and Uline & Bray, 1. c. S. squamulatiis, Anderss. (1), 162, & (2), 60.
— Albemaulk Isl. : quite common near beach, Tagus Cove, Snodgrass
& Heller, no. 183 (lib. Gr.). Ciiaules Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no.
422 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl.: in grassy places at low altitude,
Andersson (hb. Gr.). Duncan Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 691 (hb.
Gr,). Indefatigable Isl,: northern part, Snodgrass & Heller, no.
663 (hb. Gr.). Jervis Isl. : Baur, no. 390 (hb, Gr.). Seymour Isl. :
north, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 570 (hb, Gr,), Endemic. Unfortu-
nately Dr. Gray misread Anderssou's label and altered the specific
name,

A. URCEOLATUS, Benth. Bot, Snlph. 158 (1844) ; Uline & Bray, Bot.
Gaz. xix. 269. Sa.rratia urceolata, Moq.-Tand. in DC. Prodr. xiii.
pt. 2, 269 (1849). Sderopus urceolatus, Anderss. (1), 162. Amhlogyna
urceolata, Moq.-Tand. in DC. Prodr. xiii. pt. 2, 270 ; Anderss. (2), 59,
t. 2, f. 2; Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. v. 168 (1861), as Amblogyne. —
Indefatigable Isl. : grassy places at low altitude, Andersson. Further
distrib, adj, S. Am,, from Peru northward. Lower Calif.

A. viRiDis, L. Sp, ed, 2, 1405 (1763) ; Uline & Bray, Bot, Gaz. xix,
319. — Bakrington Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, 481 (hb. Gr.), Chat-
ham Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 529 (hb, Gr,). Probably of recent
introduction. Further distrib. general in warm countries.

Froelichia, IMoench.

F, JUNCEA, Rob. & Greenm, (1), 143, 148. — Albemarle Tsl. : moun-
tain north of Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass & Heller, no, 290 (lib. Gr.) ;
southern portion, Baur, no, 388 (hb. Gr.) ; mountain east of Tagus Cove,
alt, 925 m., Snodgrass & Heller, no, 243 (hb, Gr.). Endemic.

F. lanigera, Anderss, (2), 63, F. lanata, Anderss. (2), t, 3, f. 1. —
Albemarle Isl. : Andersson ; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no.
895 (hb, Gr.), Endemic,

F. NUDiCAULis, Hook, f, (3), 192 ; IMoq.-Tand, in DC. Prrjdr. xiii, pt.
2, 423; Anderss. (1), 170, & (2), 63, t, 4, f, 3, — Charles Isl.:
Darimn; Andersson {)\h. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : ^/jcZerssow. Endemic.

F. scoparia, nov. sp. F. lanigerae valde affinis ; caulibus decura-
bentibus basi plus minusve lignosis ramosissiimis subteretibus glabratis
cortice liitescente tectis ; ramis ramulisqne erectis teretibus gracilibus
sparse adpresso-lanatis, internodiis elongatis quam folii lineares acuti pa-
tentes sparse adpresso-lanati multo longioribus ; pedunculis terminalibus
nudis elongatis ; capitulis terminalibus paucifloris subglobosis verticillastro

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 137

uno paullo inferior! vel evoluto vel nullo ; bracteis ovatis glabriusculis
brevibus obtusis ; perigonio ovoideo-coiiico ; laciniis ovatis obtusis strami-
neis basi lanatis supra glabratis iiiduratis. — Narborough Isl. : south-
ern part, abundant at 600 m. alt., Snodgrass & Heller, March, 1899, no.
346 (hb. Gr.), and April, 1899, no. 322 (hb. Gr.). This species may
prove a variety of F. lanigera, Anderss., with which it shares many
characteristics. It is, however, taller, considerably more slender and less
lanate. The leaves are longer, narrower, and more acute, and the heads
smaller and in general fewer-flowered.

Iresine, L.

I. Edmonstonei, Hook. f. (3), 190; Moq.-Tand. in DC. Prodr. xiii.
pt. 2, 343; Anderss. (1), 164, «fe (2), 60. — Cpiarles Isl.: Daridn.
Endemic ? A plant in herb. Gray, labelled '' Iresine Eclmonstonei,
Hook, f . Guayaquil ? Mr. Edmonston," answers well to the description
of this species.

Pleuropetalum, Hook. f.

P. Darwixii, Hook. f. (1), t. 2, (3), 221, & Bot. Mag. cix. under
t. 6674, where second species is figured and genns is referred as by
Endlicher and by Moquin to Amarantaceae ; Anderss. (1), 225, & (2),
96. AllocMamys Daricinn, Moq.-Tand. in DC. Prodr. xiii. pt. 2, 463.
— Albemarle Isl. : Iguana Cove near beach, Snodgrass & Heller, no.
646 (hb. Gr.). James Isl.: Darwin. Endemic. The single specimen
of this problematic plant secured by Messrs. Snodgrass & Heller is
rather fragmentary but corresponds closely with the characterization and
fitfure (Journ. of Bot.) published by Hooker. In its dense (although
fruiting) inflorescence, relatively small leaves, 4 to 5 carpels and 6 to 8
stamens, it would peem sufficiently distinct from P. costaricense [H.
Wendl.] Hemsl. Biol. Cent.-Am. Bot. iii. 12, figured by Hook. f. Bot.
Mag. 6674. The congeneric Melanocarpum Sprucei, Hook. f. Gen.
PL iii. 24 of Ecuador is said to have 2 to 3 carpels and 5 stamens.

Telanthera, R. Br.

T. ECHINOCEPHALA, Moq.-Tand. in DC. Prodr. xiii. pt. 2, 373
(1849); Anderss. (1), 167, & (2), 62; Rose (1), 137; Rob. &
Greenm. (1), 148. T. argentea, Anderss. (1), 168. T. sp. Rose (1),
137. Brandesia echinocephala, Hook. f. (3), 189. — Galapagos
Ids. : Habel. Abingdon Isl. : Baur, no. 299 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 850 (hb. Gr.). Albemarle Isl. : southern portion, Baur,

138 PROCEEDINGS OF TFIE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

no. 300 (lib. Gr.) ; Ijiunna Cove, Snodgrafts & Heller, no. 31 (lib. Gr.).
Barrington Isl. : Snodgrass & JIelle)\ no. 4G7 (lib. Gr.). Charles
IsL. : Darioin ; Andersson ; A. Agassiz ; Snodgraas & Heller, no. 414
(hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : Andersson (hb. Gr.) ; A. Agassiz (hb.
U. S. Nat. Mus.) ; southwest end, lower region, Baur, no. 301 (hb.
Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 497 (lib. Gr.). Duncan Isi.. : A.
Agassiz (hb. Gr. & hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.); Baur, no. 298 (hb. Gr.);
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 711 (hb. Gr.). Gardner Isl. : Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 024 (hb. Gr.). Hood Isl. : Baur, no. 297 (hb. Gr.).
Indefatigable Isl. : Andersson ; northern part, Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 680 (hb. Gr.). James Isl.: Andersson; James Bay, Baur,
no. 296 (hb. Gr.) ; al)un(lai)t, 8hrubV)y, spreading, 1 to 1.3 m, high,
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 360 (hb. Gr.). Endemic. With the far
more copious material now at hand I have been unable to follow the
formal sulidivision of this species sii<rgested by Andersson or to correlate
the trifling variations with occurrence upon the different islands.

T. FiLiFOLiA, Moq.-Tand. in DC Prodr. xiii. pt. 2, 368 (1849);
Anderss. (1), 1 Go, & (2), 61. Buclioltzia Jilifolia, Hook. f. (3), 192.—
James IsL.: Scolder. Endemic.

T. flavicoma, Anderss. (1), 166, & (2), 61, t. 5, f. 2; Rob. &
Greenm. (1), 148, in part (as to pi. Hood Isl.). — Abingdon Isl.:
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 826 (hb. Gr.), identity doubtful. Charles
Isl. : in dry grassy places at middle altitudes, Andersson. Gardner
Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 617 (lib. Gr.). Hood Isl. : Baur, no.
291 (lib. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 733 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

T. FUUTESCENS, Moq.-Tand. in DC. Prodr. xiii. pt. 2, 265 (1849)
q. V. for synon. ; Caruel (1), 625. Illicebrum frutescens, L'Her. Stirp.
Nov. iv. 75, t. 37 (1785). Alternanthera frutescens, R. Br. ace. to
Spreng. Syst. i. 819 (1825), not Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148. — Chatham
Isl.: Chierchia, ace. to Caruel, 1. c. Further distrib. W. S. Am.,
Panama to Caracas and Chili.

T. GLAUCESCENs, Moq.-Taiid. in DC. Prodr. xiii. pt. 2, 369 (1849);
Anderss. (1), 167, & (2), 62, t. 5, f. 3. Bucholtzia glaucescens, Hook,
f. (3), 191. — Charles Isl. : in the middle region, Andersson. Chatham
Isl. : Darwin; in grassy places and dry parts of the lower region,
Andersson (lib. Gr.). Endemic.

T. Helleri, nov. sp., stellato-tomentella grisea novellis subochrareis ;
ramis dichotomis teretibus gracilibus; internodiis quam folii raulto longio-
ribus; foliis late ovalibus vel orbicularibus apice rotundatis vel obtusis vel

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 1S9

in superioribus acutis, basi subtruncato, lamina 2-2. G cm. longa 2.4-3 cm.
lata penniiiervia, subtus baud vel paiillo pallidiore ; petiolo 3-4 mra. loiigo
recurvato : capitulis in dichotomis sessilibus ovoideis 4—6 mm. longis
4 mm. crassis apice rotundatis ochraceo-pubesceutibus ; floribus arete
imbricatis obcompressis triquetris ; squamis exterioribus tribus, quam
interiores multo brevioribus lanceolatis vel ovato-lanceolatis acutis, in
parte superiore ochraceo-pubescentibus, carina subrigida, margiuibus
tenue membranaceis, squamis iuterioribus (sepalis) 3 ovato-lanceolatis
acutip rigidioribus opacis 3.5 mm. longis; stamiuibus 5 glabris, filamentis
gracillirais 1.7 mm. longis, antlieris 1.3 mm. longis ; staminodeis 5
tenuibus filamento subaequantibus, apice argute 2-3-partitis ; ovario
obovoideo, stylo breve crasso cum stigmate depresse-globoso. — Cul-
pepper IsL. : 10 December, 1898, Snodgmss & Heller, no. 1 (lib. Gr.).
A species to be readily distinguished from its Galapageian congeners by
its broadly ovate or suborbicular stem-leaves. Endemic. Plate 1,
FIGS. 0, 6, and 7.

Var. obtusior, nov. var. Conspicue ochracea; foliis omnibus latissime
oblongis vel ovato-ohlongis obtusissimis. — Wexman Isl. : 14 December,
1898, SnocJr/rass & Heller, no. 7 (bb. Gr.). Endemic. Plate 1, fig. 8.

T. nudicaulis, Moq.-Tand. in DC. Prodr. xiii. pt. 2, 369 (1849);
Anderss. (1), 167, & (2), 62, t. 5, f. 1 ; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148.
T. Jlavicovia, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148, in part (as to pi. Chatham
Isl.). BuchoUzia nudicaulis. Hook. f. (3), 191. — Galapagos Ids.:
without further data (hb. Gr.). Albemarle Isl. : eastern portion,
Cowley Bay, Baur, no. 294 (hb. Gr.) ; southern part. Baur, no. 293
(hb. Gr.) ; on mountain east of Tagus Cove, alt. 925 m., Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 249 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl. : Darivin; in very dry
places, Andersson (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : northern part, Baur,
no. 292 (hb. Gr.), leafless and doubtful. Duncan Isl. : Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 710 (hb. Gr.). James Isl. : Orchilla Bay, Baur, no. 295
(hb. Gr.). Further distrib. S. Chili, J. G. Reynolds (hb. Gr.) !

T. rugulosa.nov. sp., frutex arborescens ; ramulis teretibus dichotomis
griseis et breviter stellato-tomentellis mox glabrescentibus ; foliis oppositis
graciliter petiolatis oblongis penninerviis supra rugulosis tenuissime
stellato-pubescentibus subtus multo pallidioribus canescentibiis tomentellis
basi cuneatis apice rotundatis vel obtusis apiculatisque ; spicis in dicho-
tomis sessilibus ovoideis vel breviter teretibus albidis ; bracteis lanceolatis
acutissimis apice plus minusve reflexis vel uncinatis ; sepalis exterioribus
lanceolatis hyalinis acutissimis glabris carina rigidiuscula ; iuterioribus

140 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

ovati-lanceolatis basi atrobrunneis valde nervatis et iuter nervis albo-
jjubescentibus apice recto vel leviter reeurvato ; antberis buearibus
staminodiis linearibus paullo indivisis superantibus. — Alternanthera
frutescens, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148, not R. Br. — Chatham Isl. :
southwest end, middle region, June, 1891, Baur, no. 290 (hb. Gr.).
Endemic. Leaf-blade 3 to 5 cm. long, 1.2 to 2 cm. broad ; spikes 8 to
1 1 mm. long, 6 to 9 mm. in tbickness. Nearly related to T. frutescens,
Moq. in DC. Prodr. xiii. pt. 2, 3G5, but differing in tbe contour and
rugosity of its leaves.

T. Snodgrassii, nov. sp., suffrutescens a basi valde ramosa ; ramis
-oppositis vel alternis teietibus leviter striatis pallidis breviter adpresse et
sordide pubescentibus vel novellis canescentibus tomentulosis ad nodos
paullo incrassatis supra nodis non constrictis ; foliis spatulatis adpresse
pubescentibus erectis apice obtusis basi cuneatis sessilibus ; spicis sessili-
bus ovoideis parvis albidis ; bracteis late ovatis carinatis hyalinis acutis
cuspidatis glabris adpressis apice rectis sepalis exterioribus bracteis simili-
bus sub apice pubescentibus interiofibus longioribus ovatis acutis basi
atro-brunneis Viilde nervatis in parte superiore patente flavescentipilosis;
filameutis filiformibus staminodiis oblongis apice laceratis. — Seymour
Isl. : north, May, 1899, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 578 (hb. Gr.). En-
demic. Leaves 2.4 to 5 cm. long, 7 to 10 mm. broad ; spikes 4 to 5 mm.
in diameter. Plate 2, fig. 2.

T. STRiCTiDSCULA, Anderss. (1), 1C6. T. angustata, Anderss. (2),
61, t. 4, f. 2; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148. T. sp. Rose, (1), 137.—
Galapagos Ids. : Hahel. Albemarle Isl. : Iguana Cove, Snodgrass
& Heller, nos. 52 (hb. Gr.), 88 (hb. Gr.), 863 (hb. Gr.) ; southern
portion, Baur, no. 302 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : Andersson (hb.
Gr.) ; A. Agassiz (hb. Gr.) ; soutbwe^ end, lower region, Baur, no.
303 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 502 (hb. Gr.). Narborough
Isl. : southern part, not common, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 347 (hb.
Gr.). Endemic. In his second publication Andersson credits this species
to James Island, instead of Chatham Island as in his original description.
A portion of tbe type material in hb. Gray is, however, labelled Chatham
Island, where furthermore the species has been rediscovered by several
subsequent collectors.

T. yestita, Anderss. (1), 169, & (2), 63, t. 4, f. 1 ; Rob. & Greenm.
(]^^ 148. — Indefatigable Isl.: in dry grassy places of the middle
region, Andersson ; south of Conway Bay, Baur, no. 304 (hb. Gr.).
Endemic.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 141

BATIDACEAE.

Batis, L.

B. MARiTiMA, L. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, 1376 (1700). — James Isl. :
James Bay, near salt ponds in sand, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 355
(lib. Gr.). Widely distrib. on trop. shores.

BASELLACEAE.

BOUSSINGAULTIA, HBK.

B. BASELLOiDKS, HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. vii. 196, t. G45 (1825);
Hook. f. (3), 193; Anderss. (1), 227, & (2), 97. — Charles Isl.:
Darwin. Further distrib. Mex., W. lud., trop. S. Am.

PHYTOLACCACEAE.

Phytolacca, L.

P. DECANDRA, L. Sp. ed. 2, 631 (1763) ; Hook. f. (3), 193; Anderss.
(1), 227, & (2), 97. — James Isl.: Darwin, ace. to Hook. f. Further
distrib. U. S. and Canada. It is probable that the Galapageian plant,
which curiously enough has not been secured by any subsequent collector,
will prove to be P. octandra L., or a related trop. American siiecies.

NYCTAGINACEAE.

BOERHAAVIA, L.

B. erecta, L. Sp. 3 (1753) ; Hook. f. (3), 193 ; Anderss. (1), 170, &
(2), 64. — Albemarle Isl.: Macrae. Chatham Isl.: Andersson
(hb. Gr.). Indefatigable Isl. : Anderssun.

B. paniculata, Rich. Act. Soc. Hist. Nat. Par. i. 105 (1792);
Anderss. (1), 171, & (2), 64. £. decumbens, Vahl, Enum. i. 284
(1804) ; Hook. f. (3), 193. — James Isl. : Darwin, and ace. to Anders-
son, 1. c. (but probably by error) Scolder. Further distrib. S. United
States, Mex,, trop. S. Am. The identity of the Galapageian plant is
doubtful.

B. sc.^NDENS, L. Sp. 3 (1753); Hook. f. (3), 193; Anderss. (1),
170, & (2), 64. — Charles Isl. : Darwhi ; stony, grassy ground in the
middle and lower region, Andersson (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 427 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : Andersson ; Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 527 (hb. Gr.). Indefatigable Isl.: Andersson. James Isl.:
Darwin. Further distrib. S. United States, Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

B. viscosA, Lag. & Rod. Anal. Cienc. Nat. iv. 256 (1801);
B. hirsuia. Hook. f. (3), 193; Choisy in DC. Prorlr. xiii. pt. 2, 451, in
part; Anderss. (1), 170, & (2), 64; Rob. & Greeura. (1), 147; not
Jaccj., nor L., nor Willd. B. diffusa, Anderss. (1), 171, & (2), 64, not
L. B. f/landulosa, Anderss. (1), 171, & (2), 64. — Albemarle Isl. :
Macrae ; Andersson ; Tagus Cove, common in tufa soil up to 300 m.,
Snodyrass & Heller, no. 170 (hb. Gr.) ; mountain east of Tagus Cove,
Snodgrass &, Heller, no. 252 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl. : in grassy,
stony places, Andersson (lib. Gr.) ; Lee (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.) ; southwest
end lower region, Baur, no. 309 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 428 (hb. Gr.). Cuatham Isl.: Andersson (hb. Gr.) ; Baur;
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 543 (hb. Gr.). Gardner Isl. : Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 622 (hb. Gr.). Indefatigable Isl. : northern part, >Snod-
grass & Heller, no. 670 (hb. Gr.). James Isl. : James Bay, on blnflf's
near the beach, Snodg)-ass & Heller, no. 377 (hb. Gr.). Although I
have not seen original material of Andersson's B. glandulosa I find plants
from Albemarle collected by jNIessrs. Snodgrass & Heller, which corre-
spond so closely with Andersson's description that I cannot avoid the con-
clusion that they represent just what Andersson had. Nevertheless the
plants seem to be only starved and dwarfed B. viscosa, growing as
Andersson savs in loci's sterilissimis. Further distrib. S. W. United
States, Mex., W. S. Am. southward to Chili.

Cryptocarpus, HBK.

C. pyriformis, HBK. Nov. Gen. «fe Sp. ii. 188, t. 124 (1817);
Hook. f. (3), 193; Anderss. (1), 161, & (2), 58; Rob. & Greenm. (1),
147. — Galapagos Ids. : EJmonston (\\h. Gy.); Habel. Albemarle
Isl. : Elizabeth Bay, on lava fields near beach, Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 941 (hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 912 (hb. Gr.).
Barrington Isl. : Baur, ace. to Rob. & Greenm. 1. c. (specimen not in
hb. Gr., but sent to hb. Clark Univ.). Bindloe Isl. : Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 786 (hb. Gr. ). Charles Isl. Baur, ace. to Rob. &
Greenm. 1. c. (specimen not in hb. Gr., but sent to hb. Clark Univ.).
Chatham Isl. : Darwin. Hood Isl. : Baur, no. 306 (hb. Gr.).
James Isl. : James Bay, Baur, no. 305 (hb. Gr.) ; forming dense
thickets 1 to 1.3 m. high on lava coast, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 372
(hb. Gr.). Narborough Isl. : east side, Snodgrass & Heller, do. 922
(hb. Gr.). Further distrib. Ecuador, Bolivia.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 143

PiSONIA, L.

P FLOUIBUNDA, Hook. f. (3), 193; Choisy in DC. Prodr. xiii. pt. 2,
447; Auderss. (1), 171, & (2), 65. — Albemarle Isl. : Iguana Cove,
Snodgrass &, Heller, no. 65 (lib. Gr.). James Isl, : Darwin.
Endemic.

Ntctaginacea ? — Seymour Isl.: north, Snodgrass & Heller, no.
574 (hb. Gr.). A weak, armed shrub with orbicular petiolate leaves
recalliug those of a Boerhaavia. Sterile and indeterminate.

AIZOACEAE.

MOLLUGO, L.

M. flavescens, Anderss. (1), 226, & (2), 96, t. 15, f. 2; Rob. &
Greenm. (1), 146 as to pi. Chatham and pi. Albemarle. ? J/, verticillata,
Hook. f. (3), 232; Anderss. (1), 225, & (2), 96; not L. — Albe-
marle Isl.: Darwin, identity doubtful; Macrae, identity doubtful;
Baur^ identity doubtful. Charles Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 441
(hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : Darwin, identity doubtful ; Andersson (hb.
Gr.) ; northern part, Baur, no. 155 (hb. Gr.) ; southwestern part, lower
region, Baur, no. 154 (hb. Gr.). Indefatig.able Isl. : northern part,
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 667 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

In all tliese specimens so far as seen the pedicels are rather short,
some ascending, others deflexed. Distinguishable is

Var. floriana. M. flavescens, Rob. & Greenm. 1. c. as to pi. Cliarles
Isl. Pedicellis 4-9 mm. longis, omnibus erectis vel adscendentibus ;
floribus paulo quam illi formoe typicae majoribus. — Charles Isl. :
Cormorant Bay, Baur, no. 137. Endemic. In this variety as in the
typical form the seeds are black, dull, and minutely tessellated.

M. GRACiLLiMA, Auderss, (1), 226, & (2), 96; Rob. & Greenm. (1),
146. M. gracilis, Anderss. (2), t. 15, f. 3. — Galapagos Ids.:
Habel. Albemarle Isl. : Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 79
(hb. Gr.), 122 (hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove, abundant everywhere up
to 300 m. alt., Snodgrass & Heller, no. 192 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl. :
in the driest parts of the lower region, Andersson (hb. Gr.). James Isl. :
Orchilla Bay, Baur, no, 153 (hb. Gr.). Endemic. By Hook. f. &
Jacks. Ind. Kew, ii, 253, this species is reduced to M. verticillata, L, It
differs, however, in several ways, namely by having smaller flowers, a
shorter capsule relatively to the blunter sepals and in its minute black
tessellated, not ribbed seeds.

144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

M. Snodgrassii, nov. sp., perennans ; radice crassa ; caudice ramosa
crassa nodosa plus minusve suberifera; caulibus plurihus erectis raraosis
uodosis nunc geniculatis subscopariis teretibus striatulis glaberrimis
3 dm. altis ; internodiis perlougis (saepe 7 cm.); foliis crassiusculis,
radicalibus spatulatis l.G cm. longis, 6 mm. latis apice rotundatis
cauliiiibus anguste linearibus obtusis vel acutis glaberrimis vel minu-
tissime papillosis 1-2 cm. longis 1.2 mm. latis, umbellis 2-G floribus
sessilibus ; pedicellis 4-15 mm. loiigis capillaribus ; sepalis ellipticis
obtusis 3(-5)-nerviis 4 mm. longis staminibus 7 sepalis paulo super-
antibus ; filamentis gracilibus glaberrimis ; ovario ovoideo obtusissimo ;
stjlis 3 filiformibus ; stigmatibus plus minusve elongatis subrecurvatis;
capsula 3 mm. longa ; seminibus subglobosis nigrescentibus glaberrimis
lucidis sub lenti lineas concentrice curvatas exliibeutibus. — Albemarle
IsL. : Elizabeth Cove, 15 February, 1899, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 268
(hb. Gr.). Tagus Cove, 20 January, 1899, Snodgrass & Heller, no.
914 (hb. Gr.). Narborough Isl. : Mangrove Point, common, scat-
tered everywhere in crevices of lava from near the beach to 600 m. alt.,
April, 1899, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 309 (hb. Gr., type) ; east side, Snod-
grass & Heller, no. 921 (hb. Gr.). Endemic. Well marked among its
Galapageian congeners by its pereimial habit, suberiferous base, long
pedicels, large Hovvers, etc.

Sesuvium, L.

S. Edmonstonei, Hook. f. (3), 221 ; Anderss. (1), 225, & (2), 95 ;
Rob. & Greenm, (1), 146. — Galapagos Ids.: Edmonston (hb. Gr.) ;
Hahel. Barrington Isl.: Baur, no. 151 (hb, Gr.). Charles Isl. :
Goodridge. Gardner Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 638 (hb. Gr.).
Sey,a[our Isl. : north, Snodgrass &. Heller, no. 561 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

S. PoRTULACASTRUM, L. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, 1058 (1760). S. Portu-
lacastrum, var. revolntum, Sims, Bot. Mag. xli. t. 1701. Portulaca
Portulacastriim, L. Sp. 446 (1753). — Albemarle Isl. : Elizabeth
Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 265 (hb. Gr.). Seymour Isl. : north,
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 561 a (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. S. United
States, Mex., W. Ind., S. Am., China, etc.

Trianthema, L.

T. PoRTULACASTRUM, L. Sp. 223 (1753); Moench, Meth. 700.
T. monogpia, L. Mant. i. 69 (1767) ; DC. PI. Gras. t. 109; Anderss.
(1), 225, & (2), 95 ; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 146. — Barrington Isl. :

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 145

Siiodgrass & Heller, no. 480 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl. : Andersxon
(hb. Gr.); Cuevas Bay, Baur, no. 152 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 409 (hb. Gr.). Chathaji Isl. : Andersson. Dl'NCAN Isl. : Snod-
grass & Heller, nos. 713 (hb. Gr.), 714 (hb. Gr.). Gardner Isl.:
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 330 (hb. Gr.). Hood Isl. : Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 737 (hb. Gr.). Indefatigable Isl. : Andersson. James
Isl. : Andersson. Seymour Isl. : north, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 575
(hb. Gr.) ; south, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 588 (hb. Gr.). Further dis-
trib. S. United States, Mex,, "W. Ind., S. Am., E. Ind.

PORTULACACEAE.

PORTULACA, L.

P. OLERACEA, L. Sp. 445 (1753). P. parvifolia., Haw, Syn, PI.
Succ. 122 (1812); Anderss. (1), 225, & (2), 95. —Galapagos Ids.:
Hahel. Albejiarle Isl. : Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 30
(hb. Gr.). Charles Isl.: in cultivated ground of lower region,
Andersson; A. Agassiz (hb. U. S. Nat. JMus.) ; Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 409a (hb. Gr.). CHATHA.Ar Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 528
(hb. Gr.). Gardner Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 619 (hb. Gr.),
620 (hb. Gr.), Hood Isl.: Snodgrass &. Heller, no. 735 (hb. Gr.),
Further distrib. cosmop. None of tlie earlier explorers in the Galapagos
Ids. mention this weed of cultivated ground. It was first noted in the
group by Andersson on Charles Isl. in 1852, and its present much more
general distribution among the islands well shows the fact that inter-
communication between them must now be such as to carry seeds
frequently from one to the other.

P. pp.? — Wenman Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 910 (hb. Gr.), sterile
and indeterminate.

CARYOPHYLLACEAE.

Drymaria, Willd.

D, CORDATA, "Willd. ex Poem. & Schultes, Syst. v. 406 (1819);
Rob. & Greenm. (1), 145, D. glaberrima, Bart, in J. & C. Presl, Rel.
Haenk. 7 (1835), so far as char, goes; Hook, f, (3), 232; Anderss.
(1), 227, & (2), 97; Caruel (1), 623. —Chatham Isl.: Chierchia ;
southwest end, upper region, Baur, no, 3 (hb. Gr.). James Isl. :
Darwin. From Bartling's detailed description of his D. glaberrima, I
cannot avoid the conclusion that it is D. cordata. Further distrib.
Mex., W. Ind., S, Am.

VOL. XXX VIII. — 10

1-iQ PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

MENISPERMACEAE.

CiSSAMPELOS, L.

C. Pareira, L. Sp. 1031 (1753); Lam. 111. t. 830 ; Hook. f. (3),
233; Aiulerss. (I), 220, & (2), 92; Camel (1), 624; Kob. & Greeum.
(1), 145. C. testudinuin^ Miers, Contrib. iii. 143 (1864-1871). — Abing-
don JsL. : Snodyrass & llMcr, uo. 849 (hb. Gr.). Albkmarle Isl. :
Iguana Cove, Suudgrass & Beller, nos. 67 (hb. Gr.), 91 (hb. Gr.), 871
(hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove, Snodyrass & Heller, nos. 221 (hb. Gr.), 902
(hb. Gr.). Charles Isl.: Darwin; in the upper region, Andersson ;
Chlerckia ; Baur, no. 2 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : southwest end,
up[)er region, Baur, uo. 1 (hb. Gr.). James Isl. : Darwin. Further
distrib. general in trop. regions. Miers, 1. c, separates the Galapageian
plant as C. iestudinum^ but good distinctions are not evident.

CRUCIFERAE.

Brassica, L.

B. CAMPESTRis, L. Sp. 666(1753). — Charles Isl.: Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 406 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. cosmop.

B. SiNAPiSTRUM, Boiss. Voy. Esp. ii. 39 (1839-1845). Siaapis
arvensis, L. Sp. 668 (1753); Anderss. (1), 220, & (2), 93. — Charles
Isl.: cultivated ground in upper and middle region, Andersson. Further
distrib. cosmop.

Raphanus, L.

R. SATivus, L. Sp. ed. 2, 935 (1763) ; Anderss. (1), 220, & (2), 93. —
CiL\RLES Isl. : cultivated ground in middle and upper regions, Andersson.
Further distrib. cosmop. through cult.

Senebiera, Poir.

S. PiNNATiFiDA, DC. Mem. Soc. Hist. Nat. Par. vii. 144, t. 9 (1799) ;
Hook. f. (3), 233; Anderss. (1), '221, & (2), 93. S. didyma, Pers.
Syn. ii. 185 (1807). Lepidium didymum, L. Mant. 92 (1767). Coro-
nopus didymus, Smith, Fl. Brit. ii. 691. — James Isl.: Darioin.
Further distrib. cosmop.

ROSACEAE?

SANonisoRBKA? Wolf (1), 283, & (2), 259. — Charles Isl. : ace.
to Wolf. Probably an error. Plant described as thorny and with
pinnate leaves.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 147

LEGUMINOSAE.

Acacia, TVilld.

A. FARNESiANA, Willd. Sp. iv. 1083 (1806). A. Cavenia, Bert, ex
Bull. Ferussac, xx. 108 (1830), ace. to Hook. f. & Jacks. Ind. Kew. i. 7 ;
Hook. & Am. Bot. Beech. 21 (1830); Hook. f. (3), 228; Anderss.
(1), 255, & (2), 113. — Albemarle Isl. : Darwin,- Macrae. Further
distrib. extra trop. S. Am., also the Texano-Mexicau region ?

A. mackacantiia, H. & B. in Willd. Sp. iv. 1080 (1806); Kunth,
JNlimos. t. 28; Benth. Trans. Linn. Soc. xxx. 500; Rob. & Greenm.
(1), 146. A. fi,xuom, H. & B. in Willd. 1. c. 1082 (1806) ; Hook.
f. (3), 229; Anderss. (1), 256, & (2), 113. —Galapagos Id8. :
Hahel. Charles Isl. : Baur ; Snodgrass &, Heller, no. 415 (hb. Gr.).
Chatham Isl. : Andersson. Indefatigable Isl. : south of Conway
Bay, Baur, no. 94 (hb. Gr.). James Isl. : Scouler. Further distrib.
S. Am., W. Ind. An Acacia mentioned by Caruel (1), 623, as collected
on Charles Isl., by Chierchia may well have been this species.

A. tortuosa, Willd. Sp. iv. 1083 (1806) ; Benth. Trans. Linn. Soc.
xxx. 501 ; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 146. A. turtuosn, var. glabrior, Hook,
f. (3), 229 ; Anderss. (1), 256, & (2), 113. A. albida, Lindl. Bot. Reg.
t. 1317 (1830). — Charles Isl.: grassy places, middle region, Anders-
son. Chatham Isl. : similar situations, Andersson. James Isl. :
Scolder; Darwin; Orchilla 'Bay, Baur, no. 65 (hb. Gr.) ; James Bay,
Baur, no. 64 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. Mex., W. Ind., northern
S. Am.

A. sp. affin. A. macracantha, H. & B. — Albemarle Isl.: moun-
tain north of Elizabeth Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 283 (lib. Gr.) ;
Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 161 (hb. Gr.). In its minute
leaflets, velvety branchlets, and small spines this is very different from
tlie preceding or indeed from any specimen of A. macracantha at hand.
The species, however, has been so widely drawn by Bentham, I. c, and
contains such an aggregation of old species, that it is impossible to
characterize with confidence any new species of this affinity until the
whole group can be worked over again.

A. sp. ? Hook. f. (4) 261. — Charles Isl. : Edmonston, ace. to Plook.

f., 1. c.

A. sp. — James Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 398 (hb. Gr.). Near
A. tortuosa, but with larger leaflets.

148 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Astragalus, L.

A. Edmonstonei. Phaca Edmonstonei, Ilook. f. (3), 227; An-
derss. (1), 249, & (2), 110. — Galapagos Ids.: Du Petit- Thouars.
Charles Isl. : Edmonston. Endemic. Not secured by Andersson or
any subsequent collector.

CAESALriNIA, L.

C. Bonducella, Fleming in As. Res, xi. 159 (1810) ; Rob. &
Greenm. (1), 146. — Albemarle Isl, : Baur, no, 79 (hb, Gr.). Fur-
ther distrib. general in warm reg.

C. PULCHERRiMA ; Sw. Obs. 1 GG (1791); Maund, Bot. iv. t. 151.
Poinciana ■pidcherrima, L. Sp, 380 (1753); Hook, f, (4), 261;
Anderss. (1), 253, & (2), 112; Camel (1), 624. — Charles Isl.:
Edmonsfnn, as a relic of former cultivation ace. to Andersson. Chatham
Isl. : Chierchia. Further distrib. cosmop. trop.

Cana YALTA, Adans.
C. Obtusifolia, DC, Prodr. ii. 404 (1825) ; Mart. Fl. Bras. xv.
pt. 1, 178, t. 48. DoUchos ohfusifolius, Lam. Diet. ii. 295 (1786), —
Galapagos Ids.: Hahel. Bindloe Isl.: Snodgrass & Beller, no.
770 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. general in tropics.

Cassia, L.

C. hirsuta, L. Sp. i. 378 ; Beoth. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xv. pt. 2,
114, to 34, f. 1, & Trans. Linn. Soc. xxx. 534. — Charles Isl.: Lee
(hb. U, S. Nat. Mus.). Further distrib. Peru to Mex. and Brazil.
Professor Lee's plant is only in flower and the identification is subject to
some doubt.

C. occidentalis, L. Sp. 377 (1753) ; DC Prodr, ii. 497; Benth.
Trans. Linn. Soc. xxvii. 532; Lindl, Bot. Reg. t. 83; Anderss. (1),
254, & (2), 112; Caruel, (1), 624; Rose (1), 137; Rob. & Greenm.
(1), 14G. — Albemarle Isl.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, nos.
68 (hb. Gr.), 95 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl. : in grassy places of the
upper region, Andersson ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 425 (hb. Gr.), a form
with unusually obtuse leaflets. Chatham Isl. : in grassy places of the
middle region, Andersson; Chierchia ; A. Agassiz (hb. Gr. & hb. U, S,
Nat. Mus,) ; southwest end, middle region, Baur, no, 85 (hb, Gr.) ;
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 556 (hb. Gr.). Widely distrib.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 149

C. PiCTA, Don, Syst. ii. 444 (1832); Hook. f. (3), 229; Anderss.
(1), 255, & (2), 112; Eenth. Trans. Linn. Soc, xxvii. 552; Rose (1),
137. C. applanata, Anderss. (1), 254, ace. to Benth. 1. c. — Albemarle
IsL. : Macrae; Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 48 (hb. Gr.) ;
Tagus Cove, not common near the shore but abundant inland at 150 ra.
alt., flowers Feb. to the middle of Mar., Stwdgrass & Heller, no 169.
Chathaii Isl. : Darwin; Andersson (hb. Gr.) ; A. Agassiz. Further
distrib. Ecuador.

C. SERiCEA, Sw. Prodr. 66 (1788), & Fl. Ind. Occ. 724; Benth. in
Mart. Fl. Bras. xv. pt. 2, 116, t. 35, f. 1 ; Anderss. (1), 254, & (2), 112. —
Chatham Isl.: Andersson. Indefatigable Isl.: lower reo-ion,
Andersson. Seymour Isl. : south, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 607 (hb.
Gr.). Further distrib. Mex., W. Ind., trop. S. Am.

Crotalaria, L.

C. glabrkscens, Anderss. (1), 248, & (2), 109 ; Rose (1), 137.—
Galapagos Ids. : Hahel. Albemarle Isl. : Tagus Cove, Snodgrass
& Heller, no. 176 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl.: Andersson; ?A. Agassiz
ace. to Rose, 1. c. Endemic.

C. PUMiLA, Ort. Dec. ii. 23 (1797); DC. Prodr. ii. 132; Anderss.
(2), 109. C. lupulina, HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. vi. 402, t. 590 (1823) ;
DC. Prodr. ii. 133; Hook. f. (3), 225; Anderss. (1), 248, & (2), 109.
C.pnherula, Hook. f. (3), 225; Anderss. (1), 248, & (2), 109; Rob. &
Greenra. (1), 146. — Galapagos Ids.: Habel. Albemarle Isl.:
Darwin ; Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 98 (hb. Gr.) ; Tagus
Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 174 (hb. Gr.), 878 (hb. Gr.).
Charles Isl.: Darxoin ; in the upper region, Andersson ; Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 435 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : in grassy places of the
middle region, Aiidersson ; southwest end, middle region, Baur, no. 99
(hb. Gr.) ; southwest end, upper region, Baur, no. 98 (hb. Gr.); Snod-
grass & Heller, no. 554 (hb. Gr.). James Isl.: James Bay, com-
mon everywhere, Snodgrass «& Heller, no. 391 (hb. Gr.). Narborough
Isl. : southern part, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 323 (hb. Gr.). Seymour
Isl.: south, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 610 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib.
W. Ind., Mex.

C. setifera, DC. Prodr. ii. 131 (1825) ; A. DC. Caiques des Dess.
t. 226. — Albemarle Isl.: Tagus Cove, alt. 1230 m., Snodgrass &
Heller, nos. 879 (hb. Gr.), 882 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. Mex.,
Centr. Am.

150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Dalea, L.

D. PARVIFOLIA, Hook. f. (3), 225; Anderss. (1), 249, & (2), 109;
Rob. & Greeiini. (1), 14G. — Albicmakle Isl. : Tagus Cove, on
mountain, alt. 215 to 4G0 m., bush 1 to 2 m. bigh, Snodgi-ass & Heller,
no. 222 (bb. Gr.). Cuarles Isl. : Baur^ no. 102 (hb. Gr.). Chatham
Isl.: Andersson (lib. Gr.). Indefatigable Isl.: south of Conway
Bay, Baur. no. 104 (hb. Gr.). James Isl.: Darwin; Baur, no. 1U3
(hb. Gr.). Endemic.

D. TENuiCAULis, Hook. f. (3), 226 ; Anderss. (1)^ 249, & (2), 110 .
Kob. & Greenm. (1), 14G. — Albemarle Isl.: Darwin; southern
part, Baur, no. 105 (bb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : Andersson. Endemic.

Desmanthus, Willd.

D. depresses, H. & B. ex Willd. Sp. iv. 1046 (1806); Kunth,
Mimos. 115, t. 35; Hook. f. (3), 228; Anderss. (1), 255, cSi (2),
113; Benth. Tratis. Linn. Soc. xxx. 386; Rose (1), 137; Rob. &
Greenm. (1), 146. — Charles Isl.: Darwin. Chatham Isl.:
A. Agassiz, ace. to Rose, 1. c. ; southwestern end, middle region, Baur,
no. 77 (hb. Gr.). Duncan Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 704 (hb.
Gr.). Gardner Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 627 (hb. Gr.). Hood
Isl.: Baur, no. 78 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 749 (hb. Gr.),
no. 750 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. S. United States, Mex., W. Ind.,
S. Am.

Desmodium, Desv.

D. galapagense. D. fliforme, Hook, f, (3), 227 ; Anderss. (1),
249, & (2), 110 ; not Zoll. & Mor. — James Isl. : Darwin. Endemic.

D. iNCANUM, DC Prodr. ii. 332 (1825); Caruel, (1), 624; Rob.
& Greenm. (1), 146. — Chatham Isl.: Chierchia ; southwest end,
middle region, Baur, no, 71 (hb. Gr.); also a questioned variety of this
species, Chierchia, ace. to Caruel, (1), 624. Further distrib. Mex.,
W. Ind., S. Am.

D. MOLLE, DC. Prodr. ii. 332 ; Anderss. (1), 250, & (2), 110; Rob.
& Greeimi. (1), 146. — Abingdon Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 824
(hb. Gr.). Albemarle Isl. : rather common in tufa soil up to 185 m.
alt., Snodgrass & Heller, no. 203 (hb. Gr.). Bindloe Isl. : Baur,
no. 83 (hb. Gr. ) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 765 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl.
Andersson; Baur. Gardner Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 618
(lib. Gr.). Hood Isl. : Baur, no. 84 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller,

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 151

no. 727 (hb. Gr.). Indefatigable Isl. : Baur ; northern part,
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 652 (hb. Gr.). Jervis Isl.: Baur, no. 81
(hb. Gr.). Not noticed by Darwin and the earlier collectors, and found
only on one island (Charles) by Andersson ; hence probably a recently
introduced although now generally distributed plant in the islands.
Further distrib. general in trop. and sub-trop. Am.

D. si^iRALK, DC. Prodr. ii. 332 (1825) ; Benth. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xv.
pt. 1, 105; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 146. D. tenuiculum, DC. Prodr. ii.
333 (1825); Anderss. (1), 249, & (2), 110. — Albemarle Isl.:
Tagus Cove, tolerably common in shady places, from the beach to
300 m. alt., Snodgrass & Heller, no. 193 (hb. Gr.). Bindloe Isl.:
Baur (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl. : on dry places of middle region,
Andersson; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 444 (hb. Gr.). Gardner Isl.:
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 644 (hb. Gr.). HoOD Isl. : Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 734 (hb. Gr.). James Isl. : on rocks near beach, Snodgrass
& Heller, no. 379 (hb. Gr. ). Seymour Isl.: south, Siiodgrass &
Heller, no. 609 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. Mex., W. Ind., trop.
S. Am.

D. UNCiNATDM, DC. Prodr. ii. 331 (1825); Rob. & Greenm. (1),
146. — Chatham Isl. : southwest end, middle region, Baur, no. 93
(hb. Gr.). Further distrib. N. Am., S. Am.

Ertthrina, L.

E. velutina, Willd. Ges. Naturf. Fr. Neue Schr. iii. 426 (1801) ;
Hook. Bot. Mag. Ix. t. 3227; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 146. —James
Isl.: James Bay, Baur, no. 72 (lib. Gr.). Further distrib. S. Am.,
W, Ind. This is doubtless the red-seeded tree mentioned in Nature,
vi. 353 as observed on James Island by the members of the Hassler
expedition.

Galactea, p. Bi'.

G. JussiAEANA, Kunth, var. volubilis, Benth. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xv.
pt. 1, 143 (1859). G. velutina, Benth. in Hook. Jour. Bot. ii. 59
(1840); Anderss. (2), 111. Phaseolus tomentosus, Anderss. (1), 250. —
Albemarle Isl. : Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Holler, no. 63 (hb.
Gr.) ; Tagus Cove, not common, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 208 (hb.
Gr.). Charles Isl. : Aiidersson. Chatham Isl. : Anderssoji (hb. Gr.).
Indefatigable Isl. : northern part, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 666
(lib. Gr.). Narborough Isl. : northern part, Snodgrass & Heller, no.

152 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

300 (lib. Gr.). Seymour Isl. : north, Snodr/rass & Heller, no. 576
(lib. Gr. ). Further distrib. S. Am.

Var. GLAHUESCENS, Beiith. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xv. pt. 1, 143 (1859).
Chatham Isl. : Saodgrass & Heller, no. 544 (hb. Gr.). Further dis-
trib. Brazil.

G. u. sp., Hook. f. (4), 261. — Charles Isl.: Edmonston, ixcc. to

Hook. f.

Geoffuaea, L.

G. SUPERBA, H. & B. PI. Aequiii. ii. 69, t. 100 (1809) as Geoffroya. —
Hood Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 738 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib.
trop. S. Am. Not before reported from the Galapagos Ids.

Mimosa, L.

M. ASPERATA, L. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, 1312 (17G0) ; Benth. Trans.
Linn. Soc. xxx. 437; Hook. f. (4), 262; Anderss. (1), 256, & (2),
113. M. pellita, Kunth, Mimos. 27, t. 9 (1819). — Charles Isl.:
Edmoyiston. Further distrib. S. United States, Mex., W. Iiid., S. Am.,
Afr., and Madagascar.

Neptunia, Lour.

N. PLENA, Benth. in Hook. Jour. Bot. iv. 355 (1842), & Trans. Linn.
Soc. xxx. 383. N. surinamensis, Steud. Flora, xxvi. 759 (1843) ;
Auderss. (1), 255, & (2), 113 ; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 146. Perhaps the
Plptadenia '? sp. of Hook. f. (4), 262. — Charles Isl.: Edmonston'^
Anderssoii ; Cuevas Bay, Baiir, no. 69 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl.:.
in grassy places of the middle region, Andersson; Baur ; Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 495 (hb. Gr.). Gardner Isl.: Snodgrass &, Heller, no. 626
(hb. Gr.). Indefatigable Isl. : soutli of Conway Bay, Baur, no. 66
(hb. Gr.); northern part, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 658 (hb. Gr.).
Jervis Isl. : Baur, no. 68 (hb. Gr.). Seymour Isl. : north, Snodgrass
& Heller, no. 577 (hb. Gr.) ; south, Siiodg?-ass & Heller, no. 603 (hb.
Gr.). Further distrib. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

Parkinsonia, L.

P. aculeata, L. Sp. 375 (1753) ; Benth. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xv.
pt. 2, 76, t. 26 ; Hook. f. (4), 262; Anderss. (1), 253, & (2), 112 ; Rose
(1), 137; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 146. — Galapagos Ids.: Habel.
Albemarle Isl.: southern part, Baur, no. 75 (hb. Gr.). Charles
Isl. : Edmonston ; Cuevas Bay, Baur, no. 74 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 405 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl.: Andersson; A. Agassiz ;

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 153

southwestern part, lower region, Baur^ no. 73 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass &
Heller, wo. 498 (hb. Gr.). Duncan Isl. : Baur, no. 76 (hb. Gr.) ;
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 693 (hb. Gr.). Hood Isl. : Baur, no. 80
(hb. Gr.). Seymour Isl. : south, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 606 (hb.
Gr.). Further distrib. S. United States, Mex., W. lud., S. Am.

Phaseolls, L.

P. ADENANTHUS, G. F. W. Mey. Prim. Fl. Esseq. 239 (1818).
P. truxWensis, HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. vi. 451 (1823). — Galapagos
Ids.: Habel. Hood Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 754 (lib. Gr.).
Further distrib. tropics of the New World, also iutrod. ( ?) in E. lud.

P. MOLLIS, Hook. f. (3), 228 ; Anderss. (1), 250, & (2), 110 ; ? Rob.
& Greenm. (1), 146. — James Isl.: Darwin. Jervis Isl.: Baur,
no. 86. (hb. Gr.), identity somewliat doubtful. Endemic.

P. SEMiERECTUS, L. Mant. i. 100 (1707) ; Jacq. Ic. t. 558 ; Bot. Reg.
ix. t. 743 ; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 146. P. cytisoides, Anderss. (1), 251, &,
(2), 110, not ZoU. & Mor. — Charles Isl. : Andersson (hb. Gr.) ; Lee
(hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.) ; Baur, no. 88 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 424 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : Baur ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 555
(hb. Gr.). Further distrib. general in the tropics.

PlSCfDIA, L.

P. Erythrina, L. Sp. ed. 2, 993 (1763); Hook. f. (3), 228;
Anderss. (1), 253, & (2), 112. — Chatham Isl.: Daricin ; Snodgrass
& Heller, no. 503 (hb. Gr.). James Isl. : ? Further di.strib. trop. Am.
There can be little doubt that this is the species with winged pods,
mentioned in Nature, vi. 353, as observed by the members of the
Ilassler exj^edition.

Prosopis, L.

P. DULCis, Kunth, Mimos. 110, t. 34 (1819); Hook. f. (3), 229;
Anderss. (1), 255, & (2), 112 ; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 146. — Galapagos
Ids. : Habel. Abingdon Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 852 (hb. Gr.).
Charles Isl.: Darwin, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 416 (hb. Gr.).
Chatham Isl. : Baur (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 531 (hb.
Gr.). Duncan Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 694 (hb. Gr.), 695,
(hb. Gr.). Gardner Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 623 (hb. Gr.).

154 PROCEEDINGS. OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Hood Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 739 (hb. Gr.). Indefatigable
IsL. : northern part, Snodgi-ass & Heller^ no. 677 (lib. Gr.). James
Isl. : James Bay, abundant near beach in sand and lava soil, Snodgrass
& Heller^ no. 3G6 (hb. Gr.). Seymour Isl.: south, Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 586 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. Mex., S. Am.

RiiYNCiiosiA, Lour.

R. MINIMA, DC. Mem. Leg. ix. 363 (1825),& Prodr. ii. 385; Hook. f.
(3), 228 ; Anderss. (1), 251, & (2), 111 ; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 146. R.
punctata, DC. Mem. Leg. ix. t. 56, & Prodr. ii. 385 ; Ander.ss. (1), 252,
& (2), 111. R.aureo-guttata, Anderss. (1), 252, & (2), 111. R. exigua,
Anderss. (1), 252, & (2), 111. — Galapagos Ids.: ffabel. Abingdon
Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 833 (hb. Gr.). Albemarle Isl. : Daricin y
Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 62 (hb. Gr.), 121 (lib. Gr.)
Elizabeth Bay, north mountain, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 286 (lib. Gr.)
Tagus Cove, abundant from the beach to 300 m. alt., Snodgrass &
Heller, nos. 207 (hb. Gr.), 901 (hb. Gr.), 154 (lib. Gr.), the last number
representing the small-leaved form {R. exigua of Andersson). Barr
INGTON Isl. : Baur, no. 100 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 477
(hb. Gr.). Bindloe Isl. : Baur, no. 101 (hb. Gr.). Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 760 (lib. Gr.). Charles Isl. : Andersson (hb. Gr.).
Chatham Isl. : Darwin ; Andersson (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 546 (hb. Gr.). Indefatigable Isl. : northern part, Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 651 (hb. Gr;). Narborough Isl. : southern part, common
up to 615 m. alt., Snodgrass & Heller, no. 313 (hb. Gr.). Further
distrib.. cosmop. trop. and subtrop.

R. RETICULATA, DC. Prodr. ii. 385 (1825); Hook. f. (3), 227;
Anderss. (1), 251, & (2), 111. — Chatham Isl.: Darwin. Further
distrib. trop. Am.

R. sp. — Albemarle Isl. : mountain east of Tagus Cove, Snodgrass
& Heller, no. 250 (hb. Gr.), also below 650 m., Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 905 (hb. Gr.)

R. sp. — Bindloe Isl,: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 773 (hb. Gr.).
Sterile and doubtful.

Stylosanthes, Sw.

S. scabra, Vog. Linnaea, xii. 69 (1838) ; Taubert, Abb. Bot. Ver.
Prov. Brandenb. xxxii. 24; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 146. — Abixgdon
Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 838 (hb. Gr.). Albemarle Isl.:

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 155

Tao-us Cove, common up to 185 m. alt, Saodgrass & Heller, no. 171
(hb. Gr.). BiNULOE IsL. : ^a«r, no. 90 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass &i Heller ;
no. 767 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl. : Baur, no. 92 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass
& ffcller, no. 450 (hb. Gr.). Indkfatigable Isl.: Baur (no specimen
in hb. Gr.) ; northern part, Snodgrass & JJeller, no. 673 (hb. Gr.).
Jeuvis Isl.: Baur, no. 89 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. Ceutr. & S. Am.
Taubert, 1. c, distinguishes the Galapageian plant seen in the Vienna
Herbarium (coll. Stei7idachjier ?) as being villous-pubescent rather than
scabrous. The material of the species at hand shows variation in its
pubescence even upon the islands.

Tephrosta, Pers.

T. ciNEREA, Pers. Syn. ii. 328 (1807). T. litoralls, Pers. 1. c. 329;
Hook. f. (3), 226 {Ultoralis) ; Anders.s. (1), 249, & (2), 110; Rob. &
Greenm. (1), 146. — Galapagos Ids.: Du Petit- Thoiiars, ace. to
Hook, f . ; Hnhel. Albemarle Isl. : Macrae; Tagus Cove, not com-
mon, alt. 30 to 185 m., Snodgrass & Heller, no. 188 (hb. Gr.). Barr-
IXGTON Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 483 (hb. Gr.). Bindloe Isl.:
Baur, no. 97 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 774 (hb. Gr.).
Charles Isl. : in stony ^ilaces of lower and middle region, Andersson ;
Snodgrass & Heller, do. 440 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl.: Andersson;
Baur (not in hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 545 (hb. Gr.). Inde-
fatigable Isl. : northern part, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 682 (hb. Gr.).
Narborouoh Isl. : abundant ace. to Mr. Heller's field notes. Sey-
mour Isl. : south, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 601 (lib. Gr.). Further
distrib. throughout trop. Am. The Galapageian plant often has a
velvety spreading pubescence on the stem, but is apparently only a form
of this common and widely distributed species.

YiGNA, Savi.

V. owahuensis, Vog. Linnaea, x. 585 (1836). V. oahuensis, A.
Gray, Bot. U. S. Expl. Exped. i. 450. V. owyhensis, van. Hook. f.
(3), 228. V. owaihensis, Anderss. (1), 251, & (2), 111. — James Isl.:
Darwin, a variety ace. to Hook, f., 1. c, who also credits this Hawaiian
species to Chili, The identity of the Galapageian plant with the typical
Hawaiian needs further confirmation. Further distrib. Hawaiian Ids.,
" Chili." Ace. to Hemsl. in litt., a doubtful Vigna was secured on the
Galapagos Islands by Dr. Habel.

156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

OXALIDACEAE.

OXALIS, L.

O. CARNOSA, Molina, Sagg. Chile, ed. 2, 288 (1810); Lindl. Bot.
Reg. t. 1063; Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 28G6 ; Walp. Rep. i. 487; Anderss.
(1), 247, & (2), 108 ; Rob. & Greenra. (1), 145. — Charles Isl.: at the
summit, Andersson. Duncan Isl. : Buw; without uumber (hb. Gr.).
Further distrib. Chili.

O. CoRNELLi, Anderss. (1), 246, & (2), 108. 0. Barrelieri, Anderss.
II. cc, not L. 0. Agassizi, Rose (1), 136; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 145.
— Galapagos Ids. : Habel. Albemarle Isl. : Iguana Cove, Snod-
grass & Heller, no. 78 (hb. Gr.), and abundant near beach, Snodgrass &
Heller^ no. 118 (hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 197
(hb. Gr.). Barrington Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 471 (hb. Gr.).
Charles Isl.: in sandy pUices, middle reg'on, Andersson (hb. Gr.);
Baur (no specimen in hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : in sterile parts of
the upper region, Andersson (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass &, Heller, no. 504
(hb. Gr.). Duncan Isl. : A. Agassiz (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 703 (hb. Gr.). Gardner Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no 621 (hb.
Gr.). Hood Isl. : Baur, no. 35 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 748
(hb. Gr.). Indefatigable Isl. : Andersson ; south of Conway Bay,
Baur, no. 36 (lib. Gr.) ; northern part, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 672
(hb. Gr.). James Isl. : James Bay, common on sea bluif, Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 390 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

O. CORNICULATA, L. Sp. 435 (1753); Rob. & Greenm. (1), 145. —
Chatham Isl. : southwest end, upper region, Baur (hb. Gr.). Further
distrib, cosmop.

LINACEAE.

LiNUM, L,

L. oliqophyllum, "Willd. ex Schult. Syst. vi. 758 (1820) ; Urban,
Linnaea, xli. 634. — Albemarle Isl.: Tagus Cove Mountain, 215 to
925 m. alt., Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 225 (hb. Gr.), 898 (hb. Gr.).
Further distrib. Andes of Ecuador and Peru.

ZYGOPHYLLACEAE.

Kallstroemia, Scop.

K. adscendens. Tribulns adscendens, Anderss. (1), 245. T. maxi-
mus, var. adscendens, Anderss. (2), 107. 2\ maximus, Rose (1), 136. —

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 157

Charles Isl.: Andersson. Chatham Isl. : Andersson (lib. Gr.).
Duncan Isl.: A. Agassiz (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.). Gardnkr Isl.:
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 615 (hb. Gr.). Hood Isl. : Snodgrnss &
Heller, no. 756 (hb. Gr. ). Endemic. Tliis species is by its much
shorter style, etc., clearly distinct from I\. maximus, Wight & Arn.
(Tn'bulus mctximus, L). It is, however, exceedingly close to the plant
recently characterized from the southwestern United States as Kallstroe-
mia hrachystyJis, Vail, Bull. Torr. Club, xxiv. 206 {Ti^ibulus hrachystylis,
Robinson, Syn. Fl. i. pt. 1, 354). The Galapageian plant, however,
differs from the continental in slightly more slender iiabit, smaller and
more unequal leaflets (usually 2 or 3 rather than 4 pairs), and more
enduring sepals which persist even at the maturity of the fruit. K.
hrachystylis has been found in Mexico, but apparently not in S. America.

Tribulus, L.

T. ciSTOiDES, L. Sp. 387 (1753); Hook, f. (3), 231; Anderss. (1),
244, & (2), 107. — Albemarle Isl.: Macrae. Charles Isl.: Snod-
grass & Heller, no. 400 (hb. Gr.). Hood Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 743 (hb. Gr.). Indefatigable Isl.: Andersson (hb. Gr.). James
Isl. : Darwin. Seymour Isl. : south, Snodgrass &c Heller, no. 598
(hb. Gr.). Further distrib. general in warm and temperate countries.

Var. anacanthus, nov. var. Formae typicae habitu foliisque similis ;
floribus plus minusve minoribus ; petalibus 1-1.2 cm. longis ; fructus
carpellis vel tribus vel quatuor vel saepius omnibus ab aculeis omniuo
destitutis. — Albemarle Isl.: Lee (hb. Gr. & hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.).
Tagus Cove, March, 1899, common near beach and on sandy hillsides up
to 200 m. alt., Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 163 (hb. Gr.), 165 (hb. Gr.),
& 915 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

T. sericeus, Anderss. (1), 245, & (2), 107; Rob. & Greenm. (1),
145. T. servicens, var. humifusus, Rose, (1), 136. — Charles Isl.: in
lower arid region, Andersson (var, humifusus) ; A. Agassiz ; Baur, no. 39
(hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. ; in lower arid region, Andersson (var.
erectus), (hb. Gr.). Endemic but too near the cosmopolitan T. terres-
tris, L.

T. sp. — Culpepper Isl. ; Snodgrass & Heller, no, 3 (hb. Gr.). A
velvety-tomentose species with short internodes and geniculate stem.
The specimens are sterile and indeterminate.

158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

^ RUTACEAE.

Zantiioxylum, L.

Z. Pterota, HBK. Nov. Geu. & Sp. vi. 3 (1823) ; Hook. f. (3),
231; Anderss. (1), 244, & (2), lOG; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 145
(Xanfhoxylon). Z. lentiscifuUum, Anderss. 11. cc. Farfura Pterota^ L.
Syst. Nat. ed. 10, 897 (1760) ; Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenf. iii. Ab.
4, 117. F. lentiscifoUa, II. & B. ace. to Willd. Enura. Ilort. Berol.
1G5. — Galapagos Ids.: Hahel. Abingdon Isl. : alt. 525 m., Snod-
grass &, Heller, no. 836 (hb. Gr.). Albemarle Isl. : Iguana Cove,
Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 53 (hb. Gr.), 903 (hb. Gr.) ; mountain east
of Tagus Cove, alt. 925 m., Snodgrass & Heller, no. 231 (hb. Gr.).
Charles Isl. : Andersson, identity doubtful ; Lee (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.).
Chatham Isl. : southwest end, middle region, Baur, no. 40 (hb. Gr.).
James Isl. : Darwin. — Narborough Isl. : southern part, small tree,
abundant at G15 m. alt., Snodgrass & Heller, no. 333 (hb. Gr.).
Further distrib. S. United States, Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

SIMARUBACEAE.

Castela, Turp.

C. galapageia, Hook. f. (3), 229, & (4), 2G2 ; Rob. & Greenm. (1),
145. C. galapageja, Anderss. (1), 243, & (2), 106. C. Galapagei,
Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenf. iii. Ab. 4, 219.

This species, like Euphorbia viminea and several other Galapageian
plants, shows pronounced formal differences on the different islands, thus :

Forma typica, inarmata ; foliis lineari-lanceolatis acutis. — Chatham
Isl. : Darwin ; Baur ?

Forma albemarlensis, inarmata vel aculeis parvis gracilibusque
armatis ; foliis oblongis obtusis mucronatis, 1.5-3.4 cm. longis, saepissime
deutibus 1-2 parvis lateralibus instructis, supra baud lucidis. — Albe-
marle Isl. ; southern part, Baur, no. 45 (hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove, Snod-
grass & Heller, nos. 156 (hb. Gr.), 924 (hb. Gr.), the latter showing the
hitherto undescribed fruit to be obovoid, 12 mm. long, 9 mm. thick, very
smooth and shining.

Forma bindloensis, inarmata ; foliis integerrimis, anguste obovatis,
rotundatis vel mucrouulatis, 1-1.6 cm. longis, supra baud lucidis. —
Bindloe Isl. : Baur, no. 43 (hb, Gr.).

Forma carolensis, spinis brevibus robustioribus armata ; foliis spatu-
latis basi manifeste attenuatis, demum supra valde lucidis 2-2.5 cm.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 159

]()ngi>'. — Charles Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 452 (hb. Gr.);
Baur, no. 41 (hb. Gr.), and (?) Baur,no. 42 (hb. Gr.).

Forma duncanensis, inarmata ; foliis anguste lanceolatis, base
apiceque acutis. — Duncan Isl. : Baur, no. 47 (hb. Gr.). Perliaps
only a young form.

Forma jacobensis, spinis perbrevibns arraata ; foliis late oblongis,
integerrimis, basi apiceque rotundatis mucronatis supra lucidis et trans-
verse rugulosis 1-1.3 cm. longis. — Ja:mes Isl.: a shrub 3 to 6 dm. high,
in sand near beach, James Bay, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 364 (hb. Gr.).

Forma jervensis, spinis brevibus gracilibusque armata ; foliis late
oblongis integerrimis 1.7 cm. longis apice rotundatis margine valde
revolutis supra hand lucidis. — Jekvis Isl. : Baur, no. 4G (hb. Gr.).

These forms po?.«ess, as will be seen from the above brief characters,
rather striking differences. It is, however, very difficult to tell how
much of this variation is due to permanent divergence of character and
how much to individual environment and age. The species as a whole is
very near C, Nicholsonii, Hook., but the branches do not exhibit the ten-
dency to induration at tlie tip so conspicuous in the species just mentioned.
C. galapageia was also collected by Habel ace. to Hemsl. in litt.

BURSERACEAE.

BURSERA, L.

B. GRAVEOLENS, Trlan. & Planch. Ann. Sci. Xat. ser. 5, xiv. 308
(1872) ; Engl, in DC. IMonogr. iv. 49. Elnphrium graveolens, HBK.
Nov. Gen. & Sp. vii. 31 (1825). £. Tacamaco, Tul. Ann. Sci. Nat.
ser. 3, vi. 368 (1846). Sponduis Edmonsfonei, Hook. f. (3), 230;
Anderss. (1), 243, & (2), 106; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 145. Guaiaciim,
Baur, Am. Nat. xxv. 220. — Galapagos Ids. : Goodridge (hb. Gr.) ;
Habel. Abingdon Isl. : common, large, extending from the beach to
350 m. alt., Snodgrass & Heller, no. 809a (hb. Gr.). Albemarle
Isl. : Macrae ; southern part, Baur, no. 58 (hb. Gr.) ; Elizabeth Bay,
abundant on the north shore, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 259 (hb. Gr.) ;
Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 21 (hb. Gr.) ; mountain east of
Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 227 (hb. Gr.). Barrixgton
Isl. : small and leafless, 28 May, ace. to JMr. Ileller. Charles Isl. :
Edmonston, ace. to Hook, f., 1. c. Chatham Isl. : rather common, ace.
to Mr. Heller. Hood Isl. : scattered and rather small, ace. to Mr.
Heller. iNDEii-ATiGABLE Isl. : Steindachner in hb. Vienna jMus., ace.
to Engl. 1. c. ; common on the north coast, ace. to Mr. Heller. James

160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

IsL. : James Bay, abundant, ace. to Mr. Ileller. Nauborough Isl. :
houtliei'n part, common, Snodgrass & Ileller, no. 340 (hb. Gr.). Towkk
Isl. : common, 3 to 5 m. high, ace. to Mr. Hellei*. Further distrib.
Peru to U. S. Colombia, Mex., W. Ind. This is the Palo Santo of
the Galapagos Islands.

1). malacophylla, nov. sp. I^. graveolenti affinis ; ramis crassis
lignosis listulosis a cortice grisco-brunneo tectis apiee foliosis; foliis 7-0-
foliolatis ubicjue nioliiter tonientosis, petiolo gracili 2-3 cm. longo, rachide
alato 4-5 cm. longo, aliis inter jugis iuferioribus paulo dilatatis sub jugo
supremo in auriculis rotundatis ampliatis, foliolis ovato-oblongis crenatis
2-3 cm. longis basi obli(juis apice rotundatis ; pedunculis frucfiferis 3 vel
pluribus 9 cm. longis tiimplicibus vel paulo ramosis ; capsulis ovoideis
comprcssis glabris 1.2 cm. longis 8 mm. latis. — Seymol'U Isl.: south,
abundant, May, 1899, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 596 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.
Plate 1, fig. 2. A Palo Santo of North Seymour Isl., entered in Mr.
Heller's field notes as differing in foliage from the Palo Santo of the
other island^i, was probably this, although the only specimens received
are labelled South Seymour.

POLYGALACEAE.

Polygala, L.

P. Anderssonii. P. puhenda, Anderss. (1), 232, & (2), 100;
Rob. & Greeum. (1), 145; not Gray. — Indefatigable Isl. : in dry
places on the sides of the mountain, Andersson ; south of Conway Bay,
Baur, no. 13 (hb. Gr.). Endemic. This species is omitted from Pro-
fessor Chodat's monograph. It is reduced by Mr. Bennett, Jour. Bot.
xvii. 204, but as I think erroneously, to P. galapageia. It is noteworthy
that both species occur upon the same island but no intergradation has
been observed in the matter of pubescence.

P. GALAPAGEIA, Hook. f. (3), 233 ; Bennett, Jour. Bot. xvii. 204 ;
Rob. & Greenm. (1), 145. P. galapagcja, Anderss. (1), 232, &
(2), 100, t. 10, f. 1. P. galopagensis, Chodat, Monogr. Polyg. 230
(1893). P. chathamensis, Anderss. (1), 232, & (2), 99, t. 10, f. 3. P.
insxlaris, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 145, in part. — Galapagos Ids. : Huhel.
Abingdon Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 844 (hb. Gr.). Albemarle
Isl. : Macrae ; eastern part, Cowley Bay, Baur, no. 12 (hb. Gr.) ; Tagus
Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 142, 177 (both in hb. Gr.). Bindloe
Isl. : Baur, no. 10 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 763 (hb. Gr.).
Charles Isl.: Durivin ; Andersson (lib. Gr.) ; Baur, no. 11 (hb. Gr.).

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 161

Chatham Isl. : Andersson ; southwest end, lower region, Baur, no. 9
(hb. Gr.) ; northern part, Baur, no. 7 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass «& Heller^
no. 494 (lib. Gr.). Indekatigable Jsl. : Conway Bay, Baur, no. 4
(hb. Gr.) ; northern part, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 6G8 (hb. Gr.). Jervis
Isl.: Baur, no. 6 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

Var. insularis. P. obovata, Hook. f. (3), 233; Anderss. (1), 231, &
(2), 99, t. 10, f. 2 ; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 146 ; not St. Hil. P. insularis,
Bennett, Jour. Bot. xvii. 204 (1879) ; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 14G, in
part. — Foliis latioribus, obovato-oblanceolatis vel obovatis, crassioribus ;
floribus minoribus, racemis brevibus. — Galapagos Ids. : Cuming,
no. 103, ace. to Bennett, 1. c. ; Mr. Brace (hb. Gr.). Albemarle Isl. :
Macrae, ace. to Bennett, 1. c. Charles Isl. : Edmonston ; Andersson ;
Baur. Chatham Isl.: Darwin; Andersson (hb. Gr.). Jervis Isl.:
Baur, no. 8 (hb. Gr.). Endemic. None of the distinctions between
this and P. galapageia, given by Bennett, hold in the series of speci-
mens now at hand. Andersson names two foliar forms (latifolia and
angustifoUa).

EUPHORBIACEAE.

Acalypha, L.^

A. Adamsii, nov. sp. ; perennis ; caule tenui plus minusve repente
copiose ramoso fusco griseo-tomentuloso ; iiidumento e pilis brevibus
albidis recurvatis sed in apice caulis plus minusve longioribus et flaves-
centibus composito; foliis late ovatis vel suborbicularibus crenatis

1 With the material now at hand it is impossible to accept the treatment of
Acaly/iha given by Mueller Argovensis, who reduces all Galapageian forms to
varieties of one polymorphous species. We have here to do not only with annuals
and perennials, with erect and prostrate habit, and with leaves of very different
size, covered with pubescence varying from velvety and non-glandular to hirsute
or glandular, but accompnnying these considerable differences are others in the
inflorescence sufficiently striking and constant to be classed as specific distinctions.
The following key will suggest the leading diagnostic features.

Synopsis of the Galapageian Acalyphas.

* Involucre of the 9 flowers 3-parted.

1. A. flACciDA, Hook. f.

* * Involucre irregularly 9-toothed : leaves large, 4 to 6 cm. long: floriferous part
of the (J inflorescence 5 cm. in length, the peduncles very short.

2. A. Baurii, TJob. & Greenm.

* * * Involucre irregularly 7-9-toothed : leaves rarely over 3 cm. in length :
floriferous part of cj inflorescence 1 mm. to 2 cm. long, commonly equalled

VOL. XXXVIII. — 11

162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

obtusis vel rotundatis G-20 mm. longis 5-14 ram. latis supra adpresse
pilosis subtus sordide pubescentibus et minute albo-puuctatis a basi
rotuudato nee cordato 5-nerviis petiolo G-19 mm. longo tomentuloso;
spicis brevibus axillaribus parte mascula perbrevi 1-3 mm. longa in
pedunculo filiforme 6-9 mm. longo termiuali; iuvolucris foemineis 1-3 in
basi peduuculi sessilibus 3-floris ad mediam partem T-partitis; dentibus

and often much exceeded by the peduncle which often bears below 1 to 3
or more 9 involucres.

4- Leaves tomentose.

*+ Indumentum of the stem non-glandular.

= Terminal (chiefly 9 ) spike well developed.

3. A. SERiCEA, Anderss.

= = Pistillate involucres scattered chiefly at or nefir the base of lateral spikes : no
well developed terminal spike.

4. A VELUTINA, Hook. f.

-»-<■ ++ Indumentum of the stem glandular.

5. A. STROBILIFERA, Hooli. f.

•*-•(- Leaves puberulent or pubescent.

■M- Terminal spike developed.

= Involucres glandular-pubescent.

6. A. RENIFORMIS, Hook. f.

=: = Involucres hirsute with long non-glandular as well as shorter glandular hairs.

7. A. spiCATA, Anderss.

t-i- •*-*• No terminal spike.
= Prostrate perennials branching from the base.

a. Pistillate involucres 1 to 3, sessile at the very base of the rachis.

1. Leaves about equalling the petioles, cordate, reniforra.

8. A. DIFFUSA, Anderss.

2. Leaves about equalling the petioles, suborbicular, rounded at the base, obtuse
or rounded at the apex.

9. A. Adamsii, Robinson.

3. Leaves considerably sliorter than the petioles, acutish.

10. A. ALBEMARLENSIS, RobiuSOn.

b. Pistillate involucres borne somewhat above the base of the rachis.

11. A. PARVULA, Hook. f.

= = Erect annuals.
n. Leaves cordate, 8 to 12 mm. long, obtuse or rounded: stem hirsute and

glandular.

12. A. coRDiFOLiA, Hook. f.

h. Leaves 2 to 4 cm. long, rhombic-ovate, subacute, somewhat narrowed to a
scarcely or not at all cordate base ; stem glandular-puberulent.

13. A. CHATHAMENSis, Robinsou.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 163

ohlongis obtusiusculis pubescentibus. — A. parvula, war. procwnhens, Rob.
& Greenm. (1), 148, in part. — Chatham Isl. : southwest end, middle
region, June, 1891, Dr. George Baicr, no. 282 (hb. Gr.). Dedicated to
the late C. F. Adams of the University of Illinois, the companion and
efficient assistant of Dr. Baur upon his voyage to the Galapagos Islands.
Endemic.

A, albemarlensis, nov. sp., gracilis sed basi ramose lignescenti ;
ramis longis teretibus subsimplicibus purpurascentibus uuo solo latere
pubescentibus; indumento e pilis albidis brevissimis recurvatis et aliis
longioribus rectis divergentibus composite; foliis parvis ovatis acutius-
culis crenatis cordatis 7-10 mm. lougis supra pilosis subtus pallidioribus
creberrime puuctatis et in nervis hirsutulis ; petiolo filiforme flexuoso
hirsutulo 9-17 mm. longo ; spicis axillaribus parte mascula tenui gracili
6 mm. longa in pedunculo filiforme flexuoso 10-14 mm. longo; involu-
cris foemineis in basi pedunculi saepius solitariis sessilibus glanduloso-
pubescentibus 2-3-floris fere ad mediam partem 7-partitis; segmentis
ovatis obtusiusculis. — Albemarle Isl.: Tagus Cove, alt. 1220m., 15
June, 1899, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 885 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

A. Baurii, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 144, 148. — Chatham Isl. : south-
west end, middle region, Baur, no. 285 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

A. chathamensis, nov. sp., annua erecta in parte superiori ramosa;
caule tereti fuscescente dense glanduloso-tomentello ; foliis ovatis tenui-
bus obtusiusculis basi rotundatis vel leviter angustatis grosse supra basi
crenatis in pagina superiori sparse pubescentibus subtus pallidioribus sub
lente squamosis in nervis pubescentibus 2.5-4 cm. longis 2-3 cm. latis ;
petiolo 2.5-3.5 cm. longo sordide glanduloso-piloso ; spicis axillaribus ad
4-5 cm. longis ; parte mascula terminali 2 mm. crassa 10-15 mm, longa
supra densa infra laxiori ; rachide filiforme glanduloso-puberulo involu-
cros foemineos 1-5 glanduloso-pnbescentes 2-3-floros ad mediam partem
in denies 6-7 inaequales deltoideos acutiusculos glanduloso-ciliatos sectos
plus minusve supra basi gerente. — Chatham Isl. : May, 1899, Snodgrass
& Heller, no. 541 (hb. Gr.), and (?) no. 540 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

A. CORDIFOLIA, Flook. f. (3), 186; Anderss. (1), 238, & (2), 103.
A. parvula, var. cordifoUa, Muell. Arg. in DC. Prodr. xv. pt. 2, 877
(1862), but surely not Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148. — Charles Isl.:
Darwin. Chatham Isl. : Andersson ^de ipsi 1. c, but identity doubted.
Endemic.

A. diffusa, Anderss. (1), 240, & (2), 104, t. 14, f. 4; Rose (1),

164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

137. — Albemarlk Isl. : in very sterile places, Andersson (lib. Gr.).
CuATHAM Isl. : A. A(j(i.ssiz, ace. to Rose, 1. c. Endeinic.

A. FLACCiDA, Hook. f. (o), 186; Anderss. (1), 238, & (2), 103.
A. parvula, var. Jlaccida, Muell. Arg. in DC. Prodr. xv. pt. 2, 878
(1862). — James Isl. : Dancin. Endemic.

A. TAKVULA, Hook. f. (3), 185; Anderss. (1), 240, & (2), 104.
A. jJci'i'vula, var. genuina, Muell. Arg, 1. c. 878 (1862) ; Rob. &
Greenra. (1), 148. — Albemarle Isl.: Macrae; CajJt. K i?i ff, a.cc. to
Muell. Arg. 1. c. ; Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 83 (lib. Gr.),
97 (hb. Gr.); Tagus Cove, not common, from beach to 1230 m. alt.,
Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 202 (lib. Gr.), 245? (lib. Gr.), 886 (hb.
Gr.) ; southern portion, Baur, no. 281 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

A. RENiFOEMis, Hook. f. (3), 187; Anderss. (1), 240, & (2), 104.
A. parviila, var. reniformis, Muell. Arg. 1. c. — Charles Isl. :
Dancin. Endemic.

A. sericea, Anderss. (1), 238, &. (2), 103, t. 14, f. 1. A. parvula,
var. j)i(bescens, Muell. Arg. I. c. 877, in part ; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148,
in part. — Abingdon Isl.: .Snodgrass & Heller, no. 842 (hb. Gr.).
Albemarle Isl. : in stony places of lower region, Andei'sson. Bind-
loe Isl. : Baur, no. 277 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 762 (hb.
Gr.). Endemic. Ascribed to Chatham Isl. by Anderss. (1), 238, but
apparently by clerical error, as Albemarle Isl. is substituted in his
later work.

A. spicata, Anderss. (1), 239, (2), 104, t. 14, f. 3. A. parvtda, var.
jyrocumbe'ds, Muell. Arg. 1. c. 878, in part. — Charles Isl. : Baiir,
no. 283 (hb. Gr.), identity doubtful. Chatham Isl. : in dry places of
the lower region, Andersso7i (hb. Gr.). Duncan Isl.: Baur, no. 276
(hb. Gr.), identity doubtful. Gardner Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 637 (hb. Gr.), identity doubtful. Hood Isl. : Snodgi^ass & Heller,
no. 723 (hb. Gr.), identity doubtful. Jervis Isl. : Baur, no. 279
(hb. Gr.). Endemic.

A. strobilifera, Hook. f. (3), 187 ; Anderss. (1), 238, & (2), 103.
A. pai'vula, var. strobilifera, Muell. Arg. 1. c. 877 ; Rob. & Greenm.
(1), 148. — Albemarle Isl.: eastern portion, Cowley Bay, Baur,
no. 273 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : Darwin ; in dry places of middle
region, Andersson ; northern part, Baur, no. 272 (hb. Gr,). Endemic.

A. velutina, Hook. f. (3), 186; Anderss. (1), 237, & (2), 103,
t. 14, f. 2. A. parvula, var. j^ubescens, Muell. Arg. 1. c. 877, in part. —

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 165

Chaklks Isl. : Darw'ui ; in ari<l places of the middle region, Andersson
(hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : IVood, ace. to Muell. Arg. Endemic.

Var. MINOR, Hook. f. (;3), 187; Anderss. (1), 238, & (2), 103.
A. ^>«7'i;«/a, var. ^>»^>t'Sfe«6;, Muell. Arg. I.e. 877, in part; Rob. &
Greeniii. (1), 148, in part. — Charles Isl.: Darivin ,' Cuevas Bay,
Bnur, no. 275 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

A. sp. — A. parinda^ var. cordifolia? Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148
(where by error referred to Jervis Isl.), not Muell. Arg. — Barking-
ton Isl. : Baur, no. 274 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

A. sp. — Bakrington Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 472 (hb. Gr.).
Endemic.

A. sp. — Barrington Isl. : Bain; no. 280 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

A. sp. — Indefatigable Isl. : south of Conway Bay, Baur, no. 278
(hb. Gr.). Endemic.

A. sp. — A. parvida^ \av. Jlaccida, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148, not
Muell. Arg. — Duncan Isl. : Baur, no. 284 (hb. Gr.).

Croton, L.

C. Scouleri, Hook. f. (3), 188; Anderss. (1), 242, & (2), 105;
Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148. C. Scouleri, var. genidnus, Muell. Arg. in
DC. Prodr. XV. pt. 2, 605 (1862) ?C.flavens, var., Caruel (1), Q'lo.
— Galapagos Ids.: Goodridge (hb. Gr.); Habel. Bakrington Isl.:
Baur, no. 265 (hb. Gr.). Bindloe Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 785
(hb. Gr.), large-leaved form. Charles Isl. : Sriodgrass & Heller,
uo. 453 (hb. Gr.), approaching var. iacanus. Chatham Isl. : Dar-
win ; northern part, Baur, without number (hb. Gr.) ; ClilercJiia ?
Hood Isl. : Baur, no. 264 (hb. Gr.). ,Tames Isl. : Scolder ; Doug-
las; Andersson; James Bay, abundant on lava soil, small trees 2.5 to
4 m. high, Snodgrass &, Heller, no. 386 (hb. Gr.). Narborough Isl. :
southern part, Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 330 (hb. Gr.), 352 (hb. Gr.).
Tower Isl. : Baur, without number (hb. Gr.), broad-leaved form.

Var. albescens, Muell. Arg. 1. c. C. albescens, Anderss. (1), 242,
& (2), 105. C. incanus, Anderss. (1), 243, & (2), 106; Rob. &
Greenm. (1), 148 ; not Kunth, — Albemarle Isl. : Andersson ; moun-
tain north of Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 292 (hb. Gr.);
Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 226 (hb. Gr.). Bindloe Isl. :
Banr, no. 266 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl.: Andersson; A. Agassiz
(hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.) ; Baur, no. 267 (hb. Gr.). James Isl. : Anders-
son (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Forma micuophyllus, IMuell. Arg. 1. c. (J. incamis, var. micro-
plnjlld, Anderss. (1), 243, & (2), lOG. — Albemarle IsL. : Andersson.
Kiideinic.

Var. HREViFOLius, Muell. Arg. 1. c. C. brevifolius, Anderss. (1),
241, «& (2), 105. — Albemaule Isl. : Iguana Cove, Snodf/ra.s.s & Heller,
no. 47 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl. : Andersson. Culpepper Isl. :
Snodgrass «fe Heller, no. 4 (hb. Gr.). Duncan Isl.: Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 686 (hb. Gr.), passing to typical form. Gardnkr Isl. :
Snodgrass «& Heller, no. 641 (hb. Gr.). Seymour Isl. : north, Snod-
grass & Heller, no. 572 (hb. Gr.). Wenman Isl. : Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 6 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

Var. GRANDiFOLius, Muell. Arg. 1. c. C. xalapensis. Hook. f. (3),
188 ; Anderss. (1), 241, & (2), 105; ? Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148; not
HBK. — Abingdon Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller no. 822 (hb. Gr.).
Charles Isl.: Lee (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus., & hb. Gr.). Chatham
Isl.: southwest end, upper region, Banr, no. 209 (hb. Gr.). James
Isl. : Darwin. Tower Isl. : Snodgrass & Hel/er, no. 802 (hb. Gr.).

Var. Macraei, Muell. Arg. I.e. C. Macraei, Hook. f. (3), 188;
Anderss. (1), 2-13, & (2), lOG; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148. — Galapagos
Ins.: Hdhel. Albemarle Isl.: 3facrae ; King, ace. to Muell. Arg.
1. c. ; eastern part, Couley B'ly? Baur, no. 270 (hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove,
most abundant bush from beach to 1230 m. alt., Snodgrass & Heller, nos.
153 (hb. Gr.), 189 (hb. Gr.). James Isl.: in woods, Andersson;
Orchilla Bay,i>«?/r, no. 271 (lib. Gr.). Endemic.

Euphorbia, L.

E. amplexicaulis, Hook. f. (3), 183 ; Anderss. (1), 235, & (2), 101 ;
Boiss. in DC. Prodr. xv. pt. 2, 13; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 149.—
Galapagos Ids.: Habel. Bindloe Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller,no 771
(hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl.: Darwin. Seymour Isl.: south, Snod-
grass & Heller, no. 582 (hb. Gr.). To aver Isl. : Baur, no. 255
(hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 795, (hb. Gr.). Wexman Isl. :
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 1 1 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

E. apiculata, Anderss. (1), 234, & (2), 101 ; Boiss. in DC. Prodr.
XV. pt. 2, 17. — Chatham Isl.: near shore, Andersson. Endemic.

E. articulata, Anderss. (1), 236, & (2), 102, t. 12, f. 2; Boiss.
1. c. 17; Rose (1), 137; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148. — Abingdon
Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 834 (hb. Gr.). Albemarle Isl.:
eastern part, Cowley Bay, Baur, no. 258 (hb. Gr.). Elizabeth Bay,

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 1G7

Snodgrass & Heller, no. 276 (lib. Gr.) ; Tngus Cove, common near
beach and up to 185 m. alt., S)io(lgi'ass & Heller, nos. 149 (hb. Gr.),
181 (lib. Gr.). BiNDLOE IsL. : Baur, no. 2o7 (hb. Gr.). Charles
IsL. : Cormorant Bay, Baur, no. 259 (lib. Gr.). Chatham Isl. :
Andersson (hb. Gr.) ; A. Agassiz, ace. to Rose, 1. c. Indefatig.\ble
IsL. : A)idersso7i. James Isl.: Orchilla Bay, Baur, no. 260 (hb. Gr.).
Skymour Isl. : south, Snodgrafis & Heller, no. 585 (hb. Gr.).
Endemic.

E. DIFFUSA, Hook. f. (3), 184; Anderss. (1), 234, & (2), 101;
Boiss. in DC. Prodr. xv. pt. 2, 17 ; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148. —
Galapagos Ids. : Habel. Albemarle Isl. : Cuming; Macrae ; An-
dersson. Indefatigable Isl. : northern part, Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 650 (hb. Gr.). Jervis Isl.: Baur, no. 243 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

E. flabkllaris, Anderss. ace. to Boiss. in DC. Prodr. xv. pt. 2, 17
(1862); Rob. & Gieenm. (1), 148. E. maculata, Hook. f. (3), 182;
Anderss. (1), 233, & (2), 101; not L. — Abingdon Isl.: Snodgrass
& Heller, no. 829 (hb. Gr.). Barrixgton Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 485 (hb. Gr.), identity doubtful. Charles Isl.: Darwin. Gard-
ner Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 631 (hb. Gr.). Indefatigable
Isl.: Andersson ; south of Conway Bay, Baur, no. 256 (hb. Gr.).
James Isl. : James Bay, common on lava rocks near sand beach, Snod-
grass & Heller, no. 383 (hb. Gr.), identity doubtful. Setmour Isl. :
north, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 562 (hb. Gr.). Tower Isl.: Snod-
grass & Heller, no. 796 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

E. galapageia, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 144, 148. — Charles Isl.:
Baur, no. 261 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

E. nesiotica, nov. sp., verisimiliter annua gracilis glaberrima glauces-
cens; caulibus plurihus flexuosis dichotomis procumbentibus teretibns
laevibus ; foliis oppositis oblongis plus niinusve deuticulatis glabris obso-
lete venulosis apice rotundatis basi obliquis obtusis breviter petiolatis
quam internodia valde brevioribus patentibus ; involucris axillaribus
breviter peduuculatis ad nodos superiores solitariis vel oppositis minimis
turbinatis ; lobis lanceolato-deltoideis plus minusve ciliatis ; glandulis
quatuor sessilibus transverse oblongis atroviolaceis ; capsula nutante
crassiore quam longa straminea-brunnea glabra laeve ; coccis obtuse
carinatis; stylis brevibus ad partem mediam bifidis. — Seymour Isl.:
south, May, 1899, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 589 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.
Leaves 7 mm. long, half as broad; involucre 1 mm. long, capsule 1.4
mm. long, 2 mm. thick. Plate 2, fig. 5.

168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

E. NUMMCLARiA, Hook. f. (3), 183; Anderss. (1), 235, & (2), 101,
t. 12, f. 1 ; Boiss. in DC. Prodr. xv. pt. 2, 16, «& Icon. P^uphorb. t. 5 ;
Rose (1), 137; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148. — Chatham Isl. : Dandn ;
covering large volcanic rocks near the shore, Andersson (hb. Gr.) ;
A. Agassiz ; southwest end, lower region, Baur, no. 253 (hb. Gr.) ;
nortiiern part, Baur, no. 254 (hb. Gr.) ; Saodgrass & Heller, no. 403
(hb. Gr.). Endemic.

Var. GLABRA, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 144, 148. — Charles Isl.:
Cuevas Bay, Baur, no. 38G (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

E. piLULiFERA, L. Amoen. Acad. iii. 115 (175G) ; Hook. f. (3), 182;
Anderss. (I), 233, & (2), 100; Boiss. in DC. Prodr. xv. pt. 2, 21.—
Charles Isl. : cultivated ground, middle region, Anderason ; Lee
(hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.); Snodgrass & Heller, no. 439 (hb. Gr.).
Chatham Isl.; Snodgiuss & Heller, no. 519 (hb. Gr.). James Isl. :
Daricin. Distrib. general in warm countries.

E. PUNCTULATA, Anderss. (1), 235, & (2), 102; Boiss. 1. c. 17;
Rob. &. Greenm. (1), 148. — Albemarle Isl.: in very dry places,
Andersson. Duncan Isl. : Baur, no. 262 (hb. Gr.). Hood Isl. :

Baur, no. 263 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

E. recurva. Hook. f. (3), 182; Anderss. (1), 234, & (2), 101 ;
Boiss. in DC. Prodr. xv. pt. 2, 16. — Chatham Isl.: Daricin; in
lower stony region, Andersson (hb«Gr.). Endemic.

E. viMiNEA, Hook. f. (3), 184; Anderss. (1), 235, & (2), 101, t. 12,
f. 3; Boiss. in DC. Prodr. xv. pt. 2, 17; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 136,
138, 148. E. viminea, forma albemarlensis (typica), Rob. & Greenm.
(1), 138. — Albemarle Isl.: Macrae; eastern part, Cowley Bay,
Baur, no. 252 (hb. Gr.); southern portion, Baur, no. 251 (hb. Gr.) ;
Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 277 (lib. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove,
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 164 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

Forma barringtonensis, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 139. — Barrington
Isl. : Baur, no. 244 (hb. Gr.). Bindloe Isl. : Baur, no. 248 (hb. Gr.) ;
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 761 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

Forma carolensis, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 139. — Charles Isl. :
Andersson (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

Forma castellana, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 138. — Tower Isl. : Baur,
no. 247 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 805 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

Forma chathamensis. Rob. & Greenm. (1), 138. — Chatham Isl. :
Andersson ; Baur, no. 245 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 169

Forma jacobensis, Rob. & Greenra. (1), 138. — James Isl. :
Orcliilla Bay, Baur, no. 249 (hb. Gr,). Endemic.

Forma jervensis, Rob. & Greeum. (1), 139. — Jervis Isl.: Baur,
no. 250 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

Var. ABiXGDONENSis, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 139. — Abixgdon Isl.:
Baur, no. 246 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

For a discussion of these forms see Rob. & Greenm. (1), 138, 139.
E. viminea was collected on the Galapagos Ids. also by Hahel.

E. sp. aff. E. articulata, Anderss. — Bindloe Isl. : Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 780 (hb. Gr.), sterile. Leaves narrowly ovate-oblong from
a cordate base, otherwise much like E. articulata^ which in its typical
form grows upon the same island.

E. sp. Anderss. (1), 237, & (2), 102. — Chatham Isl. : Andersson.
E. sp. Hook. f. (3), 185; Anderss. (1), 237, & (2), 102. — Charles
Isl. : Darwin.

HiPPOMANE, L.

H. Maxcinella, L. Sp. 1191 (1753); Anderss. (1), 237, & (2), 103.
— Galapagos Ids. : Hahel. Albemarle Isl. : Elizabeth Bay, S7iod-
grass & Heller, no. 279 (hb. Gr.) ; Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 49 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : Andersson. Further distrib. S.
United States, Mes., W, Ind., Northwestern S. Am.

Manihot, Adans.

M. UTiLissiMA, Pohl. PI. Bras. Ic. i. 32, t. 24 (1827) ; Muell. Arg.
in DC. Prodr. xv. pt. 2, 1064; Caruel (1), 625. — Chatham Isl.:
Chierchia. Widely distrib. in tropical countries.

Phtllanthus, L.

P. CAROLiNENSis, "Walt. Fl. Car. 228, as caroUniensis (1788) ; Ca-
ruel (1), 625; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148. P. obovatus, Muhl. ex
Willd. Sp. iv. 574 (1805) ; Hook. f. (3), 185 ; Anderss. (1), 237, & (2),
103. — Albemarle Isl.: Andersson; Iguana Cove, Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 106 (hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 194
(hb. Gr.). Charles Isl.: Darwin; Andersson (hb. Gr.). Chatham
Isl. : Chierchia ; southwest end, middle region, Baur, no. 268 (hb. Gr.).
James Isl. : James Bay, common on lava rocks, Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 385 (hb. Gr.). Narborough Isl. : northern part, Snodgrass &

170 rUOCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Heller, no. 21) G (lib. Gr.) ; southern part, Snodr/rass & Heller, no. 332
(lib. Gr.). Further distrib. northern S. Am., Max., W. Ind., southern
and central U. S.

RiciNus, L,

R COMMUNIS, L. Sp. 1007 (1753) ; Anderss. (1) 241, & (2), 105. —
CnAULKS IsL. : in cultivated ground, Andersson. Widely distrib. in
warm countries.

CALLITRICHACEAE.

Callitriciik, L.

C. sp. Wolf, (1), 284. — Charles Isl. : in brouk near hacienda ace.
to AVolf. 1. c.

CELASTRACEAE.

Maytenus, Feuill.

M. obovata, Hook. f. (3), 230; Anderss. (1), 233, & (2), 100; Rob.
& Greenm. (1), 145. — Albemarle Isl.: southern part, Bmir,
no. 49 (hb. Gr.) ; Elizabeth Bay, on lava fields near beach, S)iod(/rass
& Heller, no. 936 (hb. Gr.) ; Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. GG
(hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove, Snody7'ass & Heller, nos. 158 (hb. Gr.), 877
(lib. Gr.). Barrington Isl.: Baur, no. 52 (hb. Gr.). Charles
Isl.: Andersson; Baur. Chatham Isl. : Darwin; in woods of lower
region, Andersson ; southwest end, middle region, Baur, no. 48^ (hb.
Gr.). Duncan Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 685 (hb. Gr.). Hood
Isl. : Baur, no. 51 (hb. Gr.). James Isl.: James Bay, scattered along
the sandy beach, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 371 (hb. Gr.). Jervis Isl. :
Baur. Narborough Isl. : common ace. to field notes of Mr. Heller.
Seymour Isl.: south, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 597 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

SAPINDACEAE.

Cardiospermum, L.

C. Cortndum, L. Sp. ed. 2, 526 (1762); Radlk. Sitzungsb. Kgl.
Bayer. Akad. 1878, p. 261 ; Rob. & Greenra. (1), 145, in part (as to
pi. Chatham). C. molle, HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. v. 103 (1821) ; Hook,
f. (3), 231; Anderss. (I), 231, & (2), 99; Caruel (1), 623. — Albe-
marle Isl.: Andersson; mountain north of Elizabeth Bay, Snod-

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 171

grass & Heller, no. 281 (hb. Gr.). Charles Tsl. : Andersson.
Chatham IsL. : Darwin,' Andersson (hh. G\\) ; Chierchia ; southwest
end, lower region, Baur, no. GO (lib. Gr.) ; southwest end, upper region,
Baur, no. 59 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 512 (hb. Gr.). Ixde-
FATiGABLE IsL. : Anderssou. James Isl. : Andersson ; common about
James Bay, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 359 (hb. Gr.). Wen.max Isl. :
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 8 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. trop. S. Am.,
Mex., southwestern U. S.

C. GALAPAGEiUM, Rob. & Greenm. Proc. Am. Acad, xxxii. 38 (189G).
C Corindum, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 145, in part (as to pi. Albemarle),
not L. — Albemarle Isl.: southern part, Baur, no. 61 (hb. Gr.).
Indefatigable Isl. : northern part, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 675
(hb. Gr.). Endemic.

DODONAEA, L.

D. viscosA, Jacq. Enum. PI. Carib. 19 (17G2); L. Maut. ii. 228;
Rob. & Greenm. (1), 145. Forma typica. — Albemarle Isl.: eastern
part, Cowley Bay, Baur, no. 62 (lib. Gr.); southern part, Baur, no. G3
(hb. Gr.). Further distrib. general in warm countries.

Var. SPATHULATA, Bcnth. Fl. Aust. i. 476 (1863). — Albemarle
Isl.: Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 876 (hb. Gr.), 904
(hb. Gr.) ; mountain east of Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 244
(hb. Gr.). Specimen imperfect and doubtful, but clearly representing a
very different form of the species from those collected on the same island
by Baur. Further distrib. general in warm countries.

Safin D us, L.

S. Saponaria, L. Sp. 367 (1753) ; Sarg. Silv. ii. 69, t. 74, 75. " >S'.
near S. acuminatus, Willd." Rob. & Greenm. (1), 145. — Albemarle
Isl. : southern part, Baur, no. 57 (hb. Gr.). Form with leaflets glabrous
beneath. Further distrib. of species trop. Am., Mex., W. Ind., south-
eastern U. S.

RHAMNACEAE.

Discaria, Hook.

D. PAUCiFLORA, Hook. f. (3), 229; Anderss. (1), 233, & (2), 100;
Rob. & Greenm. (1), 145. D. sp. Rob. & Greenm. (1), 145. — Albe-
marle Isl.: Banc in ; Baur; common about Elizabeth Bay, ace. to
Mr. Heller ; forming dense thickets, Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 143 (hb. Gr.). Barrington IsL. : Baur, no. bb (hb. Gr.) ; abundant,

172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Snodgrass & Ileller, no. 478 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl. : from this island
Professor Caruel (1), 624, reports a spiny shrub collected by Chierchia
and supposed to belong to the Bhamnaceae. It may well have been
this species. Chatham Isl. : woods near shore, Andersson ; southwest
end, lower region, Baur. Duncan Isl.; not common, ace. to Mr.
Heller. Hood Isl. : Bam\ {hb. Gr.), juvenile form with serrate leaves.
Indefatigable Isl. : north coast, ace. to Mr. Heller. James Isl. :
James Bay, near beach in sand, ace. to Mr. Heller. Seymour Isl. :
north, uncommon, ace. to Mr. Heller; south, abundant, Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 608 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. collected by Dr. Baur at
Posorja on the Gulf of Guayaquil, Ecuador, where perhaps introduced
from the islands.

VITACEAE.
Cissus, L.

C. siCYOiDES, L. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, 897 (1760). Vitis sicyoides,
Miq. Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd. Bat. i. 83 (1863-1864). — Albemarle
Isl. : Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 26, 45, 89, 101 (all in
hb. Gr.). BiNDLOE Isl. : common near the shore, ace. to field notes of
Mr. Heller. Charles Isl. : Lee (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.). Narborough
Isl. : bordering beaches, ace. to Mr. Heller. Further distrib. Mex.,
W. lud., S. Am., southward to Paraguay.

YiTis, L.

y. viNiFERA, L. Sp. 202 (1753); Caruel (1), 623. — Charles Isl.:
in sterile state, Chierchia ace. to Caruel. Probably introduced through
cultivation. Further distrib. Old World.

TILIACEAE.

Corchorus, L.

C. riLOBOLUS, Link, Enum. Hort. Berol. ii. 72 (1822) ; Jacq. Eel.
t. 163 as C. bidlatus. — Galapagos Ids.: Haben Albemarle Isl.:
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 90. Gardner Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 645 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. trop. S. Am., W. Ind., Mex.

Triumfetta, L.

T. semitriloba, Jacq. Enum. Pi. Carib. 22 (1762), Stirp. Am. 147,
& Hort. Vindob. iii. t. 16. — Albemarle Isl. : Iguana Cove, Snodgrass
& Heller, nos. 69, 70, 107, 858, 859 (all in hb. Gr.). Further distrib.
general in trop. and subtrop. Am.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 173

MALVACEAE.

Abutilon, Gaertn.

A. Anderssoniandm, Garcke in Anderss. (1), 230, & (2), 98, t.
15, f. 1. — Abingdon Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 847 (hb. Gr.).
Barrington Isl. : Srwdgrass & Heller, no. 479 (lib. Gr.). Bindloe
Isr.. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 788 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl. : dry
places, lower region, Andersson. Chatham Isl. : dry places, lower
region, Andersson (hb. Gr.); Snodgiriss & Heller, no. 507 (hb. Gr.).
Duncan Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 702 (hb. Gr.). Gardner
Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 632 (hb. Gr.). Indefatigable Isl. :
northern part, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 662 (hb. Gr. ). Tower Isl. :
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 794 (hb. Gr.). Endemic. The forms on
Duncan and Gardner Ids. are smoother and greener than the others.

A. DEPAUPERATDM, Anderss. (1), 230, & (2), 98. A. Andersson-
ianiim, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 145, not Garcke. Sida depauperata.
Hook. f. (3), 232. — Albemarle Isl. : Iguana Cove, Snodgrass &
Heller, nos. 76, 82 (both in hb. Gr.). Barrington Isl. : Baur, no.
16 (hb. Gr.), determined from character. Charles Isl.: Daricm.
Endemic. Perhaps only a dry soil form of A. Anderssoniamim.

Anoda, Cav.

A. hastata, Cav. Diss. i. 38, t. 11, f. 2 (1790). A. acerifolia, DC.
Prodr. i. 459 (1824) ; Rob. & Greenra. (1), 145, where by error ascribed
to Chatham Island. — Charles Isl.: Lee (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.) ;
Baur, no. 20 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 449 (hb. Gr.).
Further distrib. southern U. S., Mex. to Chili.

Bastakdia, HBK.

B. viscosA, HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. v. 256 (1821) ; L'Her. Stirp. t.
53 bis ; E. G. Baker, Jour. Bot. xxxi. 68. B. guayaquilensis, Turcz.
Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 1858, p. 201. Sida viscosa, L. Syst. ed. 10,
1145 (1760). — Albemarle Isl. : Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 105 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 533
(hb. Gr.). Further distrib. western S. Am., jMex., W. Ind.

GOSSYPIUM, L.

G. bakbadense, L. Sp. 693 (1753). G. purpurascens, Hook. f. (3),
231; Anderss. (1), 228, & (2), 97; Rose (1), 136; not Poir.

174 PROCKEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

G. Jvloizscliiamim, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 145, not Anderss. — Gala-
pagos Ids,: Ilahel. Ahingdon Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, uo. 828
(hb. Gr.) ; Albemarle Isl. : Baur; Iguana Cove, Snodyrass &, Heller,
nos. 4G (hb. Gr. ). 854 (hb. Gr.). Barkington Isl.: Baur, no, 24
(hb. Gr.). Charles Isl. : Andersson (hb, Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller,
uo. 402 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : Darivin; southwest end lower
region, Baur, no. 22 (hb, Gr.) ; northern part, Baur, no. 25 (hb. Gr.).
Duncan Isl. : A. Agassiz. Gardner Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, uo.
633 (hb. Gr,). Hood Isl.: Baur, no, 21 (hb, Gr.) ; Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 752 (hb. Gr,). James Isl. : Darwin. Seymour Isl. :
south, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 599 (hb. Gr,). Further distrib.
general in tropics.

G. Klotzschiandm, Anderss. (1), 228, & (2), 97. — Galapagos
Ids.: Edmonston (hb. Gr. ). Albemarle Isl.: Andersson. Bindloe
Isl. : Snodgj^ass & Heller, no. 772 (hb. Gr.), Charles Isl. : Anders-
son (1. c., but his spec, so labelled in hb. Gr. is clearly G. barbadense).
Chatham Isl.: Andersson. Indefatigable Isl. : northern part, ^SnotZ-
grass & Heller, no. 656 (hb. Gr.). Endemic. Andersson (2), 97,
states that this species was collected upon Chatham and James Islands by
Darwin, but this appears to have been a clerical error and to refer to
the preceding species.

Hibiscus, L.

[. tiliaceus, L. Sp. 694 (1753). Paritium tdiaceum, Hook. f. (4),
262; Anderss. (1), 229, & (2), 98. — Charles Isl.: Edmonston.
Further distrib. general in tro2:)ics.

Malachra, L.

M. capitata, L. Syst. ed, 12, 458 (1767); Hook. f. (3), 231;
Anderss, (1), 229, & (2), 98; Giircke in Engl, Bot. Jahrb, xvi. 348.—
James Isl, : Darivin ace. to Hook, f., 1. c. Further distrib. trop. S.
Am., W. Ind., Mex., sparingly introd. in trop, of Old World.

SiDA, L.

S. acuta, Burm., var. carpinifolta, K. Schura. in Mart. Fl. Bras,
xii. pt. 3, 326 (1891) ; E. G. Baker, Jour. Bot. xxx. 238. S. carjnni-
folia, L. f. Suppl. 307 (1781); Anderss. (1), 229, & (2), 98, excl.
synon. — Charles Isl,: dry places of middle region, Andersson.
Further distrib, general in trop. and subtrop. regions.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 175

S. ANGUSTiFOLiA, Lam. Diet. i. 4 (1783). S. tenuicanlis, Hook. f.
(3), 232, ace. to E. G. Baker. S. spinosa & S. tenuicaulis, Aoderss.
(1), 229, & (2), 98. S. spinosa, var, angustifoUa, Griseb. FI. Brit.
W. Ind. 74 (1859); E. G. Baker, Jour. Bot. xxx. 237. S. rhombi-
folia, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 145, in part (as to pi. Charles and pi. Inde-
fatigable). — Albkmarle Isl. : Lee (lib. U. S. Nat. Miis.) ; Iguana
Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 84 (hb. Gr.), 104 (hb. Gr.). Charles
Isl.: Andersson; Baur, no. 17 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no.
438 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : lower region, Andersson (hb. Gr.).
Duncan Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 701 (hb. Gr.). Gardner
Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 629 (hb. Gr.). Indefatigable Isl. :
Andersson ; south of Conway Bay, Baur, no. 18 (hb. Gr.). James Isl :
Darwin ; Andersson. Narborough Isl. : northern part, Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 298 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. general in warm countries.

S. CORDIFOLIA, L. Sp. 684 (1753) ; K. Schum. in Mart. Fl. Bras,
xii. pt. 3, 331, t. 62. — Albemarle Isl.: Iguana Cove, below 310 m.
alt., Snodgrass & Heller, no. 860 (hb. Gr.). Sterile. Further distrib.
general in trop. and subtrop. regions.

S. paniculata, L. Syst. ed. 10, 1145 (1760) ; Rob. «fe Greenm. (1),
145 ; E. G. Baker, Jour. Bot. xxx. 294. S. atrosanguinea, Jacq. Ic.
Rar. t. 136. S. floribunda, HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. v. 258, t. 473
(1821). — Galapagos Ids. : Hahel ace. to Ilemsl. in litt. Albe-
marle Isl. : Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 71 (hb. Gr.),
86 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl.: Baur, no. 19 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass
& Heller, no. 401 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. trop. S. Am., W. Ind.,
Mex.

S. RHOMBiFOLL\, L. Sp. 684 (1753); Hook. f. (4), 262; Anderss.
(1), 229, & (2), 98; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 145, in part (as to pi.
Chatham) ; E. G. Baker, Jour. Bot. xxx. 239, q. v. for synon. —
Charles Isl. : Edmonston ; Lee (hb. U. S. Nat. Mas.) ; Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 448 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : stony places, lower region,
Andersson ; southwest end, middle region, Baur, no. 15 (hb. Gr.) ;
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 532 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. general in
warm countries.

S. SPINOSA, L. Sp. 683 (1753); Gray, Syn. FI. i. pt. 1, 324.—
Galapagos Ids. : Habel. Albemarle Isl. : common on tuftt soil,
Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 206 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib.
general in warm countries. In distinguishing this species and S. angus-
tifoUa, I have followed Dr. Gray's treatment and distinctions.

176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

S. VERONiCAEFOLiA, Lum., var. HUMiLis, K. Sclium. in Mart. Fl.
Bias. xii. pt. 3, 320 (1891), q. v. for extensive synou. ; E. G. Baker,
Jour. Bot. XXX. 293. S. humilis, Cav. Diss. v. 277, t. 134, f. 2 (1788).
— Albemarle Isl. : Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 85 (lib.
Gr.). Further distrib. general in tropics.

STERCULIACEAE.
Waltheria, L.

W. reticulata. Hook. f. (3), 231 ; Anderss. (1), 231, & (2), 99;
Rob. & Greeum. (1), 145. — This endemic species which has now been
found upon no less than nine islands of the archipelago shows the same
sort of formal variation that has been described in the case of Euphorbia
viminea, Hook. f. (see Hob. & Greenm. (1), 138-139). The original
characterization was unfortunately drawn from mixed material from
Chatham, James, and Albemarle islands. We may, however, take as
typical the form with a very close fine tomeutum, small thickish leaves,
1.5 to 2.5 cm. long, with strongly crisped margins. The leaves are
rounded rather than cordate at the base, and their indumentum becomes
decidedly yellowish in a dried state. This form, assumed as typical, has
been collected on Galapagos Ids. : Mlmoyiston (hb. Gr.). Albe-
marle Isl. : 3facrae ; southern part, Baur, no. 32 (hb. Gr.) ; Elizabeth
Bay, S7iodgrass & Heller, nos. 269 (hb. Gr.), 289 (hb. Gr.) ; Iguana
Cove, JSnodgrass & Heller, no. 73 (hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove, Snodyrass
iSc Heller, no. 162 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl. : Andersson ; Baur, no. 33
(hb. Gr.). James Isl. : Douglas ; " Macrae ; " ^ James Bay, along
edge of new lava, iSnodgrass & Heller, no. 367 (hb. Gr.). Jervis
Isl. : Baur (this may belong to one of the following forms). Endemic.
From this may be distinguished : —

Forma acamata, tomento imprimis ramulorum crassiore valde flaves-
cente; foliis magnis crassiusculis cordatis. — Indefatigable Isl. : Baxir,
no. 27 (hb. Gr.) ; Andersson? Endemic.

Forma Anderssonii, indurnento ac illud formae typicae tenui densoque
sed griseo et nullo modo flavescente ; foliis multo majoribus 4-5.5 cm.
longis, 3.2-4.2 latis cordatis. — Barrington Isl. : Baur, no. 26 (lib.
Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 474 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : An-
dersson (hb. Gr.) ; Darwin 9 Narborough Isl. : northern part,
iSnodgrass & Heller, no. 301 (hb. Gr.). Tower Isl. : Baur, no. 30
(lib. Gr.); Snodgrass & Heller, no. 797 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

^ Cited by Andersson, but probably a mistake for Scouler.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 177

Forma intermedia, tomento typico sed minus flavescente : foliis
quam illi formae typicae majoribus 3-4 cm. longis sed quam hi formae
Anclerssonii miuoribus et miuus cordatis. — Abingdon Isl. : Snodgras.s
& Heller, no. 840 (lib. Gr.). Bindloe Isl.: Baur, no. 28 (hb. Gr.) ;
Snodgntss & Heller, no. 757 (lib. Gr.). Charles Isl. : Lee (lib. U. S.
Nat. Mus.) ; Cuevas Bay, Baur, no. 34 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 426 (lib. Gr.). Gardner Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 640
(hb. Gr.). Narborough Isl.: southern part, 300 to 615 m. alt.,
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 326 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

TURNERACEAE.

TURNERA, L.

T. ULMiFOLiA, L. Sp. 271 (1753) ; Hook. f. (4), 262; Anderss. (1),
221, & (2), 93; Urb. Jahrb. Bot. Gard. Berlin, ii. 138 (where spec, is
elaborately subdivided). — Charles Isl.: Edmonston (hb. Gr.). Fur-
ther distrib. general in the tropics.

PASSIFLORACEAE.

Passiflora, L.

P. foetida, L. Sp. 959 (1753) ; Cav. Diss. 458, t. 289 ; Anderss.
(1), 221, & (2), 93; Rose (2), 137; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 146.—
Charles Isl.: upper region, Andersson ; A. Agassiz. Chatham
Isl : A. Agassiz ; southwest end, middle region, Baur, no. 159 (hb. Gr.) ;
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 496 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. general in
trop. and subtrop. Amer.

P. LiNEARiLOBA, Hook. f. (3), 222. P. Unearifolia, Anderss. (1),
221, & (2), 93. ? P. tridactylites. Hook. f. (3), 222; Anderss. (1),
221, & (2), 93. P. suberosa, var. Uneariloha, Masters in Mart. Fl.
Bras. xiii. pt. 1, 579 (1872). P. suberosa, var., Rob. & Greenm. (1),
146. — Galapagos Ids. : Habel. Charles Isl. : Darwin ;? Anders-
son. Gardner Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 625 (hb. Gr.). Hood
Isl,: Pf««r, no. 160 (hb. Gr.). James Isl. : Scouler; Douglas. Nar-
borough Isl.: southern part, trailing on bushes, rare, 615 m. alt.,
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 321 (hb. Gr.). Endemic. This species seems
very different from continental specimens of P. suberosa, L., at hand.

P. puberdla, Hook. f. (3), 223; Anderss. (1), 221, & (2), 93.—
James Isl.: Darwin. Endemic. Perhaps a form of P. suberosa, L., as
considered by several writers.

VOL. XXXVIII. — 12

1<8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

CARICACEAE.

Carica, L.

C. Papaya, L. Hort. Cliff. 4G1, & Sp. 103G (1753); Anderss. (1),
223, & (2), 94. — Ciiakles Isl. : about habitations, Audersson.
Further clistrib. general in troijics.

LOASACEAE.

Mentzelia, L.

M. ASPERA, L. Sp. 516 (1753); Anderss. (1), 222, & (2), 94; Rob.
& Greenm. (1), 146. fAcroIasia squalida, Hook. f. (3), 222; Anderss.
(1), 222, & (2), 93. — Albemarle Isl.: Audersson; Iguana Cove,
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 102 (hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove, common from
beach to 310 m. alt., in shady places, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 175
(hb. Gr.). Charles Isl.: Darwin; Andersson; Cuevas Bay, jBa/wr,
no. 162 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 429 (hb. Gr.). Chatham
Isl. : Andersson,' southwest end, lower region, ^am*, no. 161 (hb. Gr.) ;
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 530 (hb. Gr.). Duncan Isl. : Snodc/rass &
Heller, no. 689 (hb. Gr.). Gardner Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no.
614 (hb. Gr.). Hood Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, uo. 719 (hb. Gr.).
Indefatigable Isl.: Andersson ; northern part, Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 664 (hb. Gr.). James Isl.: Andersson; James Bay, abundant on
lava soil in shade, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 376 (hb. Gr.). Tower
Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 803 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. N. Am.

Sclerothrix, Presl.

S. FAScicuLATA, Presl, Symb. Bot. ii. 3, t. 53 (1858). Ancyrostemma
micranthum, Poepp. & Endl. Nov. Gen. & Sp. iii. 65 (1845). — Albe-
marle Isl.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 123, 128 (both in
hb. Gr.). James Isl.: James Bay, common on lava rocks near beach,
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 373 (hb. Gr.). Narborough Isl. : southern
part, tolerably common, alt. 615 m., Snodgrass & Heller, no. 315a.
Further distrib. Mex. to Peru and Brazil.

CACTACEAE.

[The plants of this family secured by Messrs. Snodgrass & Heller
have been kindly identified by Prof. Karl Schumann of the Royal
Botanical Museum, Berlin.]

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 179

Cebeus, Mill.

C. GALAPAGENSis, Weber, Bull, du Mus. d'hist. nat. Paris, 1899,
]p. 312 (\8dd). — CHA.Rj.KS Ish.: Dit Petit-Thouars. Endemic. This
can scarcely be regarded as a described species.

C. nesioticus, K. Sch. nov. sp. in litt., " humilis 30 cm. longitudinem
non attiugens ; caulibus caespitosis et e basi communi in omnes partes
more spinarum Echini radiantibus costatis ubique spinulis numerosis
atrocastaneis tectis ; costis bumilibus 3 mm. vix superantibus alte crenatis
et in tubercula fere perfecte dissolutis ; areolis orbicularibus, 2.5 mm.
diametro lano sparso exigue tectis; spinis quam 40 pluribiis inaequalibus
saepe (praesertim infimis) apice fractis in unam ceutralem et alias exteriores
non distributis, maximis 3 cm. longis omnibus quam setae equinae vix
rigidioribus erectis strictis divaricatis non pungentibus ; floribus 7 cm.
longis; ovario subgloboso subobliquo leviter tuherculato et spinulis ad

5 mm. longis flavo-fuscis radiantibus armato ; tubo perigonii angusto
item in areolis spinoso, lobis exterioribus lanceolatis 1.2 cm. longis vix
2 mm. latis, interioribus etiam angustioribus et magis linearibiis verosi-
militer albis; staminibus prope faucem, filamentis perbrevibus non
1 mm. longis, antheris bis vel pauIo ultra longioribus ; fructu ellipsoideo
in sumnio spinoso-areolato basi acuto 2.5 cm. longo et 1.3 cm. crasso ;
seminibus numerosis, 1.2 mm. longis ellipsoideis rufis leviter punctatis." —
Albemarle Isl. : Black Bight, Snoclgrass & Heller, no. 923 (hb. Berl.

6 hb. Gr.) ; lava fields, Elizabeth Bay, /Snoclgrass & Heller, no. 939
(hb. Berl. & hb. Gr.); Point Christopher, Snoclgrass & Heller, no.
932 (hb. Berl. &, hb. Gr.). Narborough Isl. : eastern side, on barren
black lava, Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 919 (hb. Berl. & hb. Gr.), 927
(hb. Berl. & hb. Gr.). "Note. — This species is a very peculiar one
from its long brown non-pungent spines, which clothe the stem so densely
that its surface is invisible. I have never before seen a species of the
genus with such short filaments as in this. The petals are also uncom-
monly narrow. Probably the flower is white. I think it can hardly be
compared with either of the two species of Cereus thus far known from
the Galapagos Islands. From C. Thonarsii, Weber, which is said to be
similar to C. multangular is, it is perfectly distinguished by the mode of
growth and by the much smaller fruit which does not at all resemble a
large prune" [K. Sch. in litt.]. Endemic.

C. sclerocarpus, K. Sch. nov. sp. in litt., " arborescens ; caule prin-
cipali 3-G m. alto 15-22 cm. diametro ramos paucos sibi saepius paral-
lelos gerente ; articulis costatis, costis in sectione transversa triangularibus

ISO PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

obtusis 1 cm. altis ope sulcorum acutoruni separatis; areolis orbicularibus
3.5 ram. diametro tomento brevi tectis ; spiiiis 20-25 in ladiales et cen-
trales non distributis rectis pungentibus maximo 4.5 cm. longo ; Horibus
circa 10-11 cm. longis ; ovario tereti S(]uamato ; squamis sparsis 1-1.5
mm. longis ovatis acutis ; perigonii tubo gracili paucis bracteolis brevibus
ornato ; lobis exterioribus subspathulatis 3 cm. longis apice eroso-
denticulatis, interioribus brevioribus angustioribus acuminatiscpie ;
staminibus prope faucem perigonii affixis 2 cm. longis ; stilo liorem
fere aequante ; stigmatibus 11 fere 2 cm. longis filiformibus ; fructu
duro strato exteriori pertirmo ovoideo acuto fiore marcido coronato 7 cm.
longt) 3 cm. diametro ; seminibus baud numerosis (ovulis plurimis
abortivis) disciformibus 1 mm. diametro nigris lucidisleviter foveolatis." —
Albemarle Isl. : Pt. Christoplier, Snoclgrass & Heller, nos. 933
(bb. Berl. & hb. Gr.), 934 (hb. Berl. & hb. Gr.) ; Black Bight, Snod-
grass & Heller, no. 935 (hb. Berl. & lib. Gr.). " Note. — There is only
one species in the Galapagos Islands which may be compared with this,
namely C. galapagensis, Weber. The characterization of the latter is,
however, so imperfect that I cannot identify my species with it." [K. Sch.
in litt.]. Endemic. In his field notes Mr. Heller reports a giant
Cereus on Bindloe (where rare), Chatham, James, and Narborough
Islands which was probably C sderocarpus. It grew upon barren lava.
C. Thouarsii, Weber, Bull. du. Mas. d'hist. nat. Paris, 1899, p. 312
(1899). — Charles Isl.: Du Petit- Thouars. Endemic. Not satis-
factorily described.

Opuxtia, Raf.

O. GALAPAGEiA, Hcnsl. Mag. Zool. & Bot. i. 4G7, t. 14, f. 2 (1837) ;
Hook. f. (3), 223; Anderss. (1), 224, & (2), 95; Hemsl. Gard. Chron.
ser. 3, xxiv. (1898), p. 2G5, f. 75 ; Lindberg, Monatschr. Kakteenk. iv.
120-122, 134-135, & v. 10; K. Schumann, ibid. ix. 19, 20, x. 173, «&
Gesammtbeschr. Kakteen, 747. — Charles Isl. : Hassler Exp., ace. to
ms. note of Engelm. (hb. Mo. Bot. Gard.). James Isl. : Darwin ;
Hassler Exp., ace. to ms. note of Engelm. (hb. Mo. Bot. Gard.). Jervis
Isl. : Hassler Exp., ace. to ms. note of Engelm. (hb. Mo. Bot. Gard.).
Endemic.

O. Helleri, K. Sch. nov. sp. in litt., " humilis plus minusve prostrata
30-60 cm. alta dense caespitosa ramosa ; articulis lineari-oblongis apice
basique acutis planis 11 cm. longis 4 cm. latis tenuibus apice setis fuscis
munitis; areolis orbicularibus 2 mm. diametro non manifeste in tuber-
culis editis capillis paucis albis tectis etiam tomento flavido in jjarte

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 181

superiori instructs; spinis circa 20 inaequalibus 1.5 cm. non superanti-
bus non pungeiilibus plus minusve arcuatis flavo-fuscis ; glochidiis paucls
(circa 50) iu summa parte areolae sitis et non arete pungeutibus apice
obtusis ; spinis lateralibus glocbidiarum non emiuentibus ; ovario paulo
quam 3 cm. longiore turbmato tuberculato ; areolis quam illae articularum
non miuoribus et a lano modice copioso tectis et a spinis capillaceis
modice laxis ad 2 cm. longis flavo-fuscis munitis ; perigonio 3-3.5 cm.
maximo diametro ; lobis exterioribus subulatis, 3 mm. longis, sequenti-
bus late ovatis acutis mucronatisve verosimiliter flavo-viridibus, intimis
subobovatis fere 2 cm. longis ; staminibus fere iu fundo infimo floris
crateriformis insertis permultis ; stilo 2 cm. longo crasso ; stigniatibus
6 erectis incurvatis carnosis percrassis." — Wenman Isl. : Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 917 (hb. Berl. & lib. Gr.). "Note. — The relatively large
flower brings this species near 0. myriacantha, AVeb., from which it
differs in the mode of growth, smaller articles, and uon-puiigent spines."
[K. Sch. in litt.]. Endemic.

O. MYRIACANTHA, Weber in Bois, Dictionn. d'horticult. 894 (1898),
& Bull, du Mus. d'hist. nat. Paris, 1899, p. 313 (1899). — Albemarle
Isl. : Hassler Exp., ace. to ms. note of Engelm. (hb. Mo. Bot. Gard.).
Charles Isl. : Du Petit-Thouars \_Dr. Neboux'] (hb. Mus. d'hist. nat.
Paris, & hb. Mo. Bot. Gard.). Indefatigable Isl. : Hassler Exp..,
ace. to ms. note of Engelm. (hb. Mo. Bot. Gard.). Endemic.

Opuntias also occur (ace. to field notes of several collectors) upon
Abingdon, Barrington, Bindloe, Chatham, Culpepper, Duncan, Hood,
Narborough, North and South Seymour, and Tower Islands, but as no
specimens of them have been secured it is impossible to refer them
vvrith definiteness to any of the foregoing species. Dr. Baur^ says of
the genus : " Die grosse Opuntia hat eiuen verschiedenen Charakter
beinahe auf jeder Insel. Die Opuntia von Barrington, Indefatigable
und slid-Albemarle z. B. entwickelt einen sehr hohen Stamm ; die von
Hood und Charles besitzt einen verhjiltnissmassig niederen und dickeren
Stamm ; die Opuntia von Jervis wiederum einen sehr niederen ; die
Verzweigung beginnt schon kurz liber dem Boden ; die Opuntia von
Tower hat gar keinen Stamm, die Verzweigung beginnt sofort am Boden,
es ist ein niederer Busch, aber- kein Baum. Die Form von Bindloe
zeigt Charaktere, die zwischen den Individuen von Tower und Jervis
liegen." It seems not unlikely that the low plant on Tower lacking the
main trunk may be the same as Professor Schumann's 0. Helleri from
the not very distant island of Wenman.

1 Biol. Centralbl. xii. 247 (1892).

182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

LYTHRACEAE.

CUPHKA, P. Br.

C. PATULA, St. Hil. Fl. Bras. Merid. iii. 101; Caruel (1), 624;
Koehiie in Engl. Jahrb. ii. 165 (1882).— Chatham Isl. : Chierchia,
ace. to Caruel, 1. c. Further distrib. Brazil.

RHIZOPHORACEAE.

Rhizophoka, L.

R. Mangle, L. Sp. 443 (1753) ; Hook. f. (3), 225 ; Anderss. (1),
247, & (2), 108. — Albejiarle Isl. : in swamps north of Tagus Cove,
ace. to ms. notes of Mr. Heller ; also fringing lagoons on the south and
west shores of Elizabeth Bay, ace. to Mr. Heller. Chatham Isl. :
Darwin. Duncan Isl.: in a swamp on the west coast, ace. to Mr.
Heller. Indefatigable Isl. : about lagoons, ace. to Mr. Heller.
Narborough Isl. : forming large swamps fringing lagoons, on the east
and southeast sides of the island, Snodgrass & Heller, no 918 (hb. Gr.).
Further distrib. general on trop. shores.

MYRTACEAE.

PSIDIUM, L.

P. GALAPAGEIUM, Hook. f. (3), 224. P. galapngejum, Anderss. (1),
247, «fe (2), 109. — Albemarle Isl.: Iguana Cove, above 125 m. alt.,
bushes 2.4 to 3.6 m. high, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 126 (hb. Gr.).
James Isl. : Scolder ; Darwin. Endemic.

COMBRETACEAE.

CoNOCARPUS, Gaertn.

C. ERECTDS, L. Sp. 176 (1753) ; Jacq. Stirp. Am. 78, t. 52; Anderss.
(1), 247, & (2), 108. — Albemarle Isl.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 44 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : somewhat marshy woodland
in the littoral region, Andersson. James Isl. : Andersson (hb. Gr.) ;
abundant along sandy beach, James Bay, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 382
(hb. Gr.). Further distrib. W. Ind., Mex., southern U. S., trop. S. Am.,
introd. in Africa.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 183

Laguncularia, Gaertn.

L. RACEMOSA, Gaertn. Fruct. iii. 209, t. 217, f. 2 (1805); Brandis in
Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenf. iii. Ab. 7, 127, f. 64. — Albemarle
IsL. : Elizabeth Bay, lava fields near beach, S>iodg7'ass & Heller, nos.
270 (hb. Gr.), 937 (hb. Gr.) ; Point Christopher, Snodyrass & Heller,
no. 931 (hb. Gr.). Narborough Isl. : east side, Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 920 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. shores. Max., W. Ind., S. Am., trop.
Afr. Not before recorded from the Galapagos Ids.

MELASTOMACEAE.

MiCONIA, R. & P.

M. Robinsoniana, Cogniaux, nov. sp. (sect. Tamoned) ; 31. sp. Rob.
& Greeum. (1), 146; "glaberrima; ramis junioribus acute tetragonis
non alatis; foliis breviuscule petiolatis, anguste ligulato-oblongis, leviter
obtuseque acuminatis, basi breviter attenuatis vel subrotundatis, margins
integerrimis, trinerviis vel obscure 5-uerviis, nervulis trausversalibus
numerosis tenuissimis ; floribus sessilibus, secus ramulorum paniculae
solitariis ; calyce oblongo, limbo leviter dilatato, brevissime 5-lobato,
lobis late rotundatis; staminum filamentis glaberrimis.

" Rami robustiusculi, laeves. Petiolus gracilis, leviter tortuosus, 1-1.5
cm. longus. Folia rigidiuscula, utrinque laevia, siccitate non nitida,
14-16 cm. longa, 3-3.5 cm. lata, nervis subtus sati^prominentibus.
Paniculae majusculae, multiflorae, trichotome ramosae, ramis gracilibus,
erectis vel paulo patulis, leviter compressis, articulatis. Bracteae i^aten-
tissimae, rigidae, triangulari-ovatae, acutae, 1-1.5 mm. longae. Calyx
laevis, basi rotundatus, sub apice leviter constrictus, circiter 5 mm.
longus. Petala erecta, anguste obovata, obtusa, 6 mm. longa. Stami-
num filamenta capillaria, 3-4 mm. longa; antherae valde arcuatae, apice
longe attenuatae, 4-5 mm. longae. Stylus crassiusculus, glaber, apice
arcuatus caeteris rectus, 5 mm. longus, stigmate paulo incrassato. —
Affinis M. nitidissimae, Cogn. in DC. Monogr. Phan. vii. 748, sed bene
distincta." — Chatham Isl. : southwest end, upper region, Baur, no.
163 (hb. Gr. &, hb. Cogniaux). Endemic.

HALORRHAGIDACEAE.

Myriophtllum, L.

M. sp. Wolf (1), 284. — Charles Isl. : in brook near the hacienda,
ace. to Wolf, 1. c.

184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

UMBELLIFERAE.

Apium, L.

A. LACiNiATUM, Urb. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xi. pt. 1, 343 (1879).
Helosciadium laciniatum, DC. Mem. Soc. Phys. Genev. iv. 495 (1828) ;
Hook. f. (3), 215; Anderss. (1), '219, & (2), 92. — Charles Isl. :
Darwin, ace. to Hook, f., 1. c. Further distrib. Peru to Chili.

A. LEPTOPHYLLUM, F. Muell. acc. to Benth. Fl. Austr. iii. 372 (1866).
A. Ammi, Urb. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xi. pt. 1, 341, q. v. for extensive
synou. Helosciadium leptophyllum, DC. Mem. Soc. Phys. Genev. iv.
493 (1828); Hook. f. (3), 215 ; Anderss. (1), 219, & (2), 92. — Albe-
marle Isl. : Iguana Cove, Snodgrass «fe Heller, no. 41 (hb. Gr.).
James Isl. : Darwin. Further distrib. N. Am , Mex., S. Am., Austral.,
etc.

Centella, L.
C. ASiATiCA, Urb. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xi. pt. 1, 287 (1879). Hydro-
cotyle asiatica, L. Sp. 234 (1753). H repanda^ Pers. Syn. i. 302
(1805); C'aruel (1), 623. — Chatham Isl.: CJiierchia, acc. to Caruel.
Further distrib. N. Am., S. Am., Asia, etc.

Hydrocottle, L.
H. galapagOTisis, nov. sp., glaberrima, repens, radicibus ad nodos
fibrosis petiolis erectis teretibus, foliis orbicularibus peltatis prope centrum
iusertis 12-13-radiati-nervatis, margine duplo dentata, nervis venulisque
transluceutibus, pedunculis erectis, umbellis simplicibus sub 16-floribus
non proliferis : involucris bracteis ovatis brevibus pedicellis flores quadri-
quintuple excedentibus : calycis limbo obsoleto, petalibus ovatis obtusis
patentibus, albis, fructu latiorl qnam longo basi rotundato vel subcordato.
H umbellata, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 146, not L. — Chatham Isl.:
southwest end, upper region, Baur, no. 150 (lib. Gr.). Near H. umbel-
lata, L., which it resembles rather closely in habit, flowers, and fruit, the
leaves, however, differ rather conspicuously by their doubly dentate not
crenate margin from the Linnaean species. Transitional forms have been
sought in vain in material of //. ximhellata from many other parts of the
world.

Petroselinum, Koch.
P. SATIVUM, HofEm. Gen. Umb. 177 (1814) ; Anderss. (1), 219, &
(2), 92. Apium Pelroseliyium, L. Sp. 264 (1753). Carum Petrose-

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 185

liniim, Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. i. 891 (1867). — Charles Isl. : culti-
vated ground, middle and upper region, Andersson (hb. Gr.). Introd.
from the Old World.

PLUMBAGINACEAE.

Plumbago, L.

P. SCANDENS, L. Sp. ed. 2, 215 (1762) ; Hook. f. (3), 194; Anderss.
(1), 172, & (2), 65; Caruel (1), 623; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 1-17.—
Albemarle Isl.: Daridn ; southern part, Baur, no. 235 (hb. Gr.);
mountain north of Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 284 (hb. Gr.) ;
Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 220 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl. :
Darwin; Andersson (hb. Gr.) ; Chierchia; Lee (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.) ;
Baur, no. 234 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgj-ass & Heller, no. 411 (lib. Gr.).
Chatham Isl.: Andersson; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 506 (hb. Gr.).
Duncan Isl.: Baur, no. 236 (hb. Gr.). Indefatigable Isl.:
Andersson. Further distrib. general in warm countries.

(P. tomentosa, Hook, f., 1, c, is a typographical error for Plantago
tomentosa.)

APOCYNACEAE.

Vallesia, R. & P.

V. CYMBAEFOLiA, Ort. Hort. Matr. Dec. 58 (1798). V. glabra,
Link, Enum. Hort. Berol. i. 207 (1821) ; Hook. f. (3), 205 ; Anderss.
(1) 195, & (2), 78. Rauwolfia glabra, Cav. Ic. iii. 50, t. 297 (1795).
Psychotria angusfata, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 146, not Anders?. — Gala-
pagos Ids. : Edmonston (hb. Gr.). Albemarle Isl. : Point
Christopher, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 929 (hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove,
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 926 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl.: Daricin ;
Andersson. Hood Isl.: Baur, no. 149 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib.
S. Am., Max., W. Ind., Florida.

v. PUBESCENs, Anderss. (1), 195, & (2), 79. — Charles Isl. : Snod-
grass & Heller, no. 451 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : woods in lower
region, Andersson ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 518 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

ASCLEPIADACEAE.

Asclepias, L.

A. angustissima, Anderss. (1), 196, & (2), 79. Vincetoxicum ?
Rob. & Greenm. (1), 147, in part (as to pi. Albemarle). — Abingdon

186 PROCEEDINGS OF TFIE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

IsL. : Snodgi'ass & Heller, no. 845 (lib. Gr.). Albi:m\rle Isl. :
in the driest part of the middle region, Andersson ; southern part, Baur,
without number (hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 145
(hb. Gr.). Endemic.

ViNCETOxicuM, Moench.

v.? Rob. & Greenm. (1), 147, in part (as to pi. Charles). —
Charles Isl. : Cuevas Bay, Baur, without number (hb. Gr.).
Sterile and doubtful.

CONVOLVULACEAE.

Calystegia, R. Br.

C. SOLDANELLA, R. Br. Prodr. 483 (1810) ; Hook. f. (4), 261 ;
Anderss. (1), 212, & (2), 87. Convolvulus Soldanellu, L. Sp. 159
(1753); Engl. Bot. V. t. 314; Gray, Syn. Fl. N. A. ii. pt. 1, 215.—
Charles Isl. : Edmonston, ace. to Hook, f., 1. c. Further distrib.
general, Pacific shores of N. and S. Am., also in Eu., N. Zealand, etc.

CuscuTA, L.

C. ACUTA, Engelm. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, i. 497 (1859) ;
Anderss. (2), 89, — Bindloe Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 769
(hb. Gr.), identity doubtful. Charles Isl. : ADdersson. Chatham
Isl. : Andersson. Narborough Isl. : southern part, not common,
600 m. alt., Snodgrass &, Heller, no. 318 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

C. GYMNOCARPA, Engelm. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, i. 496 (1859);
Anderss. (2), 89; Rob. &, Greenm. (1), 147. C. sandvicensis, var.
Mimosae, Hook. f. (3), 205 ; Anderss. (2), 89 (sandwicensis). C. scmdwi-
chiana, var. Mimosae, Anderss. (1), 214. — Galapagos Ids.: Hahel.
Albemarle Isl. : eastern portion, Cowley Bay, Baur, no. 205 (hb. Gr.),
parasitic on Borreria suberecta. Hook, f., and doubtfully identical with the
plant of Darwin. James Isl. : Daricin. P^udemic.

Evolvulus, L.

E. glabrr, Spreng. Syst. i. 862 (1825) ; Hallier, Jahrb. Hamb. "Wiss.
Anst. xvi. 22. E. htrsutus, HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. iii. 117 (1818),
not Lam. E. mucronatus, Sw. ace. to Wikstr. Vet. Acad. Handl.
Stockh. 1827, p. 61. E. glahriusculus, Chois. Diss. Conv. 156 (1838);
Hook. f. (3), 205; Anderss. (1), 211, & (2), 87; Rose (1), 137; Rob. &
Greenm. (1), 147. — Albemarle Isl,: Andersson; Iguana Cove,

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 187

Snodgrass & Heller, no. 32 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl. : Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 432 (hb. Gr.) ; A. Ayassiz (lib. Gr.) ; Baur. Ciiathaim Isl. :
Andersson (lib. Gr.) ; southwest end, middle region, Baur, no. 203
(hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 517 (hb. Gr.). Duncan Isl.:
Snodgrass & Heller, no. G87 (hb. Gr.). Indefatigable Isl. : Anders-
son. James Isl.: Scolder. Seymour Isl. : north, Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 564 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. S. Am., W. Jnd. Said by llallier,
1. c , to have been collected on Chatham and Hood Islands by Steindach-
ner ; but Dr. Steindachner visited neither of these islands.

E. SIMPLEX, Anderss. (1), 211, & (2), 87 ; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 1 47. —
Charles Isl. : Baur (hb. Gr.) ; S7iodgrass & Heller, no. 431 (hb. Gr.).
Chatham Isl. : Andersson ; Baur, no. 201 (hb. Gr.). Indefatigable
Isl.: Andersson (hb. Gr.) ; northern part, Snodgrass & Heller, no. G59
(hb. Gr.). James Isl. : common on bluff near beach, James Bay, Snod-
grass & Heller, no. 384 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

Ipomoea, L.

I. BiLOBA, Forsk. Fl. Aegypt.-Arab. 44 (1775) ; Hook. f. & Jacks.
Ind. Kevv. i. 1223. /. Pes-caprae, Sweet, Hort. Suburb. Lond. 35
(1818); Roth, Nov. PI. Sp. 109; Anderss. (1), 212, & (2), 87. I.
maritima, R. Br. Prodr. 486 (1810); Hook. f. (3), 204. — Albe-
marle Isl. : Black Bight, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 257 (lib. Gr.) ;
pebbly beach, Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 125 (hb. Gr.).
Chatham Isl. : Darwin ; Aridersson. Widely distrib. in trop. reg,

I. BoNA-NOX, L. Sp. ed. 2, 228 (1762) ; Sims, Bot. Mag. t. 752. —
Albemarle Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 872 (hb. Gr.). Widely
distrib. and extensively cultivated.

1. campanulata, L. Sp. 160 (1753) ; Wight, Tc. PI. Ind. iv. t. 1375.
— Albemarle Isl. : Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 43 (hb. Gr.).
Further distrib. East India, Malayan Archipelago. This is, I believe,
the only instance in which an Old World species occurs on the Galapagos
Ids. which has not been reported from any part of the American
continent.

I. GALAPAGENSis, Anderss. (1), 213, & (2), 88. — Albemarle Isl.:
Lee (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.) ; Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 33
(hb. Gr.), 94 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl.: Andersson; Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 464 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl.: Andersson. Duncan
Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 690 (lib. Gr.). Hood Isl. : Snodgrass
& Heller, no. 728 (hb. Gr.). James Isl. : common in any soil, James

188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Bay, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 374 (lib. Gr.). Seymour Isl. : south,
Snodgixisn & Heller, no. 583 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

I. Habeliana, Oliv. in Hook. Tc. t. 1099 (1871). /. sp. Rose (1),
137. — BiNDLOE Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 759 (hb. Gr.). Dun-
can Isl. : A. Agassiz (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.) ; Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 712 (hb. Gr.). Gardner Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 61 G (hb.
Gr.). Hood Isl. : Habel (hb. Kew) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 751
(hb. Gr.). Tou'ER Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 799 (hb. Gr.).
Endemic. A peculiar species with entire ovate-lanceolate attenuate
glabrous leaves 12 to 18 cm. long, oblong obtuse sepals and a tubular
corolla 9 to 15 cm. long. I am indebted to Dr. H. Hallier of Iiainbu:g
for his examination of this species.

I. KiNBERGi, Anderss. (1), 212, & (2), 88; Rob. & Greenm. (1),
147. — Galapagos Ids. : Habel. Abingdon Isl. : Snodgrass & Hel-
ler, no. 839 (lib. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : Andersson. Indefatigable
Isl.: Andersson; south of Conway Bay, Baur, no. 195 (hb. Gr.) ;
northern part, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 674 (hb. Gr.). Jervis Isl. :
BaiLr, no. 196 (hb. Gr.). Tower Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 801
(hb. Gr.). "Wenman Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 5 (hb. Gr.).
Endemic.

I. LiNEARiFOLiA, Hook. f. (3), 204 ; Anderss. (1), 212, & (2), 88.—
James Isl.: Darivin, ace. to Hook. f. Endemic. Secured by no other
collector. Ascribed in the Index Kewensis to the Cape Verde Ids.

I. Nil, Roth, Catalect. i. 36 (1797). 7. acuminata, Morong &
Britt. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. vii. 169 (1893); Rob. & Greenm. (1),
147; not R. & S. Pharhitis Nil, Choisy, Mem. Soc. Phys. Genev. vi.
441 (1833). — Charles Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 418 (hb. Gr).
Chatham Isl. : southwestern end, lower region, Baur, no. 200 (lib.
Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 511 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. general
in warm regions.

An indeterminate Ipomoea from Indefatigable Isl., mentioned and
briefly described by Andersson (1), 214, & (2), 88, may well have been
this species.

I. pentaphtlla, Jacq. Coll. ii. 297 (1788), & Ic. PL Rar. ii. 10,
t. 319; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 147. Batatas iientaphylla, Choisy, Mc'm.
Soc. Phys. Genev. vi. 408 (1833); Anderss. (1), 214, & (2), 89.
Merremia jycntaj^hylla, Hallier in Engl. Jahrb. xvi. 552 (1893). —
Abingdon Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 846 (hb. Gr.). Charles
Isl.. : Andersson. Chatua.^! lnh.: Andersson. Duncan Isl. : Snod-

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 189

grass & Heller, no. 707 (hb. Gr.). Gardner Isl. : Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 62S (hb. Gr.). Hood Isl.: Baur, no. 198 (hb. Gr. ) ;
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 729 (hb. Gr.). Indefatigable Isl. : Anders-
son ; northern part, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 671 (hb. Gr.). James
Isl.: Andersson. Jervls Isl.: Baur, no. 199 (hb. Gr.). Seymour
Isl.: north, Snodgrass & Heller, no: 5 6S (hb. Gr.). Tower Isl.:
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 804 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. general in trop.
I. TUBiFLORA , Hook. f. (3), 204; Anderss. (1), 213, & (2), 88.—
James Isl.: Darwin, ace. to Hook, f., 1. c. Endemic. Secured by uo
other collector.

BORAGINACEAE.

COLDEKIA, L.

C. Darwini, Giirke in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenf. iv. Ab.
3a, 90 (1893). C. Danvinii, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 147 (excl. pi. Albe-
marle). Galapagoa Darivini, Hook. f. (3), 196; Anderss. (1), 210, &
(2), 86, t. 16, f. 1. — Galapagos Ids. : Edmonston (hb. Gr.) ; Hahel.
Albemarle Isl. : Macrae. Bindloe Isl. : Baur, no. 383 (hb. Gr.) ;
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 764 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : Daricin ;
Andersson (hb. Gr.). Indefatigable Isl. : Conway Bay, Baur, no,
385 (hb. Gr.) ; northern part, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 679 (hb. Gf.).
James Isl. : Orchilla Bay, Baur, no. 384 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

C. fusca, Gtirke in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenf. iv. Ab. 3a, 90
(1893) ; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 147. C Daricinii, Rob. & Greenm. (1),
147, as to pi. Albemarle. Galapagoa fusca. Hook. f. (3), 197;
Anderss. (1), 210, & (2), 87, t. 16, f. 2. — Albemarle Isl. : common
on tufa soil about Tagus Cove, from beach to summit of hills, Snodgrass
& Heller, uo. 180 (hb. Gr.) ; southern portion, ^aur, no. 382 (hb. Gr.).
Barringtox Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 468 (hb. Gr.). Charles
Isl. : Darwin. Chatham Isl. : southwest end, lower region, Baur,
no. 217 (hb. Gr.). Hood Isl. : Baur, no. 218 (hb. Gr.). Indefati-
gable Isl.: in dry sandy places on the shore, Andersson (hb. Gr.).
Seymour Isl. : south, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 587 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

CORDIA, L.

C. Anderssoni, Giirke in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenf. iv. Ab.
3a, 83 (1893). Varronia canescens, Anderss. (1), 203, & (2), 83,
t. 11, f. 2. V. leucopldyctis, Anderss. (1), 203, & (2), 83, 1. 11, f. 1, not

190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

C. leucophbjctis, Hook. f. — Charles Isl. : in wooded places, lower
region, Andersson (lib. Gr.) ; Lee (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus. & bb. Gr.).
Chatham Isl. : Andersson (bb. Gr.). Elndemic.

C. GALAPAGENSis, Gurke, 1. c. C. scaberrlma, Rob. & Greenm. (1),
147, not IIBK. C. sp., Rob. & Greenm. (1), 147. Varronia scaher-
rima, Anderss. (1), 202, & (2), 82, t, 11, f. 3. — Albemarle Isl.:
eastern part, Baur, no. 210 (bb. Gr.) ; Cowley Bay, AVtwr, no. 212 (bb.
Gr.) ; Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 75 (bb. Gr.), 136
(bb. Gr.), 857 (bb. Gr.) ; mountain nortb of Elizabetb Bay, Snod-
(jrass & Heller, no. 291 (bb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove, from near beacb to
1300 m. alt., Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 195 (bb. Gr.), 881 (bb. Gr.),
893 (bb. Gr.). Duncan Isl.: Baur, no. 215 (bb. Gr.). Indefatig-
able Isl.: Andersson ; soutb of Conway Bay, Baur, no. 211 (lib.
Gr.). Narborough Isl. : soutbern part, growing 1.3 m. higb, spread-
ing 2 m. or more, altitude 650 m., Snodgruss & Heller, nos. 331 (bb.
Gr.), 342 (bb. Gr.). Endemic.

C. Hookeriana, Glirke, 1. c. C. linearis, Hook. f. (3), 199 ; Rob.
& Greenm. (1), 147; not DC. Vari-onia linearis, Anderss. (1), 204,
& (2), 84, t. 11, f. 4. Litliocardium Hookerianum, O. Kuntze, Rev.
Gen. ii. 976 (1891). — Albemarle Isl.: Elizabeth Cove, Snodyrass &,
Heller, no. 272 (hb. Gr.) ; Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 28
(b1). Gr.) ; soutbern portion, Baur, no. 213 (hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove,
Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 155 (hb. Gr.), 196 (hb. Gr.), above 650 m.,
no. 897 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl. : Baur, no. 214 (hb. Gr.). James
Isl. ; Darwin ; Andersson. Narborough Isl. : arborescent, 3 or 4 m.
high, common in southern part at 600 m. alt., Snodgrass & Heller, no.
327 (bb. Gr.). Endemic.

C. leucophlyctis. Hook. f. (3), 199; Giirke, 1. c. 83; Rob. &
Greenm. (1), 147. Litliocardium leucopldyctis, O. Kuntze, Rev. Gen.
ii. 977 (1891). — Galapagos Ids. ; Hahel. Albemarle Isl. :
Macrae; Darivin. James Isl.: Scouler ; ? Orcliilla Bay, Baur, no.
209 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

C. LUTEA, Lam. 111. i. 421 (1791); Hook. f. (3), 198; Rose (1),
137; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 147. C. rotundifolia, Ruiz & Pavon, Fl.
Per. ii. 24, t. 148, fig. a (very bad, especially as to corolla), 1799 ;
Hook. f. & Jacks. Ind. Kew. i. 614 (where ascribed to Panama instead of
Peru). Varronia rotundifolia, DC. Prodr. ix. 469 (18-15). V. ^flava,
Anderss. (1), 201, & (2), 82. — Galapagos Ids.: Hahel. Abinguon
Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 821 (hb. Gr.). Albemarle Isl. : Lee

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 191

(hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.) ; Macrae ; Iguana Cove, Snodgrass&, IleUer, no.
74 (hb. Gr.) ; mountain north of Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass & lleller,
no. 294 (hb. Gr.) ; also on lava fields near beach, Elizabeth Bay, Snod-
grass & Heller, no. 940 (hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller,
uos. 159 (hb. Gr.), 925 (lib. Gr.). Barrington Isl. : Baur, uo. 231
(hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 473 (hb. Gr.). Bindloe Isl. :
Baur, no. 232 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 787 (hb. Gr.).
Charles Isl. : Andersson ; A. Agassiz ; Baur, no. 228 (hb. Gr.) ;
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 419 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl.: Darwin;
Andersson (hb. Gr.) ; southwest end, lower region, Baur, no. 208
(hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 524 (hb. Gr.). Duncan Isl. :
A. Agassiz (hb. Gr.); Baur, no. 230 (hb. Gr.) ; very abundant on hills,
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 708 (hb. Gr.). Gardner Isl.: Snodgrass
& Heller, no. 642 (hb. Gr.). Hood Isl.: Baar, no. 229 (hb. Gr.).
Indefatigable Isl.: Andersson. James Isl.: Andersson; James
Bay, 2 to 3 m. high, not common, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 365
(hb. Gr.). Jervis Isl.: Baur, no. 233 (hb. Gr.). Seymour Isl.:
north, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 569 (hb. Gr.) ; south, Snodginss &
Heller, no. 604 (hb. Gr.). Tower Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 793
(hb. Gr.). Further distrib. Ecuador, Peru, Bolivia. To our present
knowledge this is the most widely distributed plant on the Archipelago,
occurring as it does upon no less than fourteen islands. It is, however,
remarkably constant in its characters.

C. revoluta, Hook. f. (3), 199. Varronia revoluta, Anderss. (1),
204, & (2), 84. Litliocardimn revolutum, O. Kuntze, Rei^. Gen. ii. 977
(1891). — Galapagos Ids.: Habel. Charles Isl.: Darwin.
Endemic.

Var. NIGRICANS, Hook. f. (3), 199. Varronia revohUa, y^v. nigricans,
Anderss. (1), 204, & (2), 84. — Albemarle Isl.: Macrae. Endemic.

C. Scouleri, Hook. f. (3), 200; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 147. Var-
ronia Scouleri, Anderss. (1), 204, & (2), 83. Lithocardium Scouleri,
O. Kuntze, Rev. Gen. ii. 977 (1891). — Chatham Isl.: Andersson;
southwest end, middle region, Baur, no. 216 (hb. Gr.). James Isl. :
Scouler. Endemic.

C. nov. sp.? C. dasycephala, Anderss. (1), 204, & (2), 84, not HBK.
Varronia dasycephala. Hook. f. (4), 261, not Desv. — Charles Isl.:
Mdmonston (hb. Gr.). Certainly different from any other species on
the Islands, and clearly distinguished from G. dasycephala by the simple
widely spreading tawny setae which cover the stem. Unfortunately the
material is too poor for description. Endemic.

192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

IIeliotropium, L.

H. Anderssonii. H. asperrimum, Anderss. (2), 86, not R. Br.
Sarcatitltus usperrimus, Auderss. (1), 209. — Indefatigable Isl. :
Andersson (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

H. CURASSAVICUM, L. Sp. 130 (1753); Hook. f. (3), 198; Anderss.
(1), 208, & (2), 86; Rose (2), 137, in part; Rob. & Greeiim. (1), 147.
— Galapagos Ids. : Habel. Bindloe Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no.
76t) (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : Darwin; Andersson (hb. Gr.) ;
A. Agassiz (lib. Gr. & hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.) ; Baur, no. 219 (hb. Gr.) ;
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 514 (hb. Gr.). Hood Isl.: Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 725 (hb. Gr.). Indefatigable Isl. : northern part, Snod-
grass & Heller, no. 660 (hb. Gr.). Seymour Isl. : south, Snodgrass
& Heller, no. 560 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. wide, especially upon
trop. shores.

H. indicum, L. Sp. 130 (1753); Hook. f. (4), 261. Heliophytum
indicuin, DC. Prodr. ix. 556 ; Auderss. (1), 208, & (2) 86. — Charles
Isl.: Edmonston ; Lee (hb. Gr. & hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.); Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 447 (hb. Gr.). Widely distrib. weed of warm countries.

H. PARVIFLORUM, L. Mant. 201 (1771); Hook. f. (3), 198; Rob. &
Greenm. (1), 147. H. curassavicum, Rose (1), 137, in part. Hello-
phjtum parvifiorum, DC. Prodr. ix. 553 (1845) ; Anderss. (1), 208, &
(2), 86. — Galapagos Ids.: Habel. Abingdon Isl.: Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 812 (hb. Gr.). Albemarle Isl.: Iguana Cove, Snod-
grass & Heller, no. 80 (hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove, most abundant near the
coast, but also found inland to 300 m. alt., Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 160
(hb. Gr.), 200 (hb. Gr.). Barkington Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 486 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl.: Darwin; Andersson; Lee
(hb. Gr.) ; Baur ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 463 (hb. Gr.). Chatham
Isl. : Andersson (hb. Gr.) ; A. Agassiz (hb. Gr. & hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.) ;
southwest end, upper region, Baur, no. 220 (hb. Gr.) ; lower region,
Baur, no. 221 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 510 (hb. Gr.).
Gardner Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 639 (hb. Gr.). Hood Isl. :
Baur, no. 222 (hb. Gr.), through typographical error ascribed to
Duncan Isl. by Rob. & Greenm. 1. c. ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 747
(hb. Gr.). Indefatigable Isl. : Andersson. James Isl. : Douglas;
James Bay, scattered in lava soil, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 357 (hb. Gr.).
Nauhorough Isl. : southern part, rather common at 650 m. alt.,
Siio'lgrass & Heller, no. 348 (hb. Gr.). Tower Isl. : /Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 792 (hb. Gr.). Widely distrib. in warm countries.

FLORA OP THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 193

TODRNEFORTIA, L.

T. niRSCTissiMA, L. Sp. 140 (17.33); Caruel (1), 622. — Chatham
IsL. : Chierchia, ace. to Caruel. Furtlier distrib. trop. Am. I suspect
that Cliierchia's specimeu will on examiuatiou prove to be T. rufo-sericea,
Hook. f.

T. LAURIFOLIA, Vent. Choix PI. 2 (1803). T. syringaefolin, Vahl,
Sjmb. iii. 23 (1794) ; Anderss. (1), 206, & (2), 84, not Miq. ; ? Caruel
(1), 622. — Chatham Isl. : Chierchia, ace. to Caruel, sterile and doubt-
ful. James Isl. : Andersson. Furtlier distrib. Mex., trop. S. Aui. A
doubtful member of the Galapageian flora. •

T. PSiLOSTACHi'A, HBK. Nov. Gen. «S= Sp. iii. 78 (1818) ; Cham.
Linnaea, iv. 470; DC. Prodr. ix. 525; Hook. f. (3), 198 (psilostac/ii/s) ;
Anderss. (1), 208, & (2), 85 ; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 147. ? T. difformis,
Anderss. (1), 206, & (2), 85. — Albemarle Isl.: Iguana Cove, the
commonest shrub, everywhere from the beach to 650 m., Snodgrass &
Heller, nos. 81 (hb. Gr.), 120 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl.: Lee (hb.
U. S. Nat. Mus.) ; Snodgrass & Heller^ no. 43G (hb. Gr.). Chatham
Isl. : Andersson (Z*. difformis, Anderss.). Hood Isl. : Baur, no. 227
(hb. Gr.). James Isl. : Douglas & Scouler, ace. to Hook, f ; common
near sandy beach, Snodgrass' & Heller, no. 363 (hb. Gr.). Further
distrib. trop. S. Am. This species appears to have recently become
abundant in the Galapagos Islands.

T. PUBESCENS, Hook. f. (3), 198; Anderss. (1), 206, & (2), 84;
Rob. «& Greenm. (1), 147. T. opaca, Anderss. (1), 205, & (2), 84;
Rob. & Greenm. (1), 147. — Albemarle Isl.: Iguana Cove, abun-
dant near beach, and to 650 m. alt., Snodgrass & Heller, no. 119 (hb.
Gr.) ; bushes 2 to 4 m. high, Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 135 (hb. Gr.), 870
(hb. Gr.) ; mountain east of Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 255
(hb. Gr.); southern part, Baur, no. 225 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl.:
Lee (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl.: Darwin ; southwest end, middle region,
Baur, no. 206 (hb. Gr.). Duxcan Isl. : Baur, no. 226 (hb. Gr.).
Indefatigable Isl. : in wooded places of the lower region, Andersson
(hb. Gr.). Endemic. I am quite unable to separate T. opaca, Anderss.,
which appears to be only a glabrate state.

T. rufo-sericea, Hook. f. (3), 197; Anderss. (1), 205, & (2), 84;
Rob. & Greenm. (1), 147. — Abingdon Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller^
no. 816 (hb. Gr.). Albemarle Isl. : Iguana Cove, up to 650 m. alt.,
Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 54 (hb. Gr.), 858 (hb. Gr.), 868 (hb. Gr.) ;
southern part, Baur, no. 207 (hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove, 1300 m. alt.,

VOL. XXXVIII. — 13

194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Snodgrass & HeUer, nos. 883 (hb. Gr.), 884 (hb. Gr.). Charles Tsl. :
Andersson (hb. Gr.) ; Lee (hb. Gr. & hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.). James
IsL, : Darwin. Endemic.

T. STRiGOSA, Anderss. (1), 207, & (2), 85, t. 9, f. 3 ; Rob. & Greenm.
(1), 147. — Albemarle Isl. : southern part, Bnur, no. 224 (hb. Gr,).
Charles Isl. : wooded places, lower region, Andersson. Chatham
Isl.: Andersson. Endemic. This species is reduced to T. psilostachi/a
by Hook. f. & Jacks. (Iiid. Kew. ii. 1091), but it differs from that
species considerably in pubescence and inflorescence, if (as seems prob-
able) Andersson's plant is represented by Baur's no. 224.

VERBENACEAE.

AVICENNIA, L.

A. officinalis, L. Sp. 110 (1753). A. tomeiitosa, Jacq. Stirp. Am.
178, t. 112 (1763) ; Hook. f. (3), 195 ; Anderss. (1), 201, & (2), 82 ;
Rob. & Greenm. (1), 147. — Galapagos Ids.: Edmonston ; Hahel.
Albemarle Isl. : Elizabeth Bay, about lagoons with Rhizophora, ace.
to Mr. Heller. Charles Isl. : Cormorant Bay, Baur, no. 171 (hb. Gr.).
Chatham Isl. : Darwin. Indefatigable Isl. : forming swamps in
lagoons on the north coast, ace. to Mr. Heller. James Isl. : Andersson ;
tree 8 to 6 m. high, along margin of a salt pond, James Bay, Snodgrass
& Heller, no. 368 (hb. Gr.). Narborough Isl. : fringing lagoons on
the east coast, ace. to Mr. Heller. Seymour Isl. : south, Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 605 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. general on trop. shores.

Clerodendron, L.

C. MOLLE, HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. ii. 244 (1817) ; Hook. f. (3), 195 ;
Anderss. (1), 201, & (2), 82; Caruel (1), 622; Rose (1), 137; Rob.
& Greenm. (1), 147. — Galapagos Ids.: Hahel. Albemarle Isl.:
southern portion, Baur, no. 168 (hb. Gr.) ; Iguana Cove, rather com-
mon from beach to 300 m. alt., Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 59 (hb. Gr.),
116 (hb. Gr.), 855 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl.: Darwin; Andersson;
Lee (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.) ; A. Agassi z ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 443
(lib. Gr.). Chathaji Isl.: Andersson; Chierchia ; A. Agassiz (hb.
Gr.); in upper wooded region, Baur, no. 170 (hb. Gr.). James Isl.:
Scolder ; Andersson ; common on lava coast, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 369
(hb. Gr.). Further distrib. Ecuador.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 195

C. sp. Hook. f. (4), 261, Anderss. (1), 201, & (2), 82.— Charles
IsL. : JSdmonslon, ace. to Hook, f., 1. c.

C. sp. Hook, f., I.e.; Auderss. 11. cc. — Charles Isl. : Edmonston,
ace. to Hook, f., 1. c.

DURANTA, L.

D. Plumieri, Jacq. Stirp. Am. 186, t. 176, f. 76 (1763). —Albe-
marle Isl. : mountaiu east of Tagus Cove, alt. 925 m., Snodgrass &
Heller, nos. 248 (hb. Gr.), 906 (hb. Gr.). Widely distributed in trop.
Am. The form on Albemarle has entire leaves and is closely matched
by some specimens from Mexico.

Lantana, L.

L. peduncularis, Anderss. (1), 200, &, (2), 81 ; Rob. & Greenm.
(1), 147 ; L. sp. Rose (1), 137. Reduced to L. odorata, L., by Griseb.
Fl. Brit. W. Ind. 496, and with scarcely a doubt the L. recta and L.
canescens of Hook. f. (3), 195, and Anderss. 11. cc. and consequently
X. odorata, Anderss. 11. ce. — Galapagos Ids.: Andersson^ no. 215
(hb. Gr.). Abingdon Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 813 (hb. Gr.).
Albemarle Isl.: Darwin (X. recta, Hook, f.) ; Andersson ; mountain
north of Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 293 (hb. Gr.) ; eastern
portion, Cowley Bay, Baiir, no. 174 (hb. Gr.) ; Iguana Cove, Snodgrass
& Heller, no 64 (hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove, from beach to 300 m. alt., not
common, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 201 (hb. Gr.). Barrington Isl. :
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 476 (hb. Gr.). Bindloe Isl. : Baur, no. 187
(hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 758 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl. :
Darwin ; Andersson ; Lee (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.) ; A. Agassiz (hb.
U. S. Nat. Mus.); Baur, no. 173 (hb. Gr.); Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 445 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : Andersson ; Snodgrass &, Heller,
no. 515 (hb. Gr.), doubtful form. Duncan Isl.: Baur ; Snodgrass
& Heller, no. 700 (hb. Gr.). Gardner Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 613 (hb. Gr.). Hood Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 736 (hb.
Gr.). Indefatigable Isl.: Andersson; Snodgrass & Heller, no.
657 (hb. Gr.). James Isl.: Andersson; the most abundant bush,
everywhere in lava soil, 1 to 2 m. high, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 381
(hb. Gr.). Jervis Isl. : Baur, no. 176 (hb. Gr.). Narborocgh
Isl. : southern part, 600 m. alt, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 351 (hb. Gr.).
Tower Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 806 (hb. Gr.). Endemic?
While treating the plants, here mentioned, provisionally as a single
endemic species, I suspect that they may be ultimately identified with

196 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY,

one of the coutineutal American species (of. L. lllacuia and L. canes-
cens, IIBK.), or segregated into several more or less distinct forms.
The indefiniteness which now prevails regarding the S. American species
of tlie genus is such as to render the further classification of the
Galapageian forms, for the present, impracticable.

LiPPiA, Iloust.

L. CANESCENS, HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. ii. 2G3 (1817). L. lanceolata,
Rose (1), 137, not Michx. L. nodijiora, Cham. Linnaea, vii. 213 (1832);
Rob. & Greenm. (1), 147; not Michx. — Charles Isl. : Lee (hb. U. S.
Nat. Mus.) ; Baur. Chatham Isl. : A. Agassiz (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.) ;
Baur, no. 178 (hb. Gr.), a green form. Duncan Isl.: Siiochp-ass &
Heller, no. 709 (hb. Gr.). Hood Isl. : around a mud lake, Snodgrass
& Heller, no. 755 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. S. Am.

L. rosmarinifolia, Anderss. (1), 198, & (2), 80; Rob. & Greenm.
(1), 147. — Abingdon Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 827 (hb. Gr.).
Albemarle Isl.: in very dry places of the middle region, Andersson j
Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 280 (hb. Gr.) ; eastern part,
Btur, no. 179 (hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove, not common, 150 to 460 m. alt.,
Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 168 (hb. Gr.), 147 (hb. Gr.) ; mountain east
of Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 233, 251, 888, 890, & 896 (all
in hb. Gr.). Nos. 888, 890 & 896 show that the leaves on some branches
become strongly toothed. Endemic.

Baur's nos. 181 and 182 (both in hb. Gr.) from eastern Albemarle
are probably branches of this species (sterile).

L. SALiciFOLiA, Anderss. (1), 198, & (2), 80. — Charles Isl.: in
woods on the side of the mountain summit. Andersson (hb. Gr.).
Endemic.

Stachytarpheta, Vahl.

S. DiCHOTOMA, Vahl, Euum. i. 207 (1804) ; Caruel (1), 622. S. ur-
ticifolia, Sims, Bot. Mag. t. 1848 (1816). Verbena dichotoma, Ruiz &
Pav. Fl. Per. i. 23, t. 34, fig. b (1798). Bouchea sp. Rob. & Greenm.
(1), 147. — Charles Isl. : Chierchia, ace. to Caruel, 1. c. ; Lee (hb. Gr.) ;
Baur, without number (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. trop. and subtrop.
Am.

Verbena, L,

V. CAROLINA, L. Syst. ed. 10, 852 (1760) ; Mill. Diet. ed. 8, no. 7.
V. polystachya, HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. ii. 274 (1817); Hook. f. (3),

FLORA OP THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 197

195. as var. V. caroUnimia, Anderss. (1), 199, & (2), 81. — James Isl. :
Darwin, ace. to Hook. f. Furtlier distrib. Mex., Andean S. Am.

V. GRiSEA, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 142, 147, where by typographical
error ascribed to Albemarle Ibland. — Duncan Isl. : Baur, no. 180
(hb. Gr.). Endemic.

V. LiTORALis, HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. ii. 276, t. 137 (1817) ; Hook.
f. (3), 195; Anderss. (1), 200, & (2), 81; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 147.—
Charles Isl.: Darwin; Baur, no. 172 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl.:
Andersson (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. Mex., S. Am.

V. officinalis, L. Sp. 20 (1753); Hook. f. (1), 194; Anderss. (1),
199, & (2), 81. — James Isl.: Darwin. Tropics of both hemispheres.

LABIATAE.

Hyptis, Jacq.

H. CAPiTATA, Jacq. Ic. PI. Rar. i. t. 114; Hook. f. (4), 261 ; Anderss.
(1), 197, & (2), 80. — Charles Isl. : Edmonston. Further distrib. trop.
S. Am., Mex., W. Ind.

H. subverticillata, Anderss. (1), 197, & (2), 80. — Albemarle
Isl. : in very sterile places, middle region, Andersson (hb. Gr.). Inde-
fatigable Isl. : Baur. (Of this plant, called H. spicigera by Rob. &
Greenm. (1), 147, unfortunately no specimen was retained at herb. Gray,
and it is now impossible to examine the material. I have little doubt, how-
ever, that it was H. subverticiUata.) James Isl. : James Bay, common
on lava rocks, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 356 (hb. Gr.). Narborough
Isl. : northern part, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 299 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

Salvia, L.

S. occidentalis, Sw. Prodr. 14 (1788), & Fl. Ind. Occ. i. 43 ; Hook.
f. (3), 200; Anderss. (1), 196, & (2), 79; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 147.—
Albemarle Isl.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 61 (hb. Gr.),
96 (hb. Gr.) ; jTagus Cove, Snodgrass &, Heller, no. 217 (hb. Gr.).
Charles Isl.: Darwin; in dry places, upper region, Andersson, (hb.
Gr.) ; Baur, no. 167 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 407 (hb. Gr.).
Chatham Isl.: southwest end, middle region, Baur, no. 166 (hb. Gr.).
James Isl. : Darwin ; common on rocks near beach, Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 362 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am. This may
perhaps have been the sterile '"'• Lamiacea''^ collected by Chierchia and
mentioned by Caruel (1), 622.

198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

S. PROSTRATA, Hook. f. (3), 200; Anderss. (1), 197, & (2), 79.—
James Isl. : Darwin. Endemic.

S. TiLiAEFOLiA, Vahl, Symb. iii. 7 (1794); Hook. f. (3), 200; An-
derss. (1), 196, & (2), 79. — Charles Isl.: Darwin, ace. to Hook, f.,
1. c. Further distrib. Mex., trop. S. Am.

Teucrium, L.

T. INFLATCM, Sw. Prodr. 88 (1788) ; Hook. f. (3), 201 ; Anderss.
(1), 197, & (2), 79; Rob. & Greenra. (1), 147. — Charles Isl.; Dar-
win ; grassy places, upper region, Andersson (lib. Gr.). Chatham Isl. :
southwest end, middle regiou, Baur, no. 164 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib.
S. Am.

SOLANACEAE.

AcxiSTUs, Schott.

A. ELLiPTicus, Hook. f. in Miers, Lond. Jour. Bot. iv. 343 (1845),
&(3), 203; Anderss. (1), 218, & (2), 91 {Ancistus). — CuA\ii.v.& Isl.:
Darwin. Endemic.

A. insularis, nov. sp., frutex ; rarais a cortice griseo-brunnea tectis ;
ramulis pallidioribus in specimine siccato rugoso-striatis apice foliatis ; foliis
approximatis alternis obovatis integris penninervatis supra atroviridibus
parce pubescentibus subtus pallidioribus molliter pubescentibus basi cu-
neatis apice rotundatis ; pilis induinenti crispis ; umbellis sessilibus 2-4-
floris ; pedicellis elongatis filiformibus nutantibus subglabris apice in
calycem incrassatis ; calyce campanulato tenui subglabro truncato ; corolla
tubulosa gradatim ampliata pilis crispis pubescenti ; limbo 5-fido; dentibus
deltoideis subobtusis ; antheris in parte faucium superiori subsessilibus ;
stylo recto filiforme glabro ; stigmate capitate. — A. sp. Rob. & Greenm.
(1), 147. — Chatham Isl.: southwest end, middle region, June, 1891,
Baur, no. 193 (hb. Gr.). Endemic. Leaf-blade 6 to 8 mm. long, half
as broad; petiole 1.5 to 2 cm. long; pedicels 2 to 2.5 cm. long; corolla
3 cm. long ; flowers more inclined to be nodding or even pendulous than
indicated on the plate. This species must in many points resemble
A. ellipticus, Hook. f. That, however, is described as having leaves
attenuate at both ends and glabrous, the calyx-limb 5-crenate, the style
somewhat curved and the stigma obscurely bilobed. Plate 2, fig. 3.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 199

Capsicum, L.

C. ANNUUM, L. Sp. 188 (1753) ; Anderss. (1), 215, & (2), 90 ; Rob.
& Greenm. (1), 147. — Charles Isl. : Andersson (hb. Gr.). Chatham
ISL. : Baur. Widely distrib. in trop. reg.

Datura, L.

D. Tatula, L. Sp. ed. 2, 256 (1762). — Charles Isl. : Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 412 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. U. S., Mex., S. Am.

D. sp. — Albemarle Isl. : Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no.
124 (hb. Gr.). Differing from the preceding in the having a fine but
rather copious pubescence throughout, and fewer weaker bristles on the
fruit.

Lycium, L.

L. sp. — Hood Isl.: Baur, and probably the same from Seymour
Isl. : south, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 584 (hb. Gr.). Both sterile and
indeterminate.

Lycopersicum, Hill.

L. esculentum, Mill., var. minor, Hook. f. (3), 202 {Lycopersicon) ;
Anderss. (1), 216, & (2), 90. L. j^f^rucianum, Anderss. (1), 216, &
(2), 91, at least as to his own plant from Chatham, which entirely lacks
the large foliaceous bracts of the S. Am. plant. Zi. esculentum, Rob.
& Greenm. (1), 147. — Abingdon Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller^ no. 843
(hb. Gr.). Albemarle Isl. : Andersson ? southern part, Baur, no.
188 (hb. Gr.) ; Pt. Christopher, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 928
(hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 911 (hb. Gr.).
Chatham Isl. : Andersson. Hood Isl. : Baur, no. 189 (hb. Gr.) ;
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 741 (hb. Gr.). James Isl. ; Darwin ; Snod-
grass & Heller, no. 399 (hb. Gr.). Narborough Isl.: Mangrove
Point, on rocks above beach, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 305 (hb. Gr.).
Further distrib. S. Am., Polynesia.

L. PERUViANUM, Mill., var. parviflorum. Hook. f. (3), 202
{Lycopersicon peruamcm). — Chatham Isl. : Darwin, ace. to Hook. f.
Further distrib. Andean S. Am. I have seen no specimens from the
Galapagos Ids. with the foliaceous bracts said to be characteristic of this
species. A variety of L. peruvianum was collected on the Galapagos
Islands by Habel.

L. pimpinellifolium, Mill. Diet. ed. 8, no. 4 {Lycopersicon, 1768) ;
Duu. in DC. Prodr. xiii. pt. 1, 23; Hook. f. (3), 202 {Lycopersicon) ;

200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Anderss. (1), 21G & (2), 91. Solanum 2^impinellifolium, L. Amoen.
Acad, iv, 268 (1759). — Galapagos Ins.: Goodridge (hb. Gr.).
CiiARLF.s IsL. : Anderssoyi. Chatham Isl. : Darwin; Andersson.
James Isl. : Andersson. Further distrib. Andean.

L. sp. — Chatham Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 520 (lib. Gr.).
Very likely a mere variety of L. esculentum, Mill., but although minutely
glandular, quite destitute of the spreadiug-hirsute character shown by the
other Galapageian specimens at hand.

NiCOTIANA, L.

N. glutinosa, L. Sp. 181 (1753); Hook. f. (.']), 202 ; Anderss. (1),
215, & (2), 89. — Charles Isl.: Edmonston ; Darwin; Andersson.
Further distrib. Andean S. Am.

N. Tabacum, L. Sp. i. 180 (1753); Caruel (1), 622. — Charles
Isl. : Chierchia, ace. to Caruel, 1. c. Further distrib. trop. Am. and
widely introduced through cult.

N. sp. Hook. f. (4), 261. — Charles Isl.: Edmonston, ace. to
Hook, f., 1. c.

Phtsalis, L.

P. ANGULATA, L. Sp. 183 (1753); Anderss. (1), 215, & (2), 90;
Rose (1), 137. — Charles Isl. : Andersson ; A. Agassiz, ace. to Rose,
1. c. Chatham Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 522 (hb. Gr.). Further
distrib. general in trop. Am.

P. IXOCARPA, Brot. in Hornem. Hort. Hafn. Suppl. 26 (1819) ;
Rydberg, Mem. Torr. Clyb, iv. 334. P. aequata, Jacq. f., ace. to Nees,
Linnaea, vi. 470 (1831). P. pnhescens, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 147, as
to pi. Charles. — Chakles Isl. : Cuevas Bay, Baur, no. 186 (hb. Gr.) ;
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 434 (hb. Gr.). Widely distrib. in Am.

P. puBEscExs, L. Sp. 183 (1753) ; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 147, as to
pi. Chatham; Rydberg, Mem. Torr. Club, iv. 322. — Albemarle Isl.:
Tagus Cove, abundant in shady places near beach, Snodgrass & Heller,
uos. 185 (hb. Gr.), 187 (hb. Gr.). Bindloe Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 768 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 433
(hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : southwest end, upper region, Baur, no. 185
(hb. Gr.). Hood Isl : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 740 (hb. Gr.), a
robust large-fruited form of doubtful identity. James Isl. : James Bay,
iff sand near beach, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 388 (hb. Gr.). Nar-

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 201

BOROUGH IsL. : southern part, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 303 (hb. Gr.).
"Widely distrib. in Am.

P. sp. Hook. f. (4), 261. — Charles Isl. : Edmonston.

Solan UM, L.

S. Edmonstonei, Hook. f. (3), 201 ; Dun. in DC. Prodr. xiii. pt. 1,
45; Anderss. (1), 216, & (2), 90. — Chaules Isl.: Edmonston.
Endemic.

S. NIGRUM, L. Sp. 186 (1753); Hook. f. (3), 201; Anderss. (1),
216, & (2), 90; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 147. This is, with little doubt,
the S. Berterii of Caruel (I), 622, perhaps also of " Hort. Par. 1835"
[1829 ?], a nomen nudum, so far as I have learned. — Albemarle Isl. :
southern part, Baur, no. 192 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl. : Darivin ;
Andersson (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl : Chierchia ; Snodgrass & Hel-
ler, no. 521 (hb. Gr.). Duncan Isl. : Baur, no. 191 (hb. Gr.).
James Isl.: Scouler ; Darwin; James Bay, scattered on sandy beach,
Snodgi'ass & Heller, no. 387 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. general.
Various forms have been distinguished as to foliage and pubescence.

[S. TUBEROSUM, L., was included by Andersson in his second work
(p. 90) but only on the basis of cultivated specimens.]

S. verbascifolium, L. Sp. 184 (1753) ; Jacq. Hort. Vindob. i. t.
13; Hook. f. (3), 201; Anderss. (1), 215, & (2), 90. — Charles
Isl.: Andersson. James Isl.: Darivin. Narborough Isl. : south-
ern part, rare, 650 m. altitude, Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 329 (hb. Gr.),
353 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. wide in trop. reg. Andersson, 11. cc,
distinguishes two Galapageian forms on foliar differences.

S. sp. Hook. f. (4), 261. — Charles Isl.: Edmonston, ace. to
Hook. f.

S. sp. Hook, f., I.e. — Charles Isl. : Edmonston, ace. to Hook. f.

Thinogeton, Benth.

T. HooKERi, Anderss. (1), 217. — Indefatigable Isl.: Andersson,
Endemic. Omitted by Andersson from his second paper.

T. MiERSii, Miers, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, iv. 359 (1849) ;
Anderss. (1), 217, & (2), 91 ; Dun. in DC. Prodr, xiii. 689. Dictyo-
calyx Miersii, Hook. f. (3), 203 ; Dun. in DC. Prodr. xiii. 538. Caca-
biis Miersii, Wettst. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenf. iv. Ab. 3b,
16 (1891). Solanacea, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 147. — Albemarle Isl. :
Macrae ; Black Bight, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 258 (hb. Gr.) ; Iguana

202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Cove, Snodfjmss & Heller, no. 42 (hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove, Snodgmss
& Heller, no. 1G7 (lib. Gr.). BarringtOxV Isl. : Snodg^-ass & Heller,
no. 475 (lib. Gi-.). Charles Isl. : Darwin ; Andersson. Chatham
Isl.: Andersson; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 523 (hb. Gr.). Cul-
pepper Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 2 (hb. Gr.), a tomentose form
with more sharply toothed leaves. Hood Isl. : Banr, no. 194 (hb. Gr.).
Narbokolgu Isl. : Mangrove Point, Snodgrass & Heller, no, 307
(hb. Gr.) ; northern part, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 302 (hb, Gr.).
Endemic. Mr. Heller remarks that this species as it occurs upon Cul-
pepper Island recalls a cucumber vine and bears large brown berries.
This seems to be a well marked genus, not to be united with Cacabus.

SCROPHULARIACEAE.

Capkaria, L.

C. BiFLORA, L., var. pilosa, Griseb. Fl, Brit. W. Ind, 427 (1861).
C. hiflora, Anderss, (1), 218, & (2), 91 ; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 147.—
Charles Isl. : in very dry places, Andersson (hb. Gr.) ; Baur, no.
184 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 509 (hb. Gr,).
Further distrib. trop. and subtrop. regions of the New World.

C. PERUVIANA, Benth. in DC, Prodr. x. 430 (1846). — Charles
Isl. : Lee (hb. U. S. Nat, Mus,). Further distrib. coast of Ecuador to
the uplands of Peru. Well marked, although by Hook. f. & Jacks. Ind.
Kew. referred to C. hijlora.

SCOPARIA, L.

S. DULCrs, L. Sp. 116 (1753); Hook. f. (3), 200; Anderss. (1),
218, & (2), 91; Caruel (1), 622; Rob. & Greenm, (1), 147.—
Charles Isl.: Darwin; in arid grassy places of the middle and upper
regioxi, Andersson ; Baur, no. 183 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl.: Chierchia,
ace. to Caruel, 1. c. Further distrib. general in trop, and subtrop. Am,

Scrophulariacea, Hook. f. (3), 200. A dwarf indeterminate plant.
— James Isl. : Darwin, ace, to Hook, f. (3), 200.

BIGNONIACEAE ?

Tecoma, Juss, ?

T. sp. ? Caruel (1), 622, — Chatham Isl, : Chierchia, ace. to Caruel,
1. c. Sterile and doubtful even as to family.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 203

ACANTHACEAE.

# DiCLIPTERA, JusS.

D. PERUVIANA, Juss. Ann. Mus. Par. ix. 268 (1806) ; Nees in DC.
Prodr. xi. 478; Hook. f. (3), 195; Anderss. (1), 219, & (2), 92.
Dianthera mucronata, Ruiz & Pav, Fl. Per. i. 11, t. 16, fig. a (1798).
Justicia peruviana, Lam. Diet. i. 633 (1783). — James Isl. : Darwin^
ace. to Hook, f., 1. c. Further distrib. Andes of Peru.

Justicia, L.

J. (Leptostachta) galapagana, Lindau, nov. sp., " herbacea tota
glanduloso-pilosa caulibus sexangularibus vel subteretibus, patente pilosis.
Folia pctiolis 1-2 cm. longis ovata basi rotuiidata et subito angustata,
apice sensim acuminata, acutiuscula, margine integro, cj'stolithis vix visi-
bilibus. Inflorescentiae pauciflorae, axillares, dichotomae, folia aecjuan-
tes, apice spiciformes, floribus in axillis bractearum alternantibus.
Pedicelli subnulli. Bracteae bracteolaeque subulatae, 0.2 mm, longae,
pubescentes pilis glandulosis intermixtis. Calycis laciniae 4, subulatae,
4 mm. longae, 0.7a mm. latae, pubescentia ut in bracteis. Corolla
extus dense pubescens tubo 4 mm. longo, basi 2 mm. diametro et apice
usque ad 3 mm. ampliato. Labium superum 4 mm. longum, basi 4 ram.
latum, dentibus apice minimis, intus nigula^ instructuni, inferum 4 mm.
longum, lobis 3 rotundatis, 2 mm. diam. metientibus. Filamenta glabra,
3 mm. ionga, antherum loculo supero 1 mm. longo obtuso, infero 1 mm.
longo basi in calcar 0.5 mm. longum producto. PoUinis granula pro
genere typica, 46-58 ^J. Ionga et 27-30 /x diam. Discus adest. Ovarium
1.5 mm. altum, pubescens. Stylus 6 mm. longus, pilosus. Capsula
12 mm. Ionga, 4 mm. lata, usque ad medium fere in stipitem contracta,
pubescens pilis glanduligeris intermixtis, jaculatoribus hamatis, 0.2 mm.
longis. Seraina 4, brunneo-tomentosa, lentiforrais, 0.3 mm. diametro." — ■
Abingdox Isl. : alt. 520 m., Snodgrass & Heller^ no. 820 (hb. Gr.),
" Obs. Proxima Justiciae Prhglei Robins., a qua difFert pubescentia
densiore et magis glutinosa, stylo ovarioqne pilosis et masime seminibus,
quae sunt in J. Pringlei foveolata et pubescentia, sed iu J. galapa-
gana laevis et brunneo-tomentosa."

1 " Kugula, i.e., ruga longitudinalis a duobus lobis membranae labii superi for-
mata, in qua stylus est inclusus."

20-4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

TETRA.MERIDM, NeeS.

T. niSPiDUM, Nees in DC. Prodr. xi. 468 (1847); Gray, Syn. Fl.
ii. 330 ; Ilemsl. Biol. Ccnt.-Am. Bot. ii. 525. Probably the Tetrame-
rium, n. sp. ? Hook. f. (3), 195; Anderss. (1), 195 & (2), 78. — Albe-
marle IsL. : Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller^ nos. 34 (hb. Gr.), 87
(hb. Gr.) ; mountain north of E^lizabeth Bay, Snodgrass & Heller, no.
288 (hb. Gr.) ; Tagu3 Cove, from the coast to 450 m. alt. ; Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 213 (hb. Gr.). James IsL. : Darwin (identity doubtful).
Further distrib. Cent. Am., Mex., southwestern U. S.

PLANTAGINACEAE.

Plantago, L.

P. MAJOR, L. Sp. 112 (1753); Caruel (1), 624. — Chatham Isl. :
Chierchia. Further distrib. cosmop.

P. TOMENTOSA, var. (?) pumila, Hook. f. (3), 194 (where by typo-
graphical error published as Plumbago), & (4), 262; Anderss. (1), 171,
«fe (2), 65. — James Isl.: Darwin, ace. to Hook, f., 1. c. Identity
doubtful.

RUBIACEAE.

BoRRERiA, Meyer.

B. basalts, Anderss. (1), 191, & (2), 76, t. 8, f. 4. — Chatham Isl. :
in densely grassy regions, Andersson. Endemic.

B. B.vuRii, Rob. & Greenra. (1), 140, 146. Spermacoce Baurii,
Rob. & Greenm. (1), 141. — Chatham Isl.: lower region, southwest
end, Baur, no. 144 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

B. msPERSA, Hook. f. (3), 217; Anderss. (1), 191, & (2), 76, t. 8,
f. 1; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 146, — Albemarle Isl.: Iguana Cove,
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 137 (hb. Gr.); Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 215 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl.: Darwin; Baur. Chatham Isl. :
southwest end, middle region, Baur, no. 743 (hb. Gr.). Indefatigable
Isl. : grassy places of the lower region, Andersson (hb. Gr.). James
Isl. : Darwin. Endemic.

B. DiVARiCATA, Hook. f. (3), 219; Anderss. (1), 193, & (2), 77 ;
Rob. «& Greenm. (1), 146. — Charles Isl.: Darwin; Cuevas Bay,
Baur, no. 141 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 205

B. ERiCAEFOLiA, ITook. f. (3), 218; Anderss. (1), 192,. & (2), 77,
t. 8, f. 2; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 146. — Abingdon Isl. : Stiodgrass &
Heller, no. 831 (hb. Gr.). Albemarle Isl. : Cowley Bay, Baur, no.
139 (hb. Gr.) ; Elizabeth Bay, Snorlgrass & Heller, no. 27a (hb. Gr.) ;
Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 38 (hb. Gr.) ; mountain east of
Tagus Cove, alt. 615 m., Snodgrass & Heller, no. 236 (hb. Gr.) ;
southern portion, Baiir, no. 137 (hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 157 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl. : Cormorant Bay, Baur, no.
138 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : Darwin; Andersson. Narborough
Isl. : Mangrove Point, common, scattered in crevices of lava from the
beach to 615 m. alt., Snodgrass & Heller, no. 308 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.
The forms here included in this species differ from each other somewhat
in the size, acuteness and pubescence of the leaves. It is not improb-
able that some of them may be B. hasalis, Anderss., B. parvifolia.
Hook, f., or B. falcifolia, Hook, f., nearly related species which, to
judge from the material at hand, do not appear likely to prove distinct
in nature.

B. falcifolta, Hook. f. (3), 219; Anderss. (1), 193, & (2), 77. B.
lancifolia, Anderss. (1), 191, & (2), 76, evidently a typographical error
iov falcifolia. — Albemarle Isl.: Macrae'? ace. to Hook, f., I.e.
Endemic.

B. galapageia, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 140, 146. Spermacoce gala-
pageia, Rob. «fe Greenm. (1), 141. — Duncan Isl. : Baur, no. 145
(hb. Gr.). Endemic.

B. LiNEARiFOLiA, Hook. f. (3), 217 ; Anderss. (1), 191, & (2), 76. —
James Isl. : Darwin. Endemic.

B. OVALTS, Anderss. (1), 192, & (2), 76, t. 8, f. 3. Leaves 6 to 8 mm.
long, rounded at the apex. — Charles Isl. : in dry and grassy places
on the upper part of the island, Andersson (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

Forma abingdonensis. B. ovalis, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 149, as to
pi. Abingdon. Foliis ad 1.5 cm. longis plus minusve acutis. — Abing-
don Isl. : Baur, no. 142 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

B. PACiFiCA, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 140, 146. Spermacoce pacifica,
Rob. & Greenm. (1), 141. — Indefatigable Isl. : south of Conway
Bay, Baur, no. 146 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

B. PARVIFOLIA, Hook. f. (3), 218; Anderss. (1), 193, & (2), 77.—
Galapagos Ids. : Hahel. Albemarle Isl. : Macrae. Endemic. A
pubescent form of B. ericaefolia ?

206 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

B. PEUPUSiLLA, Hook. f. (3), 218; Anderss. (1), 192, & (2), 77.—
James Isl. : Danoin. Eudemic.

B. ROTUNDiFOLiA, Aiiderss. (2), 77. — Indefatigable Isl.: in
grassy places, Andersson. Endemic.

B. suBERECTA, Hook. f. (3), 217; Anderss. (1), 191, & (2), 76. B.
linearifoUa^ Rob. & Greenm. (1), 146 (at least in part), not Hook. f. —
Albemarle Isl.: Macrae; Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 129
(hb. Gr.) ; southern part, Baur, nos. 135 (lib. Gr.), 140 (lib. Gr.) ; Ta-
gus Cove, near beach, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 204 (lib. Gr.), probably
the forma /3 of Hook, f , 1. c. Barrington Isl. : Baur (identity doubt-
ful). Endemic.

B. sp. Slender simple stems 5 to 7 cm. high from an apparently
annual root : leaves oblong-lanceolate, hispidulous on and near the
strongly I'evolute margin. — Chatham Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 536
(hb. Gr.). Perhaps a distinct species, but more probably a starved state
of one of the above.

Chiococca, p. Br.

C. racemosa, L. Syst. ed. 10, 917 (1760); Jacq. Stirp. Am. 68;
Hook. f. (3), 220 ; Anderss. (1), 195, & (2), 78. G. trisperma, Hook. f.
(3), 219 ; Anderss. (1), 194, & (2), 78, t. 9, f. 2. C. ? Hook. f. (3), 220.
— Galapagos Ids. : Habel. Abingdon Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller^
no. 823 (hb. Gr.). Albemarle Isl.: Macrae; Andersson; Elizabeth
Bay, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 2G7 (hb. Gr.) ; Iguana Cove, Snodgrass
& Heller, nos. 60 (hb. Gr.), 874 (hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove, 150 to more
than 650 m., Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 144 (hb. Gr.), 172 (lib. Gr.),
899 (hb. Gr.) ; mountain east of Tagus Cove, alt. 620 m., Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 235 (hb. Gr.), alt. 930 m., Snodgrass & Heller^ no. 234
(hb. Gr.). BiNDLOE Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 789 (hb. Gr.).
Charles Isl.: Andersson (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl.: Darwin; An-
dersson. James Isl. : Scolder. Narborough Isl. : southern part, 300
to 600 m. alt, scattered but common, 3 to 5 m. in height, Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 350 (hb. Gr.). Widely distrib. in trop. Am. The size of the
leaves varies greatly, and changes somewhat with the age of the plant ;
the fruit is often 2-carpelled and 3-carpelled on the same individual.

DiODIA, L.

D. Radula, Cham. & Schlecht. Linnaea, iii. 342 (1828); Schumann
in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 6, 25. Borreria (Spermacoce asperifoUa, Mart.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 207

& Gal. ?), Rob. & Greenm. (1), 146. — Chatham Isl. : southwest end,
upper region, Baur, no. 147 (lib. Gr.). Further distrib, Brazil.

PsYCnOTRIA, L.

P. ANorsTATA, Anderss. (1), 193, & (2), 78, t. 9, f. 1. Probably
P. sp. ? Hook. f. (3), 220. — Charles Isl.: Darwin"! ; in most fertile
forest regions of the island, Andersson. Endemic.

P. KUFiPES, Hook. f. (3), 220; Anderss. (1), 193, «& (2), 77 ; Rob.
& Greenm. (1), 146. — Abingdon Isl.: Snodgrass «&; Heller^ no. 817
(hb. Gr.), Albemarle Isl. : Iguana Cove, below 300 m. alt., Snod-
grass & HeJler, nos. 117 (hb. Gr.), 864 (hb. Gr.), 865 (hb. Gr.).
Charles Isl.: in the most fertile forests, Andersson; Lee (hb. U. S.
Nat. Mus.). Chatham Isl. : southwest end, middle region, Baur^ no. 148
(hb. Gr.). James Isl. : Darwin. Endemic.

Relbunium, Benth. & Hook. f.

R. sp. Rubia sp. Hook. f. (3), 216; Anderss. (1), 190, & (2), 75;
near R. Relbun. — Charles Isl. : Darwin. Further distrib. Peru, ace.
to Hook, f., 1. 0.

Spermacoce, L.

S. TENUiOR, L. Sp. 102 (1753), excl. syn. Dill; Hook. f. (3), 219;
Anderss. (1), 193, & (2), 77; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 146. — Chatham
Isl.: southwest end, upper region, Baur, no. 136 (hb. Gr.). James
Isl. : Darwin. Widely distrib. in trop. and subtrop. Am.

CUCURBITACEAE.

CiTRULLUS, Neck.

C. VULGARIS, Schrad. ex Eckl. & Zeyh. Enum. 279 (1836), & Lin-
naea, xii. 412; Cogn. in DC. Monogr. iii. 508. Cucurbita Citrullus, L.
Sp. 1010 (1753). Cucumis Citrullus, Ser. in DC. Prodr. iii. 301 (1828) ;
Anderss. (1), 224, & (2), 95. — Charles Isl.: Andersson, no. 166.
Widely distrib. in warm countries.

Cucurbita, L.

C. Pepo, L. Sp. 1010 (1753); Cogn. in DC. Monogr. iii. 545. C.
Melopepo,\^. I.e.; Anderss. (1), 223, & (2), 94. Charles Isl.: culti-
vated ground, upper region, Andersson. Cosmopolitan.

208 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Elaterium, Jacq.

E. CORDATUM, Hook. f. (3), 224; Anderss. (1), 224, & (2), 95;
Cogn. in DC. Monogr. iii. 859. — James Isl. : Darwin (hb. Kevv) ;
Andersson. Endemic.

MOMORDICA, L.

M. Charantia, L. Sp. 1009 (1753); Sims, Bot. Mag. t. 2455; Cogn.
1. c. 436 ; Rob. & Greenm. (1), lAG (Charanta). — Albemarle Isl.:
southern part, Baur, no. 158 (hb. Gr,). Widely distrib. in trop. reg.

SiCYOS, L.

S. viLLOSus, Hook. f. (3), 223 ; Anderss. (1), 224, & (2), 95 ; Cogn.
]. c. 874. — Charles Isl. : Darwin, ace. to Hook. f. Endemic.

CAMPANULA CEAE.

Lobelia, L.

L. xALAPENSis, HBK. Nov. Gen. et Sp. iii. 315 (1818); Hook. f.
(3), 206; Anderss. (1), 190, & (2), 75. — Charles Isl. and James
Isl. : ace. to Hook, f., probably collected by Darwin as suggested by
Andersson. Further distrib. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am. to Peru.

GOODENIACEAE.

SCAEVOLA, L.

S. Lobelia, Murr. Syst. ed. 13, 178 (1774). S. Phimieri, Vahl,
Symb. ii. 36 (1791); Hook. f. (3), 205; Anderss. (1), 190, & (2), 75.
Lobelia Plumieri, L. Sp. 929 (1753). — Galapagos Ids.: Edmonston
(hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl.: Darwin ; Andersson. Widely distrib. in
warm countries.

COMPOSITAE.

AcANTHOSPERMUM, Schrank.

A. LECOCARPOiDES, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 141, 14G. — Hood Isl.:
Baur, no. 128; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 744 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

A. raicrocarpum, nov. sp., annuum erectum ramosum 3 dm. altum ;
caule terete albide hirsuto ; foliis oppositis obovato-rhomboideis crenulatis
vel obsolete dentatis 3-uervatis parce hirsutis subtus baud vel paulo pali-

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 209

dioribus apice obtusis basi longiuscule angustatis sessilibus 3-4.5 cm.
longis 1.5-2 cm. latis ; capitulis sessilibus ; involucri squamis exterioribus
4-B oblongis obtusis couspicue ciliatis 4 mm. longis ; fiuctibus triangu-
laribus 6 mm. longis compressis pallidis minute granulatis et spiuis brevibus
conicis baud vel paulo uncinatis armatis ; floribus disci circa 7 ; coroUis
pallidis, tubo gracile faucibus subnullis limbo ampliato. — Charles Isl. :
May, 1899, Snodfjrass & Heller no. 446 (hb. Gr.). Endemic. Nearly
related to A. hispidiim, DC, but differing considerably in the fruit, as will
be seen from Plate 1, figures 3 and 4, where the fruits of both species
are contrasted.

Ageratum, L.

A. LATiFOLiuM, Hemsl. Biol. Cent.-Am. Bot. ii. 82 (1881), not Cav.
(Coelestina latifolia, Bentli. in Oerst. Vidensk. Meddel. 1852, p. 71;
Anderss. (1), 175, & (2), 67; Caruel (1), 623. A. conyzoides, Hook. f.
(3), 207; Anderss. (1), 175, & (2), 67; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 146; not
L. — Charles Isl. : Darwin ; Andersson ; Baar ; Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 423 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl.: Cliierchia, ace. to Caruel, 1. c.
Further distrib. Costa Rica.

Aplopappls, Cass.

A. lanatus, Hook. f. (3), 215 ; Anderss. (1), 177, & (2), 68 {Haplo-
pappus). — Galapagos Ids. : Du Petit- Thouars. Endemic.

Baccharis, L.

B. pilularis, DC. Prodr. v. 407 (1836); Hook. f. (4), 261 ; Anderss.
(1), 178, & (2), 69; Gray, Syn. Fl. i. pt. 2, 222. — Charles Isl. :
Edmonston, ace. to Hook, f., 1. c. Further distrib, coastal region of
California and Oregon. I cannot avoid a suspicion that the Galapageian
plant (of which I have seen no specimen) will prove to be not the Cali-
foruian species but one of several habitally similar plants of trop.
S. Am.

B. Pixgraea, DC, var. angustissima, DC Prodr. v. 420 (1836);
Rob. & Greenm. (1), 146. — Albemarle Isl.: eastern part, Cowley
Bay, Baur, no. 124 (hb. Gr.) ; mountain east of Tagus Cove, alt. 960 m.,
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 2i2 (hh. .Gr). Identification doubtful. Further
distrib. coast of Chili.

B. Steetzii, Anderss. (1), 177, & (2), 68. — Charles Isl.: in dry
places in the middle of the island, Andersson (hb. Gr.).
VOL. xxxvin. — 14

210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

BiDENS, L.

B. cniLENSis, DC. Prodr. v. 603 (183C). — Albemarle Isl. : Tagus
Cove, 1230 m. alt, Snoclgrass & Heller, no. 887 (lib. Gr.). Further
distrib. Chili.

B. riLOSA, L. Sp. 832 (1753). B. leucantha, Willd. Sp. iii. 1719
(1804) ; Auderss. (1), 187, & (2), 74 ; Caruel (1), 623 ; Rob. & Greeum.
(1), 147. — Albemarle Isl. : Andersson. Charles Isl. : Andersson.
Chatham Isl.: Andersson; Qhierchia ; southwest end, middle region,
Bcmr (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 534 (hb. Gr.). Widely
distrib. in trop. reg.

B. KEFRACTA, Brandegee, Zoe, i. 310 (1890). — Albemarle Isl.:
Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 92 (hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove, not
common inland at 150 to 300 m. alt., Snodgrass & Heller, no. 178
(hb. Gr.). Charles Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no 420 (hb. Gr.).
Hood Isl. : Snodgi'ass & Heller, no. 732 (hb. Gr.). James Isl. :
James Bay, most abundant herb, growing everywhere in shade of bushes
on lava soil, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 380 (hb. Gr. ). Narborough
Isl. : southern part, abundant at 600 m. alt., Snodgrass & Heller,
nos. 31 G (hb. Gr.), 338 (hb. Gr.). Probably a recent introduction from
Mexico or Lower California. Palmer's no. 923 (coll. of 1890) from
Manzanillo, Mexico, appears to be identical. Plate 2, fig. 4 (drawn
from a Galapageian specimen).

Blainvillea, Cass.

B. rhomboidea, Cass. Diet. xxix. 493 (1823); Anderss. (1), 178, &
(2), 69 ; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 146. Yerhesina dichotoma, Murr. Comm.
Goett. ii. 15, t. 4 (1779). — Albemarle Isl.: Lee (hb. U. S. Nat.
Mus.); Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 99 (hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove,
growing everywhere in tufa soil up to 300 m. alt., Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 184 (hb. Gr.). Barrington Isl.: Snodgrass & Heller, no. 482
(hb. Gr.). Charles Isl.: Baiir, no. 118 (hb. Gr.); Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 442 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : Andersson (hb. Gr.) ;
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 535 (hb. Gr.). Duncan Isl.: Barir, no. 119
(hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 698 (hb. Gr.). Hood Isl. : Baiir,
no. 117 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 720 (hb. Gr.). Indefat-
igable Isl. : Andersson ; northern part, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 681
(hb. Gr.). James Isl.: James Bay, common in lava soil, Snodgrass
& Heller, no. 389 (hb. Gr.). Narborough Isl. : southern part,
tolerably common at 615 m. alt., Snodgrass & Heller, no. 314a (hb.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 211

Gr.). Seymour Isl. : north, S^iodgrass & Heller, no. 563 (lib. Gr.) ;
south, Snodgrass & Heller, no. GOO (hb. Gr,). Widely distrib. weed in
trop. reg. Apparently of recent introduction in the Galapagos Ids.

B. TENUiCAULis, Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. PI. ii. 370. Wedelia tenu-
icauUs, Hook. f. (3), 213 ; Anderss. (1), 179, & (2), 69 ; and doubtfully
ace. to Hook. f. & Jacks. Ind. Kew. ii. 1226, Wedelia frutescens, Hook,
f. (4), 261 ; Anderss. (1), 179, & (2), 69 ; not Jacq. — Albemarle Isl. :
Macrae. Charles Isl. : Edmonston (identity doubtful). Endemic.

Brickellia, Ell.

B. DIFFUSA, Gray, PI. Wright, i. 86 (1852). — Albemarle Isl.:
Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 51 (hb. Gr.), 72 (hb. Gr.), 93
(lib. Gr.); Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 214 (hb. Gr.). Further
distrib. Mex. to Braz. Apparently of recent introduction on the
Galapagos Islands.

Chrysanthellum, Rich.

C. erectum, Anderss. (1), 188, & (2), 74. C. pusillum, Rose (1),
137, in part (as to pi. Chatham Isl.). — Chatham Isl. : A. Agassiz
(hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 505 (hb. Gr.), 538
(hb. Gr.). Indefatigable Isl. : in the most grassy places of lower
region. Andersson (hb. Gr.). Narborough Isl. : southern part, Snod-
grass & Heller, no. 314 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

C. pusillum. Hook. f. (3), 214 ; Anderss. (1), 188, & (2), 74, t. 6,
f. 2 ; Rose (1), 137, in part (only as to pi. Charles). — Albemarle Isl. :
Darwin. Charles Isl. : in dry somewhat grassy places of lower
region, Andersson (hb. Gr.) ; A. Agassiz (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 413 (hb. Gr.) Chatham Isl. : Andersson. Endemic.

ECLIPTA, L.

E. ERECTA, L. Mant. ii. 286 (1771) ; Caruel (1), 623. K alba,
Hassk. PI. JaV. Rar. 528 (1848) ; Rob. & Greenm. (l), 146. H pro-
cumbens, Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. ii. 129 (1803). — Charles Isl.: Snod-
grass & Heller, no. 417 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : Chierchia, ace. to
Caruel, 1. c. ; southwest end, middle region, Baur, no. 106 (hb. Gr.) ;
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 539 (hb. Gr.). HoOD IsL. : on margin of a
mud lake, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 721 (hb. Gr.). A widely distributed
weed, probably of recent introduction on the Galapagos.

212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Elvira, Cass.

E. inelegans. Desmocephalum inelegans, Hook. f. (3), 209 ; Auderss.
(1), 178, & (2), G9. — CiiAULES IsL. : Darwin. . Endemic.

E. repens. Microcoecia repens, Hook. f. (3), 209 ; Anderss. (1),
179, & (2), 69. — Albemarle Isl. : Tagus Cove, alt. 1230 m., Siwd-
grass & Heller, no. 880 (hb. Gr.). James Isl. : Darwin (hb. Gr.).
Eudemic. Tlie plaut from Albemarle Island differs from the original
material from James Island in not rooting at the lower nodes. Further-
more, the outer bract of the involucre is broadly obovate and subtruncate
instead of acuminate as described by Hooker. Mr. W. B. Ilemsley has
been so kind as to compare the Albemarle plant with some of the
original material at Kew and regards them as the same species. A
fragment of the Darwin plant, sent many years ago by Mr. Bentham to
Dr. Gray, is unfortunately sterile, but agrees closely with the Albemarle
plant in all vegetative features except in its evident repent character.

Encelia, Adans.

E. HISPID A, Anderss. (1), 186, & (2), 73. — Charles Isl. : Andersson.
Chatham Isl. : in dry grassy places of lower region, Andersson (hb. Gr.).
Endemic.

Erigeron, L.

E. lancifolius, Hook. f. (3), 208; Anderss. (1), 176, & (2), 67.—
Albemarle Isl.: Darwin; Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass & Heller, no.
278 (hb. Gr.) ; Point Christopher, Snodgrass «&; Heller, no. 930 (hb. Gr.) ;
Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 909 (hb. Gr.). Narborough Isl. :
southern part, common, bushes 6 to 9 dm. high, 150 to 600 m. alt.,
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 328 (hb. Gr.), leaves acute ; and no. 344
(hb. Gr.), leaves obtusish to rounded. (Obviously only foliar forms of
the same species.) Endemic.

E. linifolius, Willd. Sp. iii. 1955 (1804) ; Gray, Syn. Fl. i. pt. 2,
221. H. sp. Rob. & Greenm. (1), 146. Conyza ambigua, DC. Fl. Fr.
Suppl. 468 (1815). — Charles Isl. : Baur, no. 120 (hb. Gr.). Widely
distrib. in trop. and subtrop. reg.

E. tenuifolids, Hook. f. (3), 207; Anderss. (1), 176, & (2), 68
(as to pi. Darwin); Rob. & Greenm. (1), 146. — Abingdon Isl.:
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 841 (hb. Gr.). Albemarle Isl.: mountain
north of Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 295 (hb. Gr.); mountain
east of Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 237 (hb. Gr.), 253 (hb.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 213

Gr.); southern part, Baitr^ no. 121 (hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove, alt. 1250 m.,
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 889 (hb. Gr.). Charles Isl. : Darwin.
Duncan Isl.: Baur, no. 122 (hb. Gr.). James Isl.: Darwin;
James Bay, scattered along the edge of new lava flow, Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 370 (hb. Gr.). Endemic. Leaves varying in length.

E. sp. E. tenuifolius, Steetz (not Hook, f.) in Anderss. (1), 176,
& (2), 68; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 146. — Charles Isl.: Andersson
(hb. Gr.) ; Baur, no. 123 (hb. Gr). Endemic. Unfortunately known
only from sterile specimens.

EUPATORIUM, L.

E. filicaule, Sch. Bip. in Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xxi. 384 (1886). —
Albemarle Isl. : Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 29 (hb. Gr.).
Further distrib. Mex. to Venezuela. The Galapageian plant has a
slightly denser inflorescence and more copious and sordid indumentum
than the Mexican, but good floral differences do not appear.

E.? sp. Hook. f. (4), 261. — Charles Isl.: Edmonston, ace. to
Hook, f., 1. c. Endemic? Andersson (1), 189, & (2), 74, suggests the
possibility that this may be Flaveria Contrayerba, Pers.

Flaveria, Juss.

F. Contrayerba, Pers. Syn. ii. 489 (1807); DC. Prodr. v. 635;
Anderss. (1), 189, & (2), 74. — Charles Isl.: Andersson. Further
distrib. trop. Am.

Hemizonia, DC

H. SQUALiDA, Hook. f. (3), 208; Anderss. (1), 190, & (2), 75.—
Galapagos Ids.: Du Petit- Thouars, ace. to Hook, f., 1. c. Endemic.

Jaegeria, HBK.

J. GRACILIS, Hook. f. (3), 213; Anderss. (1), 179, & (2), 69.—
Charles Isl. : Darwin. Endemic. From the description of the in-
volucre this can hardly be a Jaegeria.

J. prorepens, Hook. f. (3), 214; Anderss. (1), 179, & (2), 69;
Robinson, Proc. Am. Acad. xxxv. 318. — James Isl.: Darwin. Endemic.
!^ieither this nor the preceding has been secured by any other collector.

Lecocarpus, Decaisne.

L. FOLIOSDS, Decaisne, Bot. Voy. Venus, 20 (1864). L. pinnati-
fidm, Decaisne, 1. c. t. 14 of Atlas; Hook. f. (3), 210 (identity of the

214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

forms with less cut leaves may be doubted) ; Anderss. (1), 18G, & (2), 73 ;
Rob. & Greenm. (1), 146. — Galapagos Ids. : (presumably Ciiarlks)
Edmomton (hb. Gr.); Habel. Charles Isl. : Darwin; Da Petit-
Thouars ; in dry places, upper region, Andersson (hb. Gr.) ; Baur.
Chatham Isl. : Darwin, ace. to Hook. f. Endemic.

Lipochakta, DC.

L. LARiciFOLiA, Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. v. 131 (18G2) ; Rose (1),
137. jVacraea laricifoUa, Hook. f. (3), 210; Anderss. (1), 18G, & (2),
72; Caruel (1), 623; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 147. Trigonnpterum
Ponteni, Anderss. (1), 184, & (2), 72, t. 6, f. 1. Lippia'i Rob. &
Greenm. (1), 147. — Galapagos Ids.: Hahel. Abingdon Isl.:
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 830 (hb. Gr.). Albemarle Isl. : Dar-
win; Macrae; Andersson; Cowley Bay, Da^lr, nos. 181 (hb. Gr.), 182
(hb.Gr.); Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, nos. 146 (hb. Gr.), 913
(hb. Gr.) ; common bush on hills near the cove and to 180 m. alt., also
inland to 450 m., Snodgrass & Heller, no. 166 (hb. Gr.). Charles
Isl. : Darwin ; wooded region, middle of the island, Andersson (hb.
Gr.) ; Lee (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.) ; A. Agassiz ; Baur, no. 126 (hb.
Gr.) ; S)iodgrass & Heller, no. 408 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : Chierchia ;
southwest part, Baur, no. 127 (hb. Gr.). Narborough Isl. : southern
part, bushes 1.3 to 2 m. high at 320 to 650 m. alt., Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 335 (hb. Gr.). Endemic. A species of special interest, showing
the strongest of several on the whole rather slight traces of affinity
between the flora of the Galapagos Islands and that of the Sandwich
Islands (on which occur the remaining species of this small genus).

Pectis, L.

P. Anderssonii. P. linearis, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 147, not La
Llave. Lorentia linearis, Anderss. (1), 174, & (2), 66. — Indefatiga-
ble Isl. : alt. 60 m., Andersson; south of Conway Bay, Baur, no, 125
(hb. Gr.). Endemic.

P. Hookeri. Lorentia gracilis, Hook. f. (3), 206 ; Anderss. (1), 174,
& (2), 66. Pectis gracilis, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 147 (excl. pi. Chatham),
not Baker. — Albemarle Isl. : Macrae. Barrington Isl. : Baur,
no. 115 (hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 465 (hb. Gr.). Charles
Isl. : Baur. Hood Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 726 (hb. Gr.).
James Isl. : James Bay, abundant on lava rocks near beach, Snodgrass
& Heller, no. 378 (hb. Gr.). Jervis Isl.: Baur, no. 114 (hb. Gr.).
Seymour Isl. : south, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 592 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 215

P. LiNiFOLiA, L. Sjst. Nat. ed. 10, 1221 (1760) ; Fernald, Proc. Am.
Acad, xxxiii. 85. P. punctata, Jacq. Enum. PI. Carib. 28 (1762), &
Stirp. Am. 216, t. 128; Gray, Syu. Fl. i. pt. 2, 362. Verbesina linifolia,
L. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, 1226 (1760). Pectidiam punctatum, Less. Linnaea,
vi. 707 (1831); DC. Prodr. v. 1^8; Anderss. (1), 172, & (2), 65. P.
subciliaris, Anderss. (1), 174, & (2), 66. — Chatham Isl. : Andersson.
Indefatigable Isl. : Andersson. Seymour Isl. : south, Snodgi-ass &
Heller, no. 591 (hb. Gr.). Further distrib. Mex., W. lud., northern
S. Am. Several forms are distinguished by Andersson.

P. SUBSQUARROSA, Sch. Bip. in Seem. Bot. Herald, 309 (1852-1857).
Lorentia subsquarrosa, Hook. f. (3), 206. — Galapagos Ids. : Habel.
Chatham Isl. : Darwin. Endemic.

P. TEVUiFOLiA, Sch. Bip. in Seem. Bot. Herald, 309 (1852-1857) ;
Rob. & Greeum. (1), 147. P. gracilis, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 147, as
to pi. Chatham. Lorentia tenui folia, DC. Prodr. v. 103 (1836) ; Hook,
f. (3), 206; Anderss. (1), 174, & (2), 66. L. subsquarrosa, Anderss.
(1), 175, & (2), 67, as to pi. Albemarle. — Albemarle Isl.: Macrae
(type) ; Andersson ; Bhick Bight, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 256 (hb. Gr.) ;
eastern portion, Cowley Bay, Baur, no. 116^ (hb. Gr.) ; Elizabeth Bay,
Snodgrass &, Heller, no. 274 (hb. Gr.) ; southern part, Baur, no. 116
(hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 148 (hb. Gr.). Charles
Isl. : Andersson (hb. Gr.), labelled in Ander.«son's hand but not re-
corded in his published papers; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 437 (hb. Gr.).
Chatham Isl.: Andersson (hb. Gr.); northern part, Baur, no. 112
(hb. Gr.), leaves minutely pubescent ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 537
(hb. Gr.). Indefatigable Isl. : northern part, Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 665 (hb. Gr.), leaves minutely pubescent, involucral bracts acutish.
Seymour Isl.: north, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 573 (hb. Gr.). Further
distrib. shores of Peru ? P. Burchellii, Bak. in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 3,
287 (1884), is habitally simihir, but differs in pappus.

Porophyllum, Vaill.

P. ellipticum, Cass. Diet, xliii. 56 (1826); Anderss. (1), 189, &
(2), 75 ; Rose (1), 137; Rob. & Greenm. (1), 147. P. ruderale, Cass.
1. c. Cacalia Porophyllum, L. Sp. 834 (1753) ; Cav. Ic. iii. 11, t. 222.
— Galapagos Ids. : Habel. Abi:^gdon Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no.
848 (hb. Gr.). Albemarle Isl. : Tagus Cove Mountain, Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 224 (hb. Gr). Charles Isl.: Andersson; Baur; Snod-
grass &, Heller, no. 430 (hb. Gr.). Chatham Isl. : Andersson (hb. Gr.);

216 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

A. Agassiz (hb. Gr.) ; southwest end, lower region, Baur, no. 133
(hb. Gr.); Snodgrass & Heller, no. 508 (hb. Gr.). Duncan Isl. :
Snodgrass &. Heller^ no. 688 (hb. Gr.). Hood Isl. : Baur, no. 131
(hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 745 (hb. Gr.). Indefatigable
Isl.: Snodgrass &, Heller, no. 654 (htt. Gr.). James Isl.: Orchilla
Bay, Baur, no. 134 (hb. Gr.) ; James Bay, abundant on all kinds of
soil, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 358 (hb. Gr.). Jervis Isl. : Baur, no.
133 bis (hb. Gr.). Widely distrib. in trop. Am. Now one of the most
abundant and generally distributed plants of the islands, but apparently of
recent introduction, as it was not noted by Darwin or any of the earlier
collectors. Andersson in 1852 found it upon two islands, Baur in 1891
upon five, and Snodgrass & Heller in 1899 upon seven.

Scalesia, Arn.

S. AFFiNis, Hook. f. (3), 212; Anderss. (1), 182, & (2), 71 ; Hemsl.
in Hook. f. Ic. PI. xxviii. t. 2718. — Charles Isl : Darwin.
Endemic.

S. aspera, Anderss. (1), 180, & (2), 70, t. 7, f. 3. — Indefatig-
able Isl. : alt. 65 m., Andersson (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

S. ATRACTYLOiDES, Am. in Lindl. Introd. Nat. Ord. ed. 2, 264, 443
(1836); DC. Prodr. vii. 308; Hook. & Arn. in Hook. Jour. Bot. iii.
312; Hook. f. (3), 210; Anderss. (1), 179, & (2), 69. — Galapagos
Ids. : Cuming. A plant, from description highly characteristic, never
rediscovered on the islands.

S. Baurii, Rob. & Greenm. (1), 141, 146. — Duncan Isl. : Baur,
no. 129 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

Var. (?) glabrata, foliis brevioribus magis ovatis cordatisque supra
minute rugnloso-venosis glabratis ; lobulis obtusis. — Duncan Isl.:
Snodgrass & Heller, no. 706 (hb. Gr.). Very near S. Snodgrassii but
leaves shorter, more ovate, finely rugulose, less pubescent and nigrescent
in drying.

S. Darwinii, Hook. f. (3), 211; Anderss. (1), 179, & (2), 70;
Rob. & Greenm. (1), 146; Hemsl. in Hook. f. Ic. PI. xxviii. t. 2719.—
Charles Isl. : Cormorant Bay, Baur, no. 107 (hb. Gr.). James Isl. :
Darwin. Endemic.

S. DECURRENS, Auderss. (1), 182, & (2), 71. — Albemarle Isl.:
Baur. Charles Isl. : wooded region of the interior, Andersson
(hb. Gr.) ; Snodgrass & Heller, no. 410 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS, 217

S. DiviSA, Anderss. (1), 179, & (2), 70, t. 7, f. 1. — Galapagos Ids. :
Habel. Chatham Isl. : frequent on the lower stony parts, Andersson
(hb. Gr.). Endemic.

S. GrMiriFERA, Hook. f. (3), 212; Anderss. (1), 182, & (2), 71, t. 7,
f. 2. Galapagos Ids. : Habel. Albemarle Isl. : Macrae ; in the
driest places of the middle region, Andersson; Elizabeth Bay, Snod-
grass & Heller, no. 266 (hb. Gr.) ; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 150 (hb. Gr.). Endemic.

S. Helleri, nov. sp., frutex; raraulis molliter pilosis; novellis albo-
pilosissimis, foliis oppositis bi-tripinnatisectis supra viridibus pills brev'is-
simis couicis scabriusculis subtus paulo pallidioribus glanduloso-puberulis
et in nervis hirsutis ; pedunculis ad apicem ramuli saepe tribus quam
folii muko brevioribus ; capitulis eradiatis; involucri hemisj^haerici squamis
oblongis apice rotundatis obsolete striatis ; floribus omnibus ^ numerosis :
corollas puberulae tubo propriori gracile brevi in fauces conspicuas
longas rectas ampliato ; achenio oblongo valde compresso apice truncato
calvo ; paleis apice 2-3-dentatis, dentibus laciniato-ciliatis ad apiculum
abrupte angustatis. — Bakrixgtox Isl. : May, 1899, Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 466 (hb. Gr.). Endemic. Leaves 8 cm. long, 5 cm. broad;
petioles 1.5 to 2 cm. long covered with rather soft and widely spreading
pilosity : heads 1.8 cm. in diameter. "Well marked by its very deeply
cut foliage and rounded involucral bracts. Plate 1, figs. 9 and 10.

S. Hopkinsii, nov. sp., frutex ; ramis teretibus pallide brunneis
pilosis in specimine siccato striatulis ; ramulis pilosissimis foliosis plus
minusve gummiferis ; foliis ovatis planis tenuibus molliter pubescentibus
subtus pallidioribus subargute pinnati-lobatis, apice acutis basi subintegris
acutatis ; lobulis dentatis ; pedunculo gracile a foliis superato piloso ;
capitulis eradiatis ; involucri hemisphaerici squamis oblongis obovatisve
acutis villosis leviter striatis ; floribus omnibus ^ ; corollae tubo gracili
saepe curvato baud vel paulo in fauces ampliato pubescenti ; achaenio
glabro compresso griseo calvo. — Abingdox Isl.: 520 m. alt., June,
1899, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 851 (hb. Gr.). Endemic. Leaves 8 cm.
long, half as broad. Petioles 2 cm. long. Heads 1.2 cm. in diameter.
"With its thin flat soft-pubescent leaves this can scarcely be Mr. Hemsley's
S. retrojlexa nor does it agree with any of the other species heretofore
characterized. Although near S. incisa, Hook, f., it has more ovate
leaves and acuter involucral bracts than that species. Plate 3, fig. 1.

S. INCISA, Hook. f. (3), 210; Anderss. (1), 179, & (2), 70; Hemsl. in
Hook, f Ic. PI. xxviii. t. 2716. — Chatham Isl.: Darwin. Endemic.

218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

S. microcephala, nov. sp., gummifera ; ramulis teretibus gracilibus
brunneis tenuiter griseo-puberulis, apice foliosis et corymbiferis ; foliis
ovato-lanceolatis vel laiiceolato-oblongis integerrimis atteiiuato-acutissimis
basi roturulato vel ad petioli iusertionem subacuininatis dense tomenteilis
penninervatia subtus pallidioribus 4 to 6 cm. longis 2 cm. latis ; petiolis
gracilibus exalatis 1.5 cm. longis; capitulis ijluribus graciliter pedicellatis
corymbos terminales sessiles a foliis superatos formantibus eradiatis 1 cm.
longis 7 mm. latis gummiferis ; squarais involucri anguste campanulati
lanceolato-lineai'ibus attenuatis laxe imbricatis subaequalibus sordide
pubescentibus; flosculis 9 nullis, ^ 9-12; corollae tubo gracillimo in
fauces nou ampliato 5 mm. longo minutissime puberulo, limbo 5-dentato
recurvato ; achenio compresso sparse pubescenti nigrescente lineari-
oblougo 4 mm, longo 0.8 mm. lato summo dentes duas nunc breves nuuc
in aristas parvas productas gerenti ; paleis couduplicatis angustis apice
argute 3-dentatis puberulis. — Albemarle Isl. : Tagus Cove, 20 Jan-
uary, 1899, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 910 (bb. Gr.) ; mountain east of
Tagus Cove, alt. 770 m., Snodgrass & Heller, no. 2o4 (hb. Gr.).
Narborough Isl. : abundant in southern part at 600 m. alt., forming
bushes 2.6 to 4 m. high, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 343 (hb. Gr.). This
last specimen is sterile and somewhat doubtful. It has leaves 7 cm.
long and 3 cm. broad. Endemic. Plate 3, figs. 2 and 3.

S. microcephala is well marked among its congeners by its small and
more numerous heads, also by the presence of an abortive pappus.
These features, however, in the presence of an otherwise close resem-
blance to the genus Scalesia do not appear to form any good ground
for generic separation.

S. narbonensis, nov. sp., ramis fistulosis foliosis dense breviterque
pubescentibus vel subvelutinis teretibus striatis ; foliis alternis late ovatis,
praeter basis integerrimae acuminati-attenuatae serratis acute acuminatis
molliter adpresse pubescentibus, in pagina inferiore pallidioribus supra
basem 3-nervatis, nervis lateralibus ramosis; petiolis distinctis semiteretibus
exalatis ; pedunculis in dichotomis supremis solitariis teretibus gracilibus
erectis unibracteatis a foliis superatis : capitulis solitariis involucre cam-
panulato, squarais circa 13 oblongis acutis dense pubescentibus; flosculis
9 circa 12 squamas involucri paulo excedentibus coroUis tubo gracili
pubescenti in ligulam breviter oblongam pallidum 5-nervatam dilatatis,
achenio pergracili tereto, abortive : paleis oblongis puberulis valde coudu-
plicatis apice argute 2-3-dentatis : flosculis 9 numerosis, corollo breviter
pubescenti a tubo brevi gracile in fauces teretes longiores o-nervatis

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 219

ampliato : limbo breviter 5-dentato albo-puberulo : aclienio puberulo
compresso breviter oblongo aplce calvo. — Narborougii Isl. : iiortlieni
part, Snudgross & Heller, no. 297 (hb. Gr.) ; southern part, common at
G50 m. alt., Snodgrass & Heller, no. 341 (hb. Gr.). Endemic. Leaf-
blade G to 11 cm. long, half as broad, petioles 1 to 1.5 cm. long: heads
2 cm. in diameter; ray-tiowers including the achene 12 mm. long. This
species approaches S. offinis, Hook, f., but differs in its alternate more
finely toothed leaves, in the branched lateral leaf-nerves which (if the
figuie in Ilook. Icon. t. 2718 be correct) are simple and marginal in
S. ajfinis. S. offinis would from the figure seem furthermore to have a
longer more hirsute type of pubescence. Plate 3, figs. 4, 5, G, and 7.

S. ovATA, Anderss. (1), 181, & (2), 70. — Charles Isl.: upper
wooded region, Andersson ; Lee (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.). Endemic.

S. TEDUNCULATA, Hook. f. (3), 211; Anderss. (1), 181, & (2), 71 ;
Hemsl. in Hook. f. Ic. PI. xxviii. t. 2717. — James Isl.: Darwin.
Endemic.

S. RETROFLEXA, Hemsl. in Hook. f. Ic. PI. xxviii. t. 2715 (1901). —
Indefatigable Isl.: Habel. Endemic.

S. Snodgrassii, nov sp. S. Baurii et *S'. retrojlexae affinis, fruticosa,
G-9 dm. alta ; ramis teretibus glabrescentibus foliosis in specimiiie siccato
brunneis tenuiter striatis ramulis parce pilosis et tenuissime glanduloso-
puberulis ; foliis planiusculis alternis ovato-oblongis p6nninervatis supra
pilis minutis couicis albis obstitis subtus paulo pallidioribus tenuiter
pubesceutibus pinnatisectis ; lobis obtusissimis et obtuse dentatis sinis
angustatis ; petiolis exalatis puberulis ; pedunculis ad apicem ramuli sub-
tribus gracilibus saepius unibracteatis puberulis et parce pilosis; capitulis
eradiatis ; involucri hemisphaerici squamis obovato-oblongis brevissime
acuminatis 3-5-nervatis pubesceutibus et breviter ciliatis ; floribus om-
nibus ^ ; corollae tubo gracili hispidulo-puberulo saepius arcuato in
fauces dilatato ; limbo 5-dentato recurvato; achenio compresso griseo
glabro apice subtruncato obsolete 2-dentato ; paleis striatis conduplicatis
argute 2-3-dentatis tenuiter parceque puberulis. — Wenman Isl. : 8
December, 1898, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 10 (hb. Gr.). Endemic. This
species is probably nearest S. retmjiexa recently described by Mr. Hems-
ley from Indefatigable Island. That, however, has the leaves recurved
and somewhat crisped, of slightly different dentation and a corolla de-
cidedly ampliate in the throat; also villous petioles. »S'. i?a Mr /«' differs
in its rugulose leaves, S. Hophinsii in its very different indumentum,
and S. incisa in leaf contour and the bluntly toothed chaff. Plate 3,
FIG. 8.

220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

S. n. sp. ? — Albemarle Isl. : Iguana Cove, below 300 m. alt., Snod-
grnss & Heller, no. 856 (hb. Gr.) ; 300 to 600 m. alt., Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 869 (hb. Gr.); Tagus Cove, 1230 m. alt., Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 875 (hb. Gr.). Differing from all the other species in its large
broadly ovate more or less cordate subentire leaves. Unfortunately
all the specimens are sterile so that there is a slight doubt as to the
genus. Endemic.

SONCHUS, L.

S. oleraceus, L. Sp. 794 (1753). — Albemarle Isl. : Snodgrass &
Heller, no. 908 (hb. Gr.); Iguana Cove, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 50
(hb. Gr.). Charles Isl. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 404 (hb. Gr.).
Cosmop. weed.

Spilanthes, L.

S. Acmella, Murr. Syst. ed. 13, 610 (1774); Hook. f. (4), 261;
Anderss. (1), 188, & (2), 74. — Charles Isl.: Edmonston, ace. to
Hook, f., 1. c. Narborough Isl. : southern part, Snodgrass & Heller,
no. 315 (hb. Gr.). Sterile and doubtful. Widely distrib. in trop. reg.

S. DIFFUSA, Hook. f. (3), 214; Anderss. (1), 188, & (2), 74.—
Charles Isl. : Darwin. James Isl.: in a smaller form, Darwin, ace.
to Hook, f., 1. c. Endemic.

Tagetes, L.

T. erecta, L. Sp. 887 (1753); Caruel (1), 623. — Chatham Isl.:
Cider cilia, ace. to Caruel, 1. c. Widely distrib. in warm reg. as a
result of cult.

FLORA OP THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS.

221

11 2

■jaiiKd siqi 3iiuBd

e^

o

11

1-1

CO

0

-aad nj psuiinu

-X3 suatuiooilg

1

•aouaiog

00

o

N

CO

CO

CO

0

Oi iisa J »-)nB[j

C<I

'"*

3.
ft

'oSBiadiqajy

CO

CO

■*

CO

c*

lO

0} Aiaa jS^uEid

■3

•(sa^Eoiidnp

CO

o>

o

iC

1—

•pxa) papjoaaj

ci

■*

§

tX

N

5

snaintoads 'Ofj

^

^

. ■

^ > 6,

_^

>> i

•si .

Om CO

i 2 g

IJ

o .

ISi

'" = 1

a.
0

1^

00 li ^

>0

2

0

o

O

O""

C^

CL

■5"

a

.- 1

^ 1

^

1-5

t..^

t» :3 .

■-5

•3 C *"

^

itf ^

^ &<

5 jC-3

^i

1

o

t4

=t

lit

0

^'

S =" a

§1

o

d

o
Q

1-5

c

0

d

1-5

in

111

•5 0 »r
a = .2

u

.b

aJ "^

g-^-

t4

r"~

® ■£ "S

M

to

b

ra

1-5

i»

bl

III

•3

0 g ^^

■S"3

aJ

c
'5

o

5 s -^

S

a

2 S =3 -

1

— J3 S

^ J

'C D "^

h-( '?

0^

.o

S t- *^ S

1-

fr- ♦i 5J

^ ^

a

C3

a

^ s 5 a

i=

s s a

U > -iJ

^

5

S

<o^4

U

QiJ-s

00

1 = 1

i

o

3
1-5

U5
CO

00

til

i

"-•^

CI

^

lO

s 3 2

c3

d

1

C

a

^ 3 ci

O

Ceo

C3
0

a
to

N 1

o

uO

Si

IM

■"i

(M

CD

0

•3 ^

S a
9, 0)

Si 3
c 5

Vessel, etc.

Ji

1

>

04

If

■^ i

u' —

Em

la

CO S

.o.s

g
0

-—

cS

•^ T

3

"c £

-§5i

Z

i^ g

^§

— .— ^

ej

" - 5

o

~^

.■S-9

■3"

■£ z

a -3

0

1

o

2 =3

a

a

a

a

1

^3l

o a

II

•30

0
1

1 tTS

•3 ~ x'
« =- ^

OjH .

^

o

<: J

§-a

C S -3

2 °

S

.£5

■ a.

e.?

^ ci 5

"? .

a

£?

d

S 0

0

c.

»S fci

3J

:3

J3

■3 -3

J3 t.

C3

.Ort

OQ

>?

a

O

<<

HO

0

222

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

O

•jadi!(i sit)} Siiuud

o

o

N

0

0

-aid ui pouiiuu

o

-X3 suauipadg

sanapg

.9

(M

^

0

N

0% Maa 8}ut!ij

lO

■oSBiaditjDJV

-

00

(M

0

§3 .

0? ^aa B^uBid

'"'

(sajTiaiidnp

lO

Cf5

t—

■^

•pxa) papjooaj

&'

o

0

51

suaaipads ofj

is

a

0^ to

-

■a
c

;;

3

>
'a
t3

rt

5

1

3
-T3

a

S K S »

M

rjj •—

3

fc- 1^ ~ rs

a

■5 a

D.

0

00 c

III
III

C
3

c

0

1

"5

a.

■a
c3

a

0

0

it
a
p.

■a
1

0

it

a

«

3
0

;|^3^

3=e^o

i^

i

■§

•Sgg

ji

2I

■S a

|a

"o

si

a 6

c
c

a

□

•a

a

a
S

i-i

iw plants cited
attered mo
■aphs ; the licli
terniinedbyTu

3
C3

a

1

S « 0
H . >>

O

St

-=J

05

<" K bc-a

M

s

0

•<

fi

Cu

_2'

«

0)

T

3

3

3

.0

.S t3

c>

c3

0 ^

03

0 «

0

cS

?s

"S .

s

SO

.£P

■S ..£P

'S

a

.£?

^. a

C3 tn

TJ S

03 K .«_*

a

e«

—■ .22

S-2

£

■& i

m5

0

"i

E-S^

■»

CQ

e

^

^

■S-a

hS ^

|§

s

^a

.5 "^

73

a, t. a,

£ 2 "2

5

>

i

rt

■^

•3

fe^

J

a S

•^ .^

fl

^

a

^ .3

<3o

Ml-S

■<«

-

^o5

i^f^

<oo

00

im'

r
00

P'

■*

i^

CO

s

00

00 ,

30

00

I-H ^

T"*

r^

i

CO
.QO

s r

g

3
►-5

3

10

s
-1:

■-I

(M

M

5J

>

1

CO

D..J,
0.3

1

u
0.

1

a
C
0
■a

a
3

§

a

til

IT

i

1

28

.2 S

o

g

1

<fci

Si S

u

»

='■3

"o

0 «

■3

O

■3

^03

1

0

i S

II
00

^

IS

%

K

A

"^

<

Hi.

EH

S3

o

t;

c c

C

« »

£

_

Q

^^

OQ

^

^

^^

0

_

_

^„,

>2'>2

FLORA OP THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 223

c 3 a

1''

a

go

a ,5

a ;5

■^ a

o

£3 JD

a

a

■^ .„ a es<: ■£ a

be o ^ £ .,^--_

at. o-->,£'2 >,

O 53 ■'^

E^^

£ll| mi'otso iiyiiiil^r I iliiiil 111 iiil

go

''I • « 5 .

£aD . s-A $,

wo S3 G0.2 go

»^^

n

2^

c

h-J

<i:-ri

t4

b

a

D-S

t^

«s

e

a

»= i "■

►^

tc^

s a

. -3

224

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

TABLE II.

The Distribution of the Pteridophytes and Spermatophytes upon
THE Galapagos Islands.

[The sign + indicates that a specimen lias been examined from the island in
question; the sign — , that a record hat, been found.]

Acrostichum aureo-nitens . .

aiireum

muscosuin

viscosum

Adiantum aethiopicum . . .

concinnuin

Henslovianum . . . .

jndsum

Kaulfussii

parvulum

jjatens

prionophyllum . . . .
Aspidium coriaceuni . . .

semicordatum . . . .
Asplenium anisophyllum . .

auritum

var. macilentum . .

cicutariuni

formosum

furcatum

laetum

lunulatum

rhizopliyllura . . . .

rutaceuni

Serra

serratum

Bleclinum occidentale . . .

var. candatum .

Cheilanthes microphylla . .

myriophylla

Cystopteris fragilis ....
Gieichenia dicliotoma . . .
Gyninogramme chaerophylla

leptopliylla

tartarea

Hypole])is repons

Nephrodium brachyodon .

macrophylliim . . . .

niolle

unitum

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS.
TABLE 11.— continued.

225

Nephrodium villosum . . .
Nephrolepis acuta . . . .

pectinata

Notliochlaeiia sulpliurea . .
Pellaea geraniaefolia . . .
Polypodium angustifolium

aureiiin

crassifolium . . . .

incanum

lanceolatuni

lepidopteris

loriceuiii

paleaceutn

pectinatum

percussum

Pliyllitidis

pleiosorum

rude

squaniatum

„ .SP

Ptens aquilina, var. escu-
lenta

ineisa

pedata

propinqua, var Cuniing-

iana

Taenitis angustifolia . . .
AzoUa caroliniana ....

Salvinia sp

Lycopodium clavatum . . .

dichotoinum . . . .

sp

sp

Potamogeton pectinatus . .

Ruppia ruaritima

Najas luariua, var. latifolia
Anthepliora elegans ....
Aristida divulsa

repeus

subspicata

villosa

Bouteloua pilosa

Cenchrus distichophyllus . .

granularis

platyacauthus ....

sp

Chloris anisopoda ....

elegans

radiata

Cliusquea sp

VOL. XXXVIII. — 15

22(3

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

TABLE II. — cimlinned.

Eleusine aegyptica . .

indica

Eragrostis bahiensis . .

ciliaris ....

major

pilosa

Eriocliloa distacliya . .
Leptochloa albemarlensis

filiformis ....

Liiidleyana . . .

niucTonata . . .

virgata ....
Oplismemis setarius .
Panicnm colonum . .

I'asciculatum . .

fluitans ....

fuscum ....

hirticaulum . . .
var. minus

molle

multiculmum . .

sanguinale . . .

serotiniim . . .
Paspalum canescens . .

conjugatum . . .

disticliuni . . .

longe-pedunculatum

peiiicillatum . .

scrobiculatum . .

sp

Pennisetum pauperum .
Setaria floriana . . .

setosa

SP •

Sporobolus domingensis

indicus ....

virginic'us . . .
Stenotaphrum glabrum
Slipa rostrata ....
Cyperns aristatus . .

bracbystacliys . .

confertus ....

esculentus . . .

fiigax

galaf);igensis . .

graiidifolius . . .

laevigntus . . .

ligularis ....

Mutisii ....

rotundus ....

+

+

+

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS.
TABLE U. — co)itli>uecL

227

Cyperus rubiginosus . . . .
var. cornutus . .

strigosus

suraniniensis . . . .
tristacliyus

sp

sp

Diclironema leucocephala . .
Eleocharis fistulosa ....

niutata

Firabristylis capillaris . . .

diphylla

Hemicarplia subsquarrosa

Kyllinga pumila

Scleria pratensis

Lenina sp

Tillandsia insularis ....
Cnnimelina nudiflora . . .

Commeliiiacea ?

Hypoxis decumbens ....
Epidendruin spicatum . . .
Peperomia flagelliformis . .

galapagensis . . . .

galioides

petiolata

ramiilosa

Snodgrassii

n. sp

sp

Fleurya aestuans

Parietaria debilis

Pilea Baurii

muscosa

peploides

Phoradendron florianum . .

galapageiuni . . . .

Henslovii

uncinatura

Polygonum acuminatum . .

galapagense

Atriplex sp

sp

Alternanthera radicata . . .

rigida

subscaposa

Amaranthus caracasanus . .

celosioides

sclerantoides ....

forma ohatliamensis

" lioodensis . .

228

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

TABLE U. — ronthiued.

Ainarantlius spinosus

sqiiarrulosus

urceolatus

viridis . .
Froelic'llia juncea

lanigera .

nudicaulis

scoparia .
Iresine Edmondstonei .
l^leuropetalum Darwinii
Telantliera echinocephala

filitblia ....

flavicoma . . .

frutescens . . .

glaucescens . . .

Helleri ....
var. obtusior .

nudicaulis . . .

rugulosa ....

Snodgrassii ...

strictiuscula . .

vestita ....
Batis maritima . . .
Boussiiigaultia baselloides
Piiytolacca decandra
Boerliaavia eiecta . .

paniculata . . .

scandens ....

viscosa ....
Cryptocarpus pyriformis
Pisonia floribunda . .
Nyctaginacea? . .
MoUugo tlavescens . .
var. floriana

gracillima . . .

Snodgrassii . . .
Sesuviuni Edmonstonei

I'ortulacastrum
Trianthema Portulacastru
Portulaca oleracea
Portulaca sp. . .
Drymaria cordata
Cissanipelos Pareira
Brassica campestris

Sinapistruni
Kapbanus sativus
Senebiera pinnatifida
Sanguisorbea ? . .
Acacia farnesiana
macracantha

+

+

^-
+

+

+

+

+

+

+ +

+

+

+

FLORA OP THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS.

229

TABLE 11. — continued.

Acacia tortuosa . . .

sp

sp

sp

Astragalus Edmonstonei
Caesalpinia Bouducella

pulcherrima
Canavalia obtusifolia
Cassia liirsuta . . .

occidentalis . .

picta ....

sericea . . .
Crotalaria glabrescens

pumila . . .

setifera . . .
Dalea parvifolia . .

tenuicaulis . .
Desmanthus depressus
Desmodium galapagense

incanum . .

molle . . .

spirale . . .

uncinatum .
Erythrina velutina
Galactea Jussiaeana, var
bilis .
var. glabrescens

n. sp

Geiiffraea superba
Mimosa asperata . .
Neptunia plena . .
Parkinson ia aculeata
Phaseolus adenanthus

mollis . . .

semierectus .
Piscidia Erythrina
Prosopis dulcis
llhyncliosia minima

reticulata

sp

sp

Stylosanthes scabra
Tephrosia cinerea
Vigna owalmensis
Oxalis carnosa . .

Cornelli . .

corniculata .
Linum oligopliyllum
Kallstroemia adscendens
Tribulus cistoides . .

volu

230

PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

TABLE II. — coutiniud.

Tribulus cistoides var.
cautlius .
sericeus . . . .

sp.

Zanthoxylum Pterota . . .

Castela galapageia ....

forma albemarlensis

" biiuUuensis .

" caroleiisis

" (luncanensis .

" jacobensis

" jervensis . .

Bursera graveolens ....

nialacopliylla ....

Poly gala Andersonii . . .

galapageia

var. insularis . . .

Acalypha Adamsii ....

albennarlensis ....

Baurii

cliatliamensis . . . .

cordifolia

diffusa

flaccida

parvula

reniforrais

sericea

spi''ata

strobilifera

velutina

var. minor . . . .

sp

sp

sp

sp

sp

Croton Scouleri

var. albescens

forma niicrophyllus

var. brevifolius . .

" grandifolius

" Macraei . . .

Euphorbia amplexicaulis . .

a])iculata

articulata

diffusa

flabellaris

galapageia . . . . .

ncsiotica

nunimularia ....

+

+

+
+

+
+ 1

I

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS.

231

TABLE ll. — co7iti7ined.

Euphorbia nummularia, var,

glabra . .

pilulifera . . . . .

puntitulata ....

reciirva ......

viniinea

forma barringtonen
sis . .
" carolensis .
" castellana .
Euphorbia viminea, forma
chathamensis
forma jacobensis

" jervensis
var. abingdonensis

sp

sp

sp

Hippomane Mancinella
Manihot utilissima . .
Ptiyllanthus carolinensis
Ricinus communis . .

Callitriche sp

Maytenus obovata . .
Cardiospermum Corindum

galapageiura . .
Dodonnea viscosa

var. spathulata ,
Sapindus Saponaria . .
Discaria pauciflora . .
Cissus sicyoides . . .
Vitis vinitera ....
Corchorus pilobulus . .
Triuinfetta semitriloba .
Abutilon Anderssonianum

depaiiperatum . .
Anoda hastata ....
Bastardia viscosa . . .
Gossypium barbadense .
Klotzschianum . .
Hibiscus tiliaceus . . .
Malachra capitata . .
Sida acuta, var. carpinifolia
angustifolia . . .
cordifolia . .
paniculata . .
riiombifolia . .
spiuosa . .
veronicaefolia, var. hu-
milis . . . .

O , W M

232

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

TABLE 11. — continued.

Waltheria reticulata . .
forma acamata
" Anderssonii
" intermedia
Turnera ulmifolia .
Passiflora foetida . .

lineariloba . .

puberula . . .
Carica Papaya . .
Mentzelia aspera . .
Sclerotlirix fasciculata
Cereus galapagensis .

nesioticus . .

sclerocarpus

Thouarsii . .
Opuntia galapageia .

Heileri . . .

myriacantha

sp

Cupliea patula . . .
Rhizopliora Mangle .
Psidium galapageium
Conocarpus erectus .
Laguncularia racemosa
Miconia Robinsoniana
Myriophyllum sp.
Apium laciniatum

leptophyllum .
Centella asiatica . .
Hydrocotyle galapagensis
Petroselinum sativum
Plumbago scandens .
Vallesia eymbaefolia

pubescens . .
Asclepias angustissima
Viiicetoxicum sp.
Calystegia Soldanella
Cuscuta acuta . . .

gymnocarpa
E volvulus glaber . .

simplex . . .
Iponioea biloba . .

Bona-nox . . .

campanulata

galapagensis

Ilabeliana . .

Kinbergi . . .

linearifolia . .

Nil

pentaphylla . .

+
+ +

+

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 233

TABLE 11.— contmuecL

Ipomoea tubiflora. ...
Coldenia Darwini . , .

fusca

Cordia Andersoni . . . ,

galapagensis . . . ,

Hookeriana

leucophlyctis . . . .

lutea

revoluta

var. nigricans . .

Scouleri

n. sp. ?

Heliotropium Andersonii . .

curassavicum . . . .

indicum

parviflorum

Tournefortia liirsutissima . .

laurifolia

psilostacliya . . . .

pubescens

rufo-sericea

strigosa

Avicennia officinalis . . . .
Cierodendron molle . . . .

sp

sp

DiirRnta Pluniieri . . . .
Lantana peduncularis . . .
Lippia canescens

rosmarinifolia . . . .

salicifolia

Stachj'tarpheta dichotoma
Verbena Carolina

grisea

litoralis

officinalis

Hyptis capitata

subverticillata . . . .
Salvia occidentalis . . . .

prostrata

tiliaefolia

Teucrium inflatum . . . .
Acnistus ellipticus . . . .

insularis

Capsicum annuum . . . .
Datura Tatula

sp

Lycium sp

Lycopersicum esculentum,
var. minor . . . .

234

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

TABLE n. — continued.

Lycopersicuni peruvianum,
var. parviflorum .

pinipinellifolium . . .

sp

Nicotiana frlutinosa ....

Tabacuni

sp

Physalis angulata ....

ixocarpa

pubescens

sp

Solanum Edmonstonei . . .

nigrum

verbascifolium ....

sp

. sp

Thinogeton Hookeri . . .

Miersii

Capraria biflora

Scoparia dulcis

Scropluilariacea

Teconia sp. ^

Dicliptera peruviana . . .
Justicia fralafiagnna ....
Tetramerium hispidum . . .
Plantago major

tonicntosa, var. ? . . .
Borreria basalis

Baurii

dispersa

divaricata

ericaefolia

faleifolia

galapageia

linearifolia

ovalis

forma ablngdonensis

pacifica

parvifolia

perpusilla

rotundifolia

suberecta

sp

Chiococca racemosa ....

Diodia Radula

Psychotria angustata . . .

rufipes

Relbunium sp

Sporinacoce tenuior ....
Citrulliis vulgaris ....

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS.

235

TABLE ll. — contlmied.

Cncurbita Pepo . .
Elateriura corJatiim .
Momordica Charantia
Sicyos villosus . . .
Lobelia xalai)ensi9 .
Scaevola Lobelia . .
Acantliospermum le
poides

microcarpuni .
Atreratum latifoliiiin
Aplopappus lanatus .
Bacciiaris pilularis

Pingraea, var. an
sima .

Steetzii . . .
Bidens cliilensis . .

pilosa ....

refracta . . .
Blainvillea rhomboidea

tenuicaulis .
Brickellia diffusa . .
Clirysantiiellum erectum

pusillum . .
Eclipta erecta . .
Elvira inelegans .

repens . . .
Encelia hispida
Erigeron laiicifolius

linitblius .

tenuifolius .

gustis-

Eupatorium filicaule

sp. ? ....
Flaveria Contrayerba
Hemizonia squalida .
Jaegeria gr.acilis , .

prorepens . .
Lecocarpus foliosus .
Lipocliaeta laiicifolia
Pectis Anderssonii .

Hookeri . . .

linifolia . . .

subsquarrosa .

tenuifolia . .
Poropliylhim ellipticum
Scalesia affinis . .

aspera ....

atractyloides

Baurii ....
var. glabrata

+

+

+

+

236

PUOCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

TABLE II. — continued.

Scalesia Darwinii
(lecurrens
divisa . . .
gummifera .
Helleri . .
Hopkinsii
incisa . . .
microcepliala
narbonensis .
ovata . . .
pedunculata .
retroflexa
Snodgrassii .
n. sp. "? . .

Ronclms oleraceus

Spilanthes Acniella
diffusa

Tasretes erecta . .

o iW

General Features of the Flora.

The habital traits of the vegetation on the Galapagos Islands have been
graphically although rather gloomily pictured by Darwin (2), 140, and
by Wolf (1), 277. A. Agassiz (1), 57-G2, and Baur, who visited the
islands at a more favorable season, describe the flora as somewhat more
luxuriant. The lower slopes of all the islands, however, are relatively
sterile, arid, and rough, much of the surface being covered with irregular
blocks of lava. The air, although not excessively hot, is very dry.
Trade winds are said to be moderate in force, but almost constant.
The perennial vegetation of these lower parts of the islands is predomi-
natingly of a small-leaved xerophytic type, being composed of scattered
and often sparse, stenimy shrubs and undershrubs, or wiry herbs and
grasses, over which rise the bulky and grotesque trunks of arborescent
species of Cereus and Opuntia. On those islands, which, like Gardner,
Hood, Tower, and Bindloe, are entirely low, not attainiiig an altitude
of oUO ra., this is the only kind of perennial vegetation, except a few
halopliytes along the shores. On the higher islands, however, like
Albemarle, Charles, Chatham, Jam^s, and Indefatigable, the upper parts

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 237

penetrate higher, moister strata of the air, and support a much more
hixuriaat vegetation of a mesophytic type. Between these chief types
of vegetation there are perceptible but ill-defined belts of an intermediate
nature. A few lakes and ponds, some muddy and others briny, support
a littoral vegetation, chiefly of Cfiperaceae, a family represented by sev-
enteen species and varieties of Cyperus and one or two each of Dlcliro-
neina, Eleochnris, Fimhristijlis, Hemicarpha, Kyllinga^ and Scleria. A
cold spring on Charles Island contains an Azolla (Andersson), and in
a small brook on the same island a Sah'i)iia, a CaUitriche, .Ind a Lemna
have been found (Wolf) ; but as both springs and streams are rare and
small, such true hydrophytes are few and relatively unimportant in the
archipelago. Halophytes are more abundant, and occur not only on the
sandy beaches in the brackish marshes along the shore, but to some
extent around the saline lakes of the interior portions of the islands.
The chief halophytes are Clssampelos Pareira, Tephrosia cinei-ea,
Rhizophora Mangle, Laguncularia racemosa, Sesuvium Portulacastruin^
S. Edmonstonei, Calystegia Soldnnella, Ipomoea hiloba, I. Haheliana,
Balis maritima, Avicennia qfficitialts, Verbena litoralis, Heliotropiuni
curassavicum, Scaevola Lobelia, Ruppia maritima, Najas marina, var.
latifolia, and probably Thinogeton Miersii, T. Hookeri, and two undeter-
mined species of Atriplex.

The lower arid slopes support not only tlie stemmy, suffrutescent ve"'-
etation described above, but also are covered from time to time by an
ephemeral growth of desert annuals, which spring up shortly after the
rainy season begins, mature rapidly, and quickly dry up completely.
Examples of this type of plants are found in Porophyllum ellipticum,
Evolvulus simplex, and several species of Boerhaavia, Kallstroemia,
Tribulus, and Bidens.

Trees, if we except the arborescent cacti, occur chiefly upon the upper
parts of the islands and never attain great size. In many cases, however,
the same species which form a tree-like growth in the upper region
extend well into the lower or even to the shore as shrubs, stunted by
the extreme drought and sterility of their environment. The trees
and shrubs are in great part armed with spines or thorns, e. g. Mimosa,
Acacia, Parkinsonia, Discaria, Castela, Zanthoxylum, Cereus, and
Opuntia, — genera, all of which, it will be noticed, belong to the chori-
petalous dicotyledons. On the other hand, species protected by poisonous
juices or stinging hairs appear to be few. The climbing plants of the
islands are chiefly of the genera Bousungaultia, Cissampelos, Galactea,
Rhynchosia, Cardiospermum, Ipomoea, Elaterium, Momordica, and Sicyos.

238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

They are neither so numerous nor conspicuous as in the tropical parts of
continental America, and it may be noticed that the climbers of the
Galapagos Islauds are herbaceous, the true woody liana, so common in
tropical jungles, being almost unknown upon these islands.

Epiphytes occur only at the higher altitudes and are neither abundant
nor showy. Their ecological class is chiefly represented by one Tilland-
sia, one Epldendrum, and several Peperomiae. Of phanerogamic para-
sites there are four species of Phoradeudron and two of Cuscuta.

The phanerogams of the Galapagos Islands have prevailingly small
and inconspicuous flowers, although exceptions are not infrequent. It is
also worthy of remark that the flowers are in most cases regular and of
a rather simple structure. Zygomorphic flowers are not numerous, and
even in such genera as Epidendniin, Salvia, etc., where zygomorphy is
universal, the Galapageian species show this trait only moderately devel-
oped. Similarly, flovvei-s with other highly developed mechanisms for
securing cross-pollination seem to be very rare in the islands. Fruits
with hook apparatus or spines to aid their distribution by mammals are
found in Cenchrus, Tribulus, Acanthospermum, Bidens, and Lecocarpus ;
but by the decided reduction in the spines of most of the species of
Cenchrus, and in a variety of Tribulus cistoides, as well as in Acantho-
spermum microcarpum, it is easy to remark a tendency toward abortion
in this apparatus, — a fact readily explained by the paucity of indigenous
mammals. Of course the settlement of the islands has brought intro-
duced mammals in considerable quantity, but it is too recent to have had
a perceptible influence in this matter.

Affinities of the Flora.

The flora of the Galapagos Islands is almost wholly American in char-
acter. It contains, it is true, a very few plants which are not found in
America. Thus a slight relationship to the flora of the Hawaiian
Islands might be inferred from the genus Lipochaeta, of which one
species is Galapageian and the others Hawaiian. There is also a report
of a Vigna common to the Hawaiian Islands, the Galapagos, and Chili,
— a matter which I have been unable to verify. Ipomoea catnpamdata
of the East Indies and Malayan Archipelago occurs on the Galapagos
Islands, but not to my knowledge upon the continent of America. This
is probably a chance introduction. Several species of the Old World,
such as Vitis vinifera, mentioned by Caruel (1), 623, Brassica campes-
tris, B, Sinapistrum, and Raphanus sativus, are of course relics of
cultivation or introduced weeds. Eleocharis Jistulosa, ascribed by Caruel

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 239

(1), 622, to Chatham Islaud, is with scarcely a doubt an erroneous
determination.

While it is thus clear that the Galapageian flora is only an outlying
portion of the American flora with a strong specific differentiation, it is
impossible to trace its relationship closely to any one section of the
Pacific American vegetation. It can only be said in a general way that
nearly all the plants of the archipelago are identical with, or obviously
related to, species of the Sierras and Andes or of the Pacific Slope
between Lower California on the one hand and northern Chili on the
other. The xerophytic elements in the Galapageian flora show a con-
siderable resemblance to the desert flora of southern Peru and the drier
parts of the Andes. The mesophytes, on the other hand, correspond
most nearly to plants of P^cuador, Colombia, Central America, and
southern Mexico.

Those who have written upon the phytogeography of the Galapagos
Islands have frequently mentioned the West Indian affinities of the flora,
but here I can find no close resemblance or significant relationship.
It is to be noticed that Hooker, who first employed the term " West
Indian" regarding the flora of the Galapagos Islands, either used it to
include, or expressly qualified it by tiie addition of, the flora of Panama
and the adjacent lowlands of the continent, — a qualification which has
not always been sufficiently regarded by subsequent authors. But, on
the other hand, the discoveries of the last half century have shown a
much greater difference between the flora of the Antilles and of the
Panama region than was to be inferred when Hooker wrote ; so although
a definite relationship can be traced between the Galapageian flora and
that of the lower slopes of Colombia, it does not follow that tliere is
any marked affinity to the flora of the AYest Indian Islands. Indeed,
of the species common to the Galapagos and the Antilles there are
none (if we except a sterile and doubtfully identified specimen of the
Cuban Cenchrus distichopliyllus) which do not also occur upon the adja-
cent parts of the continent, and nearly all, like the halophytes of the
shores, are species of wide tropical distribution.

Hooker (4), 239, 250, drew attention to what appeared to be an inter-
esting double relationship between the plants of the Galapagos Islands
and those of other regions, as follows : " Here, as in other countries, the
vegetation is formed of two classes of plants, — the one peculiar to the
group, the other identical with what are found elsewhere. In this there
are even indications of the presence of two nearly equal Floras, — an in-
digenous and introduced, — and these are of a somewhat different stamp ;

240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

for the introduced species are for the most part tlie plants of the West
Indian Ishmds and of the lower hot parts of the South American coast,
whilst the peculiar Flora is chieHy made up of species uot allied to
the introduced, but to the vegetation which occurs in the Cordillera or
the extra-tropical parts of America." But, after repeated efforts, I am
unable to verify this double relationship, and must infer that subsequent
discoveries, both upon tlie mainland and upon the islands, have done much
to weaken the grounds upon which these conclusions once rested. Many
cases could now be cited to show that the endemic plants of the Gala-
pagos Islands, far from forming a niaiked or peculiar class, are often the
nearest allies of species or varieties which are common to the islands and
the continent. Botli classes include alike the most widely diverse ele-
ments,— xerophytic, mesophytic, and halophytic types, annuals and peren-
nials, herbs, shrubs, and trees, climbers and epiphytes, — and both occur m
common at all altitudes and in every sort of habitat the islands afford.
Accordingly it is not remarkable to find their closest congeners occupying
the same diverse habitats upon the mainland from the hot, moist lowlands
about Guayaquil and Panama to the cool parts of the Andes, dry regions
of Peru or western Mexico, and in a few instances the more fertile up-
lands of Colombia, Central America, and Mexico. Moreover, the
endemic forms show all grades of differentiation from their continental
allies ; some are well marked specific types, others mere varieties, while
still others are scarcely distinguishable forms.

It appears, therefore, that very diverse floral elements have reached
the archipelago, probably at different times and from widely difterent
habitats. Presumably all have been subjected on the islands to influences
of a kind to bring about change in their nature ; and in two-fifths of the
plants now known on the islands more or less pronounced evidences of
such change can be observed. These plants, which show modification,
form, as we have seen, no sharply marked class, but pass over very imper-
ceptibly into nearly related forms which it is impossible to differentiate
from plants of the mniniand. That some plants have reached the Gala-
pagos from the West Indian Islands during the subsidence of the Isthmus
of Panama is by no means impossible, but as we should expect, these
plants, if such there were, have established themselves in like maimer
upon the western coast and* slopes of the continent, so that it is now
quite impossible to trace any direct floral affinity between the West
Indies and the Galapagos which the latter do not exhibit even in a higher
degree with the western parts of the mainland.

Mr. Ilemsley has already commented upon the wide divergence be-

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 241

tween the flora of the Galapagos group and that of Cocos Island. The
latter is situated about three-sevenths of the way from the coast of Costa
Rica to the Galapagos Archipelago. Until very recently the flora of
Cocos Island has been scarcely known at all. Largely through the
efforts of Professor H. Pittier and Messrs. Snodgrass & Heller, about
eighty plants have now been secured on the island, and of these only
the following eighteen are common to the flora of the Galapagos group :

Plagiochila Anderssonii Paspalum conjugatum

Acrostichum aureum Paspalum distichura

Asplenium rhizophyllum Caesalpinia Bonducella

Nephrolepis acuta Euphorbia pilulifera

Polypodium aureura Ricinus communis

Polypodium lanceolatum Hibiscus tileaceus

Polypodium Phyllitidis Ipomoea biloba

Eleusine indica Ipomoea Bona-nox.
Panicum sanguinale

It will be noticed that with the exception of the hepatic (Plagiochila
Anderssonii) all of these species are weeds or plants of wide tropical
distribution.

Composition of the Flora.

As with most insular floras, the vegetation of the Galapagos Islands is
striking rather by the absence of certain great groups than by the
number and diversity of the genera and families represented. For in-
stance, in the pteridophytes there is a total lack of arborescent forms on
the one hand and of the filmy ferns ( Trichomanes, Hymenophyllum, etc.)
on the other. There are no gymnosperms ; and among the monocotyle-
dons there are no palms, aroids, rushes, or Liliaceae. Indeed, if we
except the grasses and sedges (both well represented), the monocotyledons
are shown only by some half-dozen scattered species. Among the di-
cotyledons the families best represented are the Amarantaceae, JSfyctagi-
naceae^ Aizoaceae, Leguminosae (about 10 per cent of the phanerogamic
vegetation), Euphorbiaceae (about 12 per cent), Malvaceae, Cactaceae,
Convolvulaceae, Boraginaceae, Verhenaceae, Lahiatae, Solanaceae,
Ruhiaceae, and Cornpositae (about 13.5 per cent). Several great dicoty-
ledonous families, widely distributed and abundant in the tropics of
continental America, such as the Sapindaceae, Myrtaceae, Melastomaceae,
Lythraceae, and Onagraceae, are scarcely or not at all represented in the

VOL. XXXVIII. — 16

242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

flora of the archipelago. Altogether there have been 72 families ^ of
flowering plants and ferns found on the islands. Of these families 39
include endemic forms, and 33 contain only plants common to other
regions. Excluding some indeterminate forms, there are 232 genera
of pteridophytes and spermatophytes upon the islands.

Notwithstanding the uncertainty with which some plants are here
reckoned as species, and others as varieties or forms, the following figures
regarding the plants of the Galapagos Islands will have an interest :

Species.

Varieties.

Forms.

Indeterminate.

Total.

Ferns

52

2

0

1

55

Fern-allies

2

0

0

2

4

Pteridophytes

54

2

0

3

59

Spermatophytes

445

17

19

50

531

Vascular plants

499

19

19

53

590

Of endemic ferns there are only 3, that is, but 5 per cent. Of endemic
spermatophytes there are 202 species, 15 varieties, and 19 forms, — a
total of 236, that is, 44.4 per cent of the whole flowering flora. The
total number of vascular plants which are endemic is 239, or 40.5 per
cent. Of these endemic plants 130, that is, more than half, are con-
fined to a single island.

The ratio of (determined) species to genera is as 2.16 : 1.

The ratio of species, varieties, and forms to genera is as 2.55 : 1.

It is noteworthy that, although there is such a high percentage of
peculiar forms, varieties, and species, there is no corresponding peculiarity
among the genera of these islands.^ Of the several genera which have
from time to time been characterized as exclusively Galapageian, only
two, Scalesia and Lecocarptts, are now maintained, while all the others
have been reduced to genera of continental America, with the single ex-
ception of Macraea, which falls into a genus of the Hawaifan Islands.
Even Scalesia is not a strong genus, as it is not easy to show very sharp
generic distinctions between it and some allied Helianthoideae in Mexico
and Central America.

1 This does not include the Rosaceae and Bignoniaceae, which rest, so far as their
Galapageian occurrence is concerned, upon single and doubtful determinations.

2 Tlie statement of Darwin (2), 1G5, regarding the genera of Compositae, is, as
pointed out by Mr. Henisley, quite erroneous, and must have rested upon some
misapprehension of data furnished him.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS.

243

Families containing Vascular Plants peculiar to the Islands.

Family.

a S
^3 'o

a a

J

Family.

1 s

■OS

^.2

a „•

■a a

■3

Mir

^^

W.2

o

^g-

^^

0

Filices ....

3

0

0

3

Sapindaceae .

. . 1

0

0

1

Gratnineae . .

13

1

0

14

Malvaceae . ,

. 3

0

0

3

Cyperaceae . .

4

1

0

5

Sterculiaceae .

. . 1

0

3

4

Bromeliaceae

1

0

0

1

Passifloraceae

. 2

0

0

2

Orcliidaceae . .

1

0

0

1

Cactaceae . .

. 7

0

0

7

Piperaceae . .

5

0

0

5

Myrtaceae . .

. 1

0

0

1

Urticaceae . .

1

0

0

1

Melastomaceae

. 1

0

0

1

Loranthaceae

4

0

0

4

Uinbelliferae .

. 1

0

0

1

Polygonaceae

1

0

0

1

Apocynaceae .

. 1

0

0

1

Amarantaceae .

29

1

2

32

Asclepiadaceae

. 1

0

0

1

Nyctaginaceae .

1

0

0

1

Convolvulaceae

. 8

0

0

8

Aizoaceae . . .

4

1

0

5

Boraginaceae

. 12

1

0

13

Leguminosae . .

6

0

0

6

Verbenaceae .

. 4

0

0

4

Oxalidaceae . .

1

0

0

1

Labiatae . .

. 2

0

0

2

Zygophyllaceae .

2

1

0

3

Solanaceae

. 5

0

0

5

Simarubaceae .

1

0

6

7

Acanthaceae .

. 1

0

0

1

Burseraceae . .

1

0

0

1

Rubiaceae . .

. 16

0

1

17

Polygalaceae . .

2

1

0

3

Cucurbitaceae

. 2

0

0

2

Euphorbiaceae .

25

7

7

39

Compositae .

. 39

1

0

40

Celastraceae . .

1

0

0

1

Abingdon Island.

Abingdon is, with the exception of the rather remote islets of Wenman
and Culpepper, the most northern of the archipelago. It is about 14 km.
long, and attains a height of 600 m. It was visited by Dr. Baur for a
few hours, September 8th, 1891, and by Messrs. Suodgrass and Heller in
June, 1899. Fifty flowering plants and ferns are known to occur on
the island, and of these four are peculiar to it, namely : EupJwrbia
viminea, var. abingdonensis, Borreria ovalis, forma ahingdonensis^ Justicia
galapagana (with close Mexican congener), and Scalesia Hopkinsii. The
peculiar element is thus 8 per cent of the flora. Peperomia galioides of
Mexico and tropical South America occurs upon Abingdon, but upon no
other of the Galapagos Islands. The remaining plants are common to
other islands of the group, and represent in all 22 families, of which
the Filices, Gramineae, Rubiaceae, Euphorbiaceae, and Compositae have
the greatest number of species. Although Abingdon lies, as we have
seen, to the northward of the main archipelago and on the side toward
"Wenman and Culpepper, it has, so far as we yet know, only one plant
in common with the former and none with the latter. A little over half

244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

the flora of Abingdou is exclusively Galapageian, and the common ele-
ment is greatest with Charles, Albemarle, and Chatham Islands.

Albemarle Island.

Albemarle is the largest island of the archipelago, and extends through
about one and a quarter degrees of latitude. It is L-shaped and crossed
by the equator near its northern extremity. There are many craters
upon it, some of them having been active within historic times. The
five largest range from 770 to 1570 m. in height. The island seems to
have been explored chiefly if not exclusively along its western shore,
the greater part of the plants collected upon it having been secured
about Iguana Cove, Point Christopher, P^lizabeth Bay, Tagus Cove,
Banks Cove, and Black Bight. The island was first visited for botanical
purposes by Macrae (whose name is also written McRae), a Scotch
gardener, sent by the London Horticultural Society, on the voyage of
the " Blonde," when in 1825 that vessel, under the command of the
seventh Lord Byron, conveyed back from England the king and queen
of the Sandwich Islands. Macrae remained eight days upon the
island, and collected there 41 different kinds of plants. Albemarle has
since been visited for botanical purposes by Darwin, Andersson, the
Hassler Expedition, Wolf, Lee, Baur, Snodgrass and Heller. The broad
southern portion of the island is relatively well watered and possesses
a rich and copious vegetation, while the northern parts are described by
Darwin as miserably sterile — an account to a great extent confirmed
even by those who have visited the island at a more flivorable season.
In all 205 flowering plants and ferns have been found on Albemarle,
and of these, 17 are to our present knowledge confined to this island.
Thus the peculiar element (about 8 per cent) is less than that of any
of the other large islands. Among the noteworthy plants of Albemarle
are a well marked and apparently abundant Scalesia {S. gummiferd)
confined to tlie island, and the problematic Pleuropetaliim Darwinii,
which elsewhere occurs only upon James Island, althougli close con-
geners are found in Ecuador and Costa Rica. The different plant
families occurring on Albemarle are represented in about the proportion
in which they occur in the whole archipelago. Of the species of Albe-
marle nearly half are common to Charles and Chatham, and about one-
third to James, while scarcely more than one-fifth have been found on
Indefatigable, although it attains about the same height and lies directly
between Albemarle and Chatham.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 245

Barrington Island.

Barrington is a small island about 8 km. long, lying between Inde-
fatigable and Chatham. It rises only 277 m. above sea-level, and
possesses only a xerophytic type of vegetation, u^ith no ferns, no
sedges, no Piperaceae, and only two Leguminosae. The island has been
visited by Dr. Baur and by Messrs. Snodgrass and Heller, but only 39
plants have been secured there. Of these but one Scalesia is confined
to the island. The thorny Discaria, the Scalesia, just mentioned,
Croton Scouleri, Cord la lutea, C. Hookeriana, and Muyteniis obovata,
together with a large and abundant Opuntia^ are its shrubby and arbor-
escent species, the other plants being herbs of a decidedly xerophytic
type, grasses and Euphorblaceae predominating as to number. Of its
40 species, 26 occur upon Charles and Chatham Islands, while but 18
have been found on the nearer Indefatigable. Leptochloa rnucronata of
South America, collected on Barrington, is not known to occur on any
of the other islands of the archipelago.

BiNDLOE Island.

Bindloe lies with Abingdon and Tower to the northward of the other
chief islands. It is roughly elliptical and about 15 km. long, rising to a
height of only 250 m. It appears to have been visited for botanical
purposes only by Dr. Baur, 4-5 September, 1891, and Messrs. Snod-
grass and Heller, 29 June, 1899. Only 42 different plants have been
collected or recorded there, and only 1, a mere leaf form of Castela
galapageia, is peculiar to the island, although the continental CanavaUia
ohtuslfolla, found upon Bindloe, has as yet been collected upon none
of the other islands. Messrs. Snodgrass and Heller report a gigantic
Cereus as rare on Bindloe; only one individual was seen. The Opuntia
of Bindloe is low, only 3 to 9 dm. in height. More than half the plants
of Bindloe occur upon Charles, Chatham, and Albemarle respectively,
while the proportion found on Abingdon and Tower is considerably less,
and but a single plant of Bindloe has been found on Culpepper and
Wenman.

Brattle Island.

Brattle is a small islet close to the southeastern shore of Albemarle.
It forms, according to Dr. Baur, the remains of a single volcano, the
southeast part of which has been nearly destroyed. The island has
never been botanically explored. Dr. Baur made repeated efforts to
land upon it, but was baffled by the precipitous shores. From his

246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

account (2), 236, we learn that the island is green as though covered
with vegetation, that many ravines run down from the upper part, and
that it is tlie breeding place for numerous sea-birds. Messrs. Snodgrass
and Ileller sailed within a few hundred yards of Brattle and report it a
low, steep, and sterile rim of a tufa crater, the only vegetation being a
scattering growth of Croton bushes.

Grossman Islands are similar small rocky islets, on which no plants
have been observed.

Charles or Floriana Island.

Charles is one of the five larger and higher islands, and with the pos-
sible exception of Chatham has been the most fully explored botanically.
It has yielded the largest number of plants, namely, 267. Of these 33
are peculiar to it, and 105 to the archipelago. Charles was at one time
inhabited by a penal colony from Ecuador, and in its flora shows a greater
number of obviously introduced jjlants than are found on any of the other
islands except Chatham. Of the 267 plants found on Charles 126 occur
also on Chatham and 100 on Albemarle. According to Baur (2), 239,
the appearance of Charles is quite different from that of Chatham, the
hills being more rounded. He also states that there are no large forest
trees on Charles. The desolate coast of Charles at Black Beach is fig-
ured by Agassiz (1), t. 19, 20, and the copious vegetation on the way
to the hacienda, t. 21.

Chatham Island.

Chatham being the most easterly of the islands, is of course the nearest
to the mainland. It is relatively large and fertile, and the only one of the
group which is now inhabited. Portions of it are covered by forests of
large trees, and in other parts are high arable plains, well shown by
Agassiz (1), t. 17. When Baur visited the island in 1891, he found
two hundred and ten acres under cultivation. The plantations are owned
by Mr. Cobos, to whose courtesy and hospitality the visiting naturalists
have been repeatedly indebted. Chatham has been relatively well ex-
plored, 231 plants having been found upon it. Of these, 24 are peculiar
to it, and 82 exclusively Galapageian. Notwithstanding the habital
differences spoken of by Baur (2), 230, the flora of Chatham possesses
the largest common element with that of Charles. A giant cactus (Cereus
sckrocarpus ?) with red egg-shaped fruit is mentioned by Baur. This is
doubtless the one which appears in Agassiz's Plate 16.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 247

Culpepper Island.

Culpepper is a small barren islet, the most northern member of the
archipelago. It is remote from all the other islands except the similar
islet, Wenman. Culpepper rises precipitously from the sea, and attains
an altitude of only 169 m. It has been visited for botanical purposes
only by Messrs. Snodgrass and Heller, on December lOth, 1898. They
report that the main part of the island is inaccessible. It is a gently
rounded plateau falling off abruptly on all sides. Observed from below,
it was seen to be covered with a fairly dense growth of vegetation, includ-
ing Croton bushes and Opuntia thickets. Only 4 plants were secured,
and these were gathered on a short strip of talus at the base of the cliffs,
on the leeward side of the island. They were Telanthera Helleri (the
most abundant species seen), a sterile and indeterminate Tribulus, Croton
Scouleri, var. hreinfolius, and Thinogcton 3Iiersii. With the probable
exception of the Tribulus, all these are confined to the Galapagos Islands,
and the Telanthera is a marked new species, which in its typical form has
been found only upon Culpepper, although a form of the same plant was
also collected on Wenman.

Duncan Island.

Duncan is a small low circular island, between Indefatigable and Albe-
marle. Plants have been collected upon it by Mr.. Alexander Agassiz
early in April, 1891 ; Dr. Baur, 2 August, 1891 ; and Messrs. Snodgrass
and Heller, 5 May, 1899. Altogether 51 different species have been
secured upon the island ; of these, 5 are peculiar to it, namely : Castela
galapageia, forma duncanensis, Verbena grisea, Borrerla galapageia,
Scalesia Bauii'i, and its var. glahrata. About half the flora of Dun-
can is exclusively Galapageian. The Opuntia on this island is said to be
scattered and of large size, growing upon the rim of the crater. Rhizo-
phora Mangle occurs in a small swamp upon the west coast. It is another
of the unaccountable anomalies in the florulae of these islands that the
common element between Duncan and Charles or Chatham is greater
than between Duncan and the nearer islands of Albemarle, Indefatigable,
and James.

Gardner Island.

Gardner is a very small steep-shored island about 1 km. in length, and
only 8 km. east of Charles Island. It attains an altitude of 240 m. It
was visited by Dr. Baur in July, 1891, and by Messrs. Snodgrass and

248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Heller in May, 1800. Thirty-three plants have been found on it, includ-
ing 4 grasses, 3 Eiiphorbiaceae, and 3 Mnlrncpae, but no ferns, no Rubia-
ceae, and no Compositae. Gardner is the only one of the Galapagos
Islands which on botanical exploration has yielded no peculiar plant.
Baur (2), 233, speaks of the flora of Gardner as being the same as that
of Hood, and doubtless there is great habital similarity, but of the 33
plants known to grow on Gardner, only 22 have been found on Hood,
while no less than 31 have been observed on Charles.

Hood Island.

Hood is a desert island of elliptical form, lying to the southeast of the
other islands. It is nearest Chatham, Barriugtoii, Gardner, and Charles.
According to Dr. Baur, it is a low tableland with few peaks, the highest
only 200 m. in altitude, and thus still wholly within the lower dry strata
of the atmosphere. There are no trees of size on Hood, and the ground
is strewn with large angular masses of rock. Dr. Baur states that cacti
are here less abundant than on the other islands, and that the Opuntia
is short and thick-stemmed. Hood Island has also been visited for
botanical purposes by Dr. Habel, Professor Lee, and by Messrs. Suod-
grass and Heller. Altogether 55 different plants are known to occur on
the island ; of these only two are peculiar to it, namely : Amarcuithus
sclerantoides, forma hoodens/s, a mere leaf form, and Acanthospermum
lecocarpoides, a well marked species. Of the plants of Hood, 20, or
about 36 per cent, are peculiar Galapageian forms. There are no ferns,
8 grasses, 7 Leguminosae (including the Brazilian Geoffraea superba, not
collected elsewhere in the Galapagos), 5 Convolvulaceae, 5 Boi-ayinaceae,
and 6 Compositae. There are no Rnbiaceae and only 3 Euphorbiaceae.
About three-fourths of the plants of Flood are also found on the lower
arid slopes of Charles and Chatham Islands, while only about one-third
of them have been observed on Indefatigable.

Indefatigable Island.

Indefatigable is one of the larger islands, and is centrally situated in
the archipelago. It is broadly elliptical, some 32 km. in diameter, and
formed of a single, rather symmetrical volcanic mountain, rising to a
considerable height. In the basin of the cone is a large area of well-
watered land, which, according to Captain Tanner, possesses considerable
natural resources. Indefatigable was first explored botanically by
Andersson, who could, however, spend only a few hours upon it. It has

FLORA OP THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 249

been subsequeutly visited by Dr. Habel, the Hassler Expedition, Dr.
Wolf, Dr. Baur, 11 to 13 July, 1891, and Messrs. Snodgrass and Heller.
Altogether 76 flowering plants have been found on the island. Of these,
8 are Compositae, 7 Boraginaceae, 7 grasses, and 5 Amarantaceae.
Nine species and one form are peculiar to the island. Among these are
two species of Scalesia, and two of Bjrreria. The vegetation so far as
yet shown is of a more xerophytic cast than that of the other large
islands, although it is to be suspected that this is due to imperfect ex-
ploration. Perhaps the most striking feature is the entire absence of
ferns. The genus Croton, also, although one of the commonest and most
widely distributed in the Galapagos, has not been collected or reported
upon Indefatigable. Of the 76 plants known to occur on this island, 51
have been found on Chatham, 48 on Charles, and 46 on Albemarle.

James Island.

James is also one of the larger, higher, and more central islands. It
has been visited by most of the expeditions which have explored the
archipelago, and 153 plants have been collected upon it. Of these 19 are
peculiar to the island, and 56 to the archipelago. The most noteworthy
feature is the relative abundance of ferns, which here amount to 13
per cent of the whole vascular vegetation, — a striking contrast to their
entire absence on the adjacent Indefatigable. The nearest affinities of
the flora of James are with Charles, Albemarle, and Chatham.

Jervis Island.

Jervis Island is less than 3 km. long and of low altitude. It is but
9.6 km. south of James, and together with Duncan lies in a small portion
of the ocean to a considerable extent inclosed by James, Albemarle, and
Indefatigable islands. It was visited by the " Hassler," but so far
as I can learn, only Dr. Baur has collected plants upon this island.
He secured 22 different kinds, of which 2, Euphorbia viminea, forma
j'ervensis, and Castela galapageia, forma jervensis, are foliar forms of
species which in slightly different forms are rather widely distributed
on the islands. It is a curious fact that of the 22 plants observed on
this island only 9 have been found on the adjacent James Island, al-
though 12 have been collected upon Chatham, and no less than 15 on
Cliarles, both much more distant. Fourteen, or about two-thirds, of the
plants of Jervis are confined to the Galapagos Archipelago.

250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Narbohough Island.

In proportion to its size and interest Narborough has received the
least botanical attention of any of the islands. This is to be regretted,
as it is not only the most remote from the mainland, but is much shielded
by the neighboring long and lunate island Albemarle from any direct
drift from the other islands or from the continental coast. Although it
is to be expected that Narborough would on this account possess a
decidedly peculiar flora, the single collection made there by Messrs.
Snodgrass and Heller and including 59 different plants, contains only
4 species confined to the island and only 2G which are confined to the
archipelago. Thus the percentage of peculiar and strictly Galapageian
plants is less rather than more than on the other large islands. This
lack of peculiarity may well be due to recent volcanic activity on Nar-
borough, since this would tend to impoverish the flora except as it was
replaced by recent immigration from the other islands.

The Seymour Islands.

North and South Seymour are two islets lying just north of Inde-
fatigable, from which they are separated by channels only 1 or 2 km.
broad. They are of relatively low altitude. South Seymour is some-
what larger than North Seymour and lies directly between it and
Indefatigable. The Seymour Islands have been visited for botanical
purposes only by Messrs. Snodgrass and Heller, who collected upon
the north island 18 plants and on the south 34. As upon the adjacent
Indefatigable no ferns have been found on the Seymour Islands. On
South Seymour there are 2 endemic species not known to occur upon the
other islands, namely, Bursera malacoplajlla and Euphorbia nesiotica,
while North Seymour has an as yet indeterminate plant (Ni/cta(/inocea?)
which may well prove peculiar to it. It is noteworthy that less than
half the plants of the Seymour Islands have as yet been found upon
Indefatigable, near as it is ; indeed the common element is considerably
greater with the much more distant islands of Charles, Chatham, and
Albemarle. Halophytes form a noteworthy part of the vegetation of
the Seymour Islands.

Tower Island.

Tower is a small triangular island some 3 km. in breadth. It lies at
the northeast of the main archipelago and is nearest Bindloe, which is

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 251

about 50 km. away. Tower rises only 65 m. above sea level. It
has been visited by Dr. Baur, 2 September, 1891, and by Messrs. Snod-
grass and Heller, June, 1899, who have together secured only 19 dif-
ferent kinds of plants upon it. Of these, 5 are Euphorbiaceae, and 3,
Convolculaceae. There are no ferns, and what is more remarkable, no
Amarantaceae , Leguminosae, Rubiaceae, or Compositne, all of which
are families exceptionally well represented upon most of the other
islands. The only plant peculiar to the island is Euphorbia viminea^
forma castellana, merely a well marked leaf-form of this polymorphous
species. It is worthy of note, however, that in the size, shape, and
thickness of its leaves, this form on Tower represents the opposite
extreme from the variety of the same species found on the adjacent
island of Abingdon. Eleven of the 19 plants observed on Tower are
confined to the Galapagos Islands.

Wexman Island.

Wenman is a rocky islet, which, like Culpepper (43 km. distant), lies
considerably to the northward of the other islands. For botanical pur-
poses it has been visited only by Messrs. Snodgrass and Heller, who
remained there from the 12th to the 18th of December, 1898. Mr.
Heller's field notes, so far as they relate to plants, are as follows :
"The main part of the island is largely inaccessible, but, like Culpepper,
covered with a fair growth of vegetation. Throujih a slass the laro-er
plants appeared to be Crolon, Opuntia, and on the north side a cluster
of leafless trees, each about a foot in diameter and twenty to thirty feet
high, with a smooth brownish bark. In an inaccessible cave a Polypo-
dium was seen. Our collecting was confined chiefly to a low detached
islet north of the main island. Its vegetation consisted of a low Opuntia
\HeUeri'\, which grew in thick beds near the edges of the cliffs. Many
of these were covered with greenish-yellow flowers and others with diy
and prickly fruit. The central part of the islet was covered by a heavy
growth of Croton [_Scouleri, var. brevifolius^ bushes. These were largely
leafless, although a few were in flower. In habit they resembled sap-
lings, with straight trunks ten feet high and an inch or two thick. An
Ipomoea \_Kinbei-gi'\ was common, twining among the Croton bushes.
This had large white flowers. A Telanthera [^Helleri, var. obtasior']
was also common about the cliffs and near the Opuntia thickets. Dried
stalks of a Cyperus were noted. On a talus slope of the main island the
following species were collected ; Scalesia \_Snodgrassii\ bushes two or

252

TROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

three feet high, with a thick head of leaves and flowers ; Cardiospermum
\_Coi4nduni\ a few vines, also an Atriplex [undetermined] fairly com-
mon." Altogether eleven species were collected on Wenman and the
detached islet. Of these three are new and peculiar, three Galapageian
occurring also upon other members of the group, two common to the
mainland, and three not fully determined.

TABLE III. — Summary of Florulae.
(Relating exclusively to the Pteridophytes and Spermatophytes.)

Island.

Species,

varieties,

and forms

on

island.

Peculiar

to
island.

Per cent
peculiar

to
island.

Peaculir

to arclii-
pelago.

Per cent
peculiar
to arclii-
pelago.

Common

to

other

regions.

Per cent

common

to

other

regions.

Abingdon

50

4

8

26

52

24

48

Albemarle

205

17

8

84

41

120

59

Barrington

40

1

2.5

19

48

21

52

Bindloe . .

42

1

2.4

19

45

23

55

Cliarles . .

2G7

33

12

105

39

162

61

Cliatham .

231

24

10

82

42

149

58

C>ilpepper

5

1

20

3

60

2

40

Duncan . .

61

5

10

25

49

26

51

Gardner .

33

0

0

15

45

19

55

Hood . . .

59
76

2
10

3.4
13

20
35

34
47

35
41

66
53

Indefatigable.

James

153

22
59

19
2
4

12
9

7

56
16
26

37
73
44

97

6

33

63

27
66

Jervis

Narborough .

Seymour . . .

47

2

4

16

34

29

66

Tower . . . .

19

1

6

11

58

9

42

Wenman . . .

11

2

18

5

45

6

55

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS.

253

TABLE IV. — Pteridophttes and Spermatophttes Cojimon to the
Different Islands.

Island.

s
o
•3
to
a
3
<

5

<

a
E

3

o

a

a.
c
a.

3

a

c

3
P

c
•a

O

•a

o

1

9

1

■>

u

9

13

5

5

19

12

0

8

6

8

12

10

22

"5

1
1

eS

14

42

15

15

38

33

2

9

7

15
14
27
1
59

u

3

o

s

«

7
25
16

8
30
31

2
16
13
20
23
19

7

8
47

u

%

o
Eh

11

7

10

9

13

15

1

7

9

10

9

10

3

7

6

19

c
c

1

2
0
1
2
4
1
1
1
0
2
1
1
0
2
2
11

Abingdon . .
Albemarle . .
Barrington . .

50

34

205

11
23

40

L5
24

42

36
100

26

25

267

31
93
26
22
126
231

0
2

2
1
2
2
5

10
29
13

7
35
84

2
51

13
17
14

8
31
22

1
17
83

14
33
20
13
40
42
2
26
22
59

■ ■

18
46
18
15
48
51
0
20
17
20
76

26
74
19
14
78
64
0
21
15
29
33
153

Charles ....
Chatham . . .
Culpepper . .
Duncan. . . .
Gardner . . .

Hood

Indefatigable

James

Jervis

Narborough .
Seymour . . .
Tower ....
Wenman . . .

Botanical Evidence regarding the Origin of the
Galapagos Islands.

Two views have been advanced regarding the origin of the Galapagos
Islands. According to the first they are pelagic islands, built up from
the sea-floor by volcanic action, while according to the second view they
are continental islands, tops of mountains, formerly a part of the main-
land, now separated from it by subsidence. The first view, namely, that the
Galapagos are islands of elevation, was held until about 1890 with scarcely

254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

any question. It is strongly supported by the following facts : (1) All
parts of the islands now visible are obviously of volcanic origin. (2) The
islands are separated from the mainland by a very considerable depth of
ocean (more than 1500 fathoms). (3) The western coast of South
America shows no signs of subsidence, but rather of marked elevation in
recent geologic time.

In accordance with this theory of emergence, the flora of the Galapagos
Islands is assumed to have been brought to them by the ordinary agents
of plant-distribution, namely, the wind, oceanic currents, and migratory
birds. Moreover, it is not difficult to see the probable efficiency of these
means of seed-transportation in the present case. The islands lie in the
course of pretty constant trade winds, doubtless capable of bearing spores
and small seeds to a great distance, as winds have been known to carry
fine particles of sand and pumice for hundreds of miles. The great ocean
current which sweeps along the west coast of Mexico, and the Humboldt
Current, which runs northward along the coast of Chili and Peru, both
turn westward just in the equatorial belt where the islands lie. That the
current between Central America and the Galapagos has considerable
seed-carrying power, seems more than probable from the interesting
observations of Mr. Alexander Agassiz (1), 59, 69, who while dredging
that part of the Pacific found the bottom "strewn thickly with vegetable
matter, which came up in great masses in almost every haul of the
trawl." He states also that : " The velocity of the currents in the
Panama district is very great, sometimes as much as seventy-five miles a
day, so that seeds, fruits, masses of vegetation harboring small reptiles, or
even large ones, as well as other terrestrial animals, need not be afloat
long before they might safely be landed on the shores of the Galapagos."
It may here be noted that Hooker (4), 25 G, has shown that a large pro-
portion of the plants of the Galapagos Islands are provided with si3ecial
means of seed-dispersal, — a fact of interest in this connection.

But, however probable the pelagic origin of the islands seems from the
data above presented, Dr. Baur has pointed out what has appeared to be
a fatal defect in this theory. For, although it may be quite possible to
explain the presence of plants and some animals upon islands of emer-
gence, it is much more difiicult if not impossible to explain upon the same
theory the extraordinary biological relations between these islands them-
selves. An examination of the flora shows that many plants on the
different islands are nearly related to each other, without being exactly
the same. For instance, each of several islands has a peculiar species
of Scalesia, a genus confined to the archipelago. There are also on

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 2oO

these islands several different fornas of Euphorbia viminea, several very
nearly related species of Acalypha, many habitally uniform species of
Boneria, and of many other genera. In many instances these forms are
confined to a single island, and in the majority of cases each form is more
closely related to those of the other islands than to any continental ally.
The same is true of the fauna, for the animals of particular groups, while
exhibiting near affinity, show slight differences, which can in many cases
be correlated with their occurrence upon different islands. Thus the
flora and fauna of the islands are, to use Dr. Baur's expression, harmonic.
From this peculiar distribution, which seemed to him wholly inexplic-
able upon the emergence theory, Dr. Baur advanced the view that the
Galapagos were islands of subsidence, once attached to the continent by
some isthmian connection extending presumably to the Central American
coast. In an enthusiastic presentation of this theory. Dr. Baur certainly
advanced in support of it some as yet unanswered biological arguments.
Thus, it explains perfectly the harmonic relations of the living forms upon
the different islands ; for if the islands were once united and then by sub-
sidence separated, the remnants of their common flora and fauna, persist-
ing upon the different islands, would have diverged not only from the
continental types, but from each other. From the depth of ocean between
the archipelago and the mainland, it would naturally be inferred that the
islands were cut off from the contiuerft before they were divided from
each other. This, on the supposition of a gradual variation, would account
not only for the divergence, for instance, of the genus Scalesia from its
]Mexican allies, but for the minor differences which are found between
the different species of Scalesia on the several islands, where they occur ;
while, as we have seen, this harmonic distribution of very similar yet
slightly differing forms on the different islands has appeared unaccount-
able, on the theory that these are islands of emergence casually seeded.
For, to quote from a discussion of the forms of Euphorbia viminea : ^
" The question at once presents itself, if this archipelago is composed of
islands of elevation, built up from the sea-floor independently by volcanic
action, how has such a distribution been effected. If the vegetation has
been derived from the mainland by the chance transportation of seeds, it
is quite impossible to believe that each island has received a slightly
different form of the same species, and we are forced to the much more
natural assumption that racial and varietal divergence has come about
after the introduction of the species upon the islands. Now, continuing

1 Eob. & Greenm. (1), 136.

256 PROCEEDINGS OP THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

the supposition that these are islands of elevation, the seeds of Euphorbia
viminea must have reached them in one of two ways : either each of the
nine islands, where we know the species now to occur, must have received
its seed directly from the mainland, or, what is much more natural, seed
must have reached one or more of the islands and from these spread to
the rest. That the same species should have reached all these islands
presupposes a considerable facility of transportation. But as soon as
this is granted it is impossible to understand the highly individual de-
velopment of the forms upon the different islands. For relative or com-
plete isolation seems necessary to account for the racially divergent floras
of the islands ; and especially for the occurrence of only one form upon
each island. It would thus appear necessary, in accounting for the
present distribution, to assume that at one time in the remote past, the
islands were either united, or at least that the channels which separate
them were less formidable barriers to seed-transportation than at present,
so that a general distribution of species could have been effected ; and
that subsequently, as the islands separated, or as the channels through
some change of currents, or other cause, became less easily passed, au
era of much greater isolation of the floras of the different islands came
about. The divergence of character of the vegetation would then begin
at once, and the otherwise unaccountable existence of a single and
peculiar form upon each island would be readily intelligible. While not
prepared to make any positive assertion regarding the pi'obable origin of the
islands, the authors fail to see in the hitherto generally accepted theory
of elevation any satisfactory explanation for the harmonic yet divergent
floras of the different members of the group."

Finally, for the subsidence theory, it must be admitted that the direct
geological arguments for the elevation of the islands are not so forcible
as they at first appear. Thus, as Baur has pointed out, the fact that all
parts of the islands now visible are volcanic proves little ; for if the
Andes were sunk until only equivalent land areas remained, they too
would appear wholly volcanic ; and as to the recent elevation of the
South American coast, that, as I am informed by Professor W. M. Davis,
is no conclusive proof that areas five hundred miles to the seaward
have suffered like elevation or, indeed, that they have not been simulta-
neously subjected to a sort of counter-balancing subsidence.

Such, in brief, have been the arguments advanced on both sides re-
garding the origin of the Galapagos islands. During a re-examination
of the whole vascular flora of the islands, I have sought further light
upon this question, and now tiud the peculiar distribution of the plants

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 257

less difficult to account for on the emergence theory than it seemed
when the Baur plants were studied some years ago.

Let us consider theoretically what would be likely to happen to a
plant casually introduced in a pelagic archipelago, where no plant of its
particular affinity bad previously found its way. Let us suppose, for
instance, that the ancestral form of Euphorbia viminea reached Chatham
Island from the continent, and that conditions of seed-transportation
were such that subsequent seedings from the mainland would not be
likely to happen oftener on the average than once in thirty, fifty, or
perhaps one hundred years, — no unreasonable assumption. ]S^ow, it is
known from observation that a plant introduced iuto a new region can
overrun considerable territory and increase to thousands of individuals,
even in a shorter space of time. It is further likely that a plant estab-
lished upon such an island would be at once exposed to modifying
influences and tend toward the formation of a new race particularly
suited to its altered environment. Whether this were effected by direct
influence or by natural selection is not significant in this case. In the
interval between the first and second seeding the change would probably
be very slight and taxonomically imperceptible, but that some modifica-
tion would have taken place seems likely. It is clear that the second
and subsequent seedings of the same island by the same species from
the continent would tend by the infusion of pure stock to reclaim the
incipient insular variation to the typical continental form of the species.
But to see how great or rather how slight the influence of these later
seedings would be, it is only necessary to consider the numerical relation
of both forms. The descendants of the first immigrant might well have
increased to many thousands of (slightly altered) individuals before the
second seed arrived from the mainland. Thus the reclaiming influence
of this second immigrant would not be as one to one but as one against
thousands, that is to say, virtually nil. Of course, it might be thought
that as the first seed increased in a few years to thousands of individuals,
the second might do so likewise, so that their influence would after all
be not very unequal. This, however, could scarcely happen for two
reasons. In the first place the original seed would have found in the
island (before uninhabited by any near relative) a fresh terrain, giving
it an opportunity to multiply rapidly. The second immigrant, however,
would find its proper habitat on the island no longer free for settlement,
but largely if not entirely occupied by countless individuals of a very
nearly related stock. It could scarcely fail to cross repeatedly with the
insular form and quickly merge into it, the more so because the descend-

VOL. XXXVIII. — 17

258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

ants of the second seed would at once be subjected to the same modifying
influences that had affected those of tlie first.

It is thus clear that the insular form, having once started its diver-
gence from the continental type, would be likely to differentiate itself
more and more and not be much affected by the occasional arrival of
scattered and isolated seeds from the continent. Furthermore, if seeds
of the Chatham form were by any chance carried to otlier islands of the
archipelago, further specialized i-aces would be almost certain to arise
bearing much the same relation to that of Chatham that it bore to the
continental form, and quite as little affected by subsequent seedings.
Thus unchecked, the races would have every opportunity to develop into
more and more highly differentiated forms, varieties, and ultimately into
well-marked species characteristic of particular islands.

This may all seem purely hypothetical, but it will be seen that the
conclusions rest upon only two very natural premises, namely, that seed-
transference between the mainland and the islands or between the islands
themselves, does not occur in the case of particular plants oftener, on the
average, than once in several years, and in the second place that plants
have muUiplied on the islands as rapidly as they have frequently been
observed to multi[)ly elsewhere. When these two not unreasonable
postulates are admitted, it is clearly no harder to account for the exist-
ence of a " harmonic" flora on islands of emei'gence than of subsidence.
Indeed, it is what is to be expected in an archipelago of either kind
where seed-transference is relatively rare. That this condition obtains
in the case of the Galapagos is clearly shown by the existing diversity in
the floras of the different islands, — a condition which could not continue
if seed-transference were very common between the islands. The fact
that it is not more frequent is perhaps sufficiently explained by the arid
and sterile shores, which would certainly offer to most seeds washed
thither by oceanic currents an exceedingly poor chance of surviving.

The great existing diffenmce between the Galapageian flora as a
whole and that of tropical America is doubtless due not only to the
differentiation of the insular forms, but also and perhaps in a consider-
able degree to changes which have been simultaneously going on in the
continental flora itself. Thus the ancestral forms of many Galapageian
plants, for instance of the above mentioned Eaphorhia viminea (which
might reasonably be sought in the deserts of Peru), have probably
failed to persist at all upon the mainland. The fact that the florulae of
the several islands are on the whole much more like each other than
any one of them is like any part of the continental flora is perhaps

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 259

sufficiently explained by tlie relative nearness of the' islands to each
other, but it may well be due in part to the circumstance that these
insular florulae have in common been protected from much of the change
which has, through a sharper competition in the larger flora of the
mainland, been forced upon the vegetation of the adjacent parts of the
continent. In this matter again insular floras would fare alike, whether
the islands they inhabited were the result of emergence or subsidence.

During the first years, or probably centuries, in the history of islands
of emergence their floras, made up as they must be of heterogeneous
elements which chance has brought to their shores, would be very unlike
the far more homogeneous floras persisting on islands of subsidence ;
but after islands of each kind had attained considerable age, — that is
an age sufficient to have given rise to a flora as specialized as that which
now exists on the Galapagos, it is not likely that their floras would show
anj' marked distinction, for, as we have seen, the development would not
be unlike in the two cases. Although this negative result is in a way
disappointing, it is certainly much better to admit a nullity of botanical
evidence in regard to this interesting question than to attribute to the
"harmonic '' flora of these islands an historic meaning which it may not
possess.

There is one point, however, from which botanical evidence can be
derived which has a certain bearing upon this matter, namely, the
relation which the proximity of the different islands bears to likeness in
their florulae. The islands are so different in altitude, climate, and
consequent fertility, that diversity in their vegetation is by no means
surprising ; but the difference certainly reaches a higher degree than we
should expect. Thus, the common element between any two of these
islands rarely exceeds 75 per cent and is often less than 50 per cent, sink-
ing in some cases to nothing. Of course it is not unlikely that these dif-
ferences may in some instances be more apparent than real owing to
imperfect exploration, and it is probable that further collecting will
show at least a small common element between each two of the islands.
However, the differences in the recorded floras of the larger repeatedly
visited islands cannot be due to our ignorance. Indeed, each new ex-
ploration brings quite as much material to demonstrate their diversity
as their likeness. The most noteworthy feature of these differences is
not, however, their extent, but rather the fact that for the most part
they stand in no relation to the distance of the islands from each other
or to the depth of the intervening channels. Thus the florulae of
Albemarle and Chatham at opposite sides of the archipelago are more

260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

alike than either is to tliat of the iutervening Indefatigable; Jervis
lying near James has a greater common floral element with the more
distant Charles ; the florulae of the Seymour Islands have a greater
number of plants in common with Charles, Chatham, and Albemarle than
with Indefatigable, of which the Seymour Islands are merely a detached
spur. Although a high percentage of ferns has been recorded on James,
not a single representative of this group has thus far been found on the
adjacent Indefatigable. The common floral element between Duncan
and the relatively remote Chatham is greater than with any of the three
large islands, James, Indefatigable, and Albemarle, which to a consider-
able extent surround it. In fact, the only cases in which it appears that
proximity between two islands has brought about any marked similarity
on their floras are on the one hand Narborough and Albemarle, and
on the other Gardner and Charles, and even in the former of these
pairs, the likeness is by no means close, for not over 71 per cent of the
plants of Narborough have been observed on Albemarle.

These anomalies in the different florulae must find their explanation in
peculiarities of climate and soil, together with an element of chance —
arising partly from imperfect exploration, and parth' from the accidents of
seed-dispersal. Although they are not fully explained by the theory that
these are islands of emergence casually seeded, they are much less in
accord with the Baur theory of subsidence ; for, were the florulae rem-
nants of a common flora persisting upon islands separated by gradual
subsidence, it is evident that those islands would jwssess the most floral
similarity which were nearest together and divided by the shallowest
channels, since these would have been separated from each other more
recently than the remoter islands, which are cut off" by a greater depth of
ocean. As we find no such relation prevailing in the Galapagos Islands,
but have observed just the reverse, namely, that the more distant islands,
separated by relatively deep channels, often show greater floral similarity
than the nearer ones, it is necessary to conclude that the botanical evi-
dence, so far as it has yet been made out, is opposed rather than favorable
to the subsidence theory.

Addenda.

Plants collected on the Galapagos Islands hy Dr. Franz Steindachner
of the Hassler Expedition.

After the greater part of the present paper was in type, I received
through the kindness of Dr. A. Zahlbruchner and Dr. A. Heimerl of

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 261

Vienna, a manuscript list of the specimens of plants collected on the
Galapagos Islands in 1872 by Dr. Steiudachner and now deposited in
the Naturhistorisches Hof museum in Vienna. These plants were gath-
ered rather as souvenirs of a peculiar flora than as scientific specimens,
and many are fragmentary. The list at hand includes the pteridophytes
(nos. 21 and 22) and spermatophytes (uos. 23 to 116). The first twenty
numbers seem to have been applied to thallophytes and bryophytes, but
these are not listed. The only plants mentioned which are not included
in the above flora are Tribuhis terrestris^ L., Grotalaria incana, L., and
Rhynchosia Senna, Gill. I have little doubt that the first of these is
what Andersson has called 2\ sen'ceus, a plant which is too near to
T. terrestris for very satisfactory distinction. Dr. Zahlbruchuer writes
that the labels furnish no data as to the particular islands upon which
the jjlants were collected. The only new species among Dr. Steindach-
ner's plants was Tillandsia insularis, Mez.

Plants collected by Messrs. Snodgrass and Heller on Cocos Islana of the

Pacific}

Leptogium azureum (Ach.) Mont."
Macrolejeunea subsimplex (Mont.) SchifFn.^
Plagiochila Anderssonii, Angstr.-^

Platylejeunea pogonoptera (Spruce) Evans (Lejeunea [Platy-Lej.]
pogonoptera, Spruce).^

Pilotrichum asperifolium, Mitt."^
Ehizogonium spiniforme (L.) Br.^
Acrostichum caudatum, Hook. (no. 959).
Adiantum intermedium, Sw. (no. 967).
Alsophila armata, Presl (no. 964).
Asplenium rhizophj'llum, Kunze (no. 954).
Dicksonia cicutaria, Sw. (no. 952).
Gymnogramme caloraelanos, Kaulf. (no. 970).
Nephrolepis acuta, Presl (no. 953).
Polypodium aureum, L. (no. 969).

1 With the collaboration of Professor H. Pittier, the author is preparing a cata-
logue to bring togetlier the now scattered references to the tlora of Cocos Island,
and unite with tliem the data derived from recent and very interesting collections.
In this subsequent paper the species here listed will be treated in greater detail.

'^ Determined by VV. G. P^arlow.

3 Determined by A. W. Evans.

262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Polypodium clnioodes, Spreng. (no. 948).
" lanceolatum, L. (no. 958).

" Phyllitidis, L. (no. 965).

Trichomanes Prieiirii, Kuiize (no. 955).
" pyxidiferum, L. (no. 95G).

" radicans, Svv. (no. 973).

Selaginella stenopliylla, A. Br. (no. 972).

Lycopodium niollicomum, Mart. (no. 971).

Chloris paniculata, Scribner, nov. sp., " perennans dense caespitosa
3-5 dm. alta foUis longis angustis, inflorescentia dense paniculata 8-10
cm. longa ; vaginis carinatis coiiipressis laxis; laminis foliorum linearibus
3-4 mm. latis longe attenuatis serrulatis praeter marginis scabrae glaber,
foliis inferioribus numerosis in specimiiie inspecta culmo aequantibus vel
etiam superantibus ; paniculae sim[)]icis ramis numerosis congestis ad-
scendentibus circa 2 cm. longis superioribus brevioribus, axe principal!
pubescent! rachide secundario valde scabro spiculas unilaterales valde
imbricatas biseriales gerente; spiculis 2.5-3 mm. longis, glumis sterilibus
lanceolatis acutis translucentibus uninerv^atis carina scabra, prima circa
1.5 mm. secunda circa 2.5 mm. longa, gluma fertili oblongo-lanceolata
truncata 2-2.3 mm. longa in margine carinaque scabra, nervo medio in
setam scabridam 1-1.5 mm. longam producto ; callo dense barbato, capil-
lis longissimis circa 1 mm. aequantibus : flosculo sterili 1 mm. longo vel
breviori setam suae longitudinis gerente." — Ndez Isl. (an islet near
Cocos Isl.) : abundant in bunches 3-5 dm. in diameter, covering consid-
erable areas on cliffs near the coast, Snodgrass & Heller, no. 968 (lib. Gr.,
hb. U. S. Dept. Agric). Endemic. " This grass is somewhat anoma-
lous, having the infloresence of Leptocldoa, suggesting that of L. scabra,
while the spikelets are those of Chloris, to which it has seemed best to
refer it."

Paspalum conjugatum, Berg. (no. 943).
" platycaule, Poir. (no. 942).

Calyptrocarya Palmetto, Nees (no. 947).

Cyperus sphacelatus, Rottb. (no. 946).

Hypolytrum sp. (no. 945).

Kyllinga nudiceps, C. B. Clarke, nov. sp., " culmis caespitosis, fili-
formibus; foliis nullis ; spica 1, parva, globosa, pallida; bracteis spica
brevioribus —

Rhizoma visum vix 5 mm. longum. Culmi 2-3 dm. longi. Vaginae
pallide bruneae, glandulis rubris laete inspersae, apice in altero latere
productae, uon virides. Spica 5 mm. in diam., multispiculosa ; bractea

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS.

283

ima interdum 4 mm. longa, apice lineari viridi, saepius inconspicua.
Spicula 1-flora (omnino ut K, odoratae, Vahl), supra 2 glumas imas
vacuas caduca. Nux obovoidea, lateraliter compressa, brunea; styli basis
non dilatata, rami 2 lineares." — Cocos IsL. : Snodgrass & Heller, no. 944
(hb. Gr.), type; also ou shady cliffs, Wafer Bay, Pittier, uo. 16272
(hb. Gr.)

Catopsis aloides, Baker (no. 962).

Peperomia nigro-punctata, Miq. (uo. 957).

Hibiscus tiliaceus, L. (no. 961).

Conostegia lasiopoda, Benth. (no. 903).

Ossea macrophylla, Cogn. (no. 951).

Jussieua linifolia, Vahl (no. 950).

Ardisia cuspidata, Benth. (no. 949).

Rolandra argentea, Rottb. (no. 960).

Wedelia paludosa, DC. (no. 966).

INDEX.

(Roman numbers indicate pages wliere tlie respective genera and families receive
tlieir principal treatment ; italic numbers sliow the pages upon wiiich the names
are merely mentioned or occur as synonyms.)

Abingdon Island, 243.

Abutilon, 17.3, 231.

Acacia, 147, 22S, 229,237.

Acalypba, 75, 161-165, 230, 255.

Acanthaceae, 203, 24-3.

Acantliospermum, 208, 235, 238, 248.

Acnistus, 198, 233.

Acrolasia, 17S.

Acrostichum, 104, 105, 112, 224, ^41, 261.

Adiantum, 105, 106, 224, ^Sl.

Agaricina, 83.

Agaricus, 83.

Ageratum, 209, 235.

Agrosiis, 125.

AizoACf:.vE, 143, 241, 243.

Albemarle Island, 244.

Alectoria, 86.

Algae, 80.

Allochlamys, 137.

Alsophila, 112, 261.

AUernanthera, 134, 135, 138. UO. 227.

Amabantaceae, 184, 241, 243, 24S, 251.

Amaranthus, 135, 136, 227, 228, 248.

Amartllidaceae, 131.

Amblogyna, 136.

Amblogyne, 135, 136.

Amphiroa, 93.

Amphochaeta, 124-

Ancistus, 198.

Ancyrostemma, 178.

Anoda, 173, 231.

Anthephora, 116,^^5.

Apium, 184, 232.

Aplopappus, 209, 235.

Apocynaceae, 185, 243.

Ardisia, 263.

Aristida, 116, 117,126,225.

Aroids, 241-

Arthonia, 83, 84.

Asclepiadaceae, 185, 243.

Asclepias, 18.5, 232.

Aspidium, 106, 110, 224.

Asplenium, 106-108, 224, 241, 261.

Astragalus, 148, 229.

204

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Atriplex, 134, 227, 237, 252.
Aulescus, 90.
Avicennia, 194, 233, 237.
Azolla, 115, 225, 237.

Baccliaris, 209, 235.

Barringtoii Island, 245.

Basellaceae, 141.

Bastardia, 173, 231.

Batatas, ISS.

Batidaceae, 141.

Batis, 141, 22S, 237.

Biddulphia, 90.

Bidens, 210, 235, 237, 238.

BiGNOXIACEAE, 202, 2^2.

Bindloe Island, 245.

Black Beach, 2^6.

Blainvillea, 210, 211, 235.

Blechnum, 108, 224-

Boerhaavia, 79, 141, 142, U3, 228, 237.

Boletus, 83.

Boraginaceae, 189, 2Jtl, 243, 248, 249.

Borrera, 86.

Borreria, 204-206, 234,243,247, 249,255.

Bouchea, 196.

Boussingaultia, 141, 228, 237.

Bouteloua, 111,225.

Bracliycladia, 95.

Brandesia, 137.

Brassica, 146, 228, 238.

Brattle Island, 245.

Brickellia, 211, 235.

Bromeliaceae, 130, 243.

Bryopsis, 89.

Bryopteris, 100.

Bucholtzia, 138, 139.

Buellia, 84, 85.

Bursera, 86, 88, 159, 160, 230, 250.

Bcrseraceae, 159, 243.

Byssus, 85.

Cacabus, 201.
Cacalia, 215.

Cactaceae, 178, 241, 243.
Caenopteris, 107.
Caesalpinia, 148, 229, 241.
Calamagrostis, 121.
Callitkichaceae, 170.
Callitriche, 170, 231, 237.
Callophyllis, 93.
Calyniperes, 102.
Calyptrocarya, 262.

Calystegia, 186, 232, 237.

Campanulaceae, 208.

Canipyiodiscus, 90.

Canipyloneurum, 113.

Campylopus, 102, 103.

Canavalia, 148, 229, 245.

Capraria, 202, 234-

Capsicum, 199, 233.

Cardiospermuni, 170, 171, 231, 237, 252.

Carica, 178, 232.

Cakicaceae, 178.

Carpomitra, 90.

Carum, 184-

Caryopiiyllaceae, 145.

Cassia, 148, 149, 229.

Castela, 158, 159, 230, 237, 245, 247, 249.

Catopsis, 263.

Caulerpa, 89.

Celastuaceae, 170, 243.

Cenchrus, 118, 225, 238, 239.

Cenomyce, 85.

Centella, 184, 232.

Cereus, 179, 180, 232, 236, 237, 245, 246.

Chaetochloa, 125.

Chaetomorplia, 90.

Charles Island, 246.

Chatham Island, 246.

Cheilanthes, 108, 109, 224.

Chenopodiaceae, 134.

Chiococca 206, 234-

Chiodecton, 85.

Chloris, 118, 119, 225, 262.

Chlorophyceae, 89.

Chondrus, 94.

Chrysanthellum, 211, 235.

Clirysodium, 104-

Chusquea, U9, 225.

Cissanipelos, 146, 228, 237.

Cissus, 172, 231.

Citrullus. 207, 234.

Cladonia, 85.

Clerodendron, 194, 195, 233.

Cocos Island, 24I, 261.

Coelcstina, 209.

Coffee tree, 134-

Coklenia, 189, 233.

Combketaceae, 182.

Commelina, 130, 227.

Conimelinacea, 131,227.

COMMELINACEAE, 130.

COMPOSITAE, 208, 241, 242, 243, 248, 249,

251.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS.

265

Conferva, 89.

Conocarpus, 182, 232.

Conostegia, 263.

Constantinea, 98.

CONVOLVULACEAE, 186, 2^1, 2^3, 248,

251.
Convolvulus, 186.
Conyza, 212.
Corallina, 94, 95.
Corchorus, 172, 231.
Cordia, 189-191,^55,^45.
Coronopus, l^-Q.
Crotalaria, 149, 229, 261.
Croton, 165, 166, 230, 245, 246, 247, 249,

251.
Cruciferae, 146.
Cryptocarpus, 142, 228.
Cucumis, 207.
Cucurbita, 207, 235.
Cccukbitaceae, 207, 243.
Culpepper Island, 247.
Cuphea, 182, 232.
Cuscuta, 186, 232, 238.
Cyanophtceae, 89.
Cypekaceae, 126, 237, 243.
Cyperus, 126-129, 226, 227, 237, 251, 262.
Cystopteris, 109, 224.

Dactyloctenium, 119.
Dalea, 150, 229.
Daltonia, 103.
Darea, 107.
Dasya, 94.
Datura, 199, 233.
Dendrographa, 87.
Desman thus, 150, 229.
Desmocephalum, 212.
Desniodium, 150, 151, 229.
Dianthera, 203.
Diatojieae, 90.
Dichronema, 129, 227, 237.
Dicksonia, 261.
Dicliptera, 203, 234-
Dicranum, 102.
Dlctyocalyx, 201.
Dictyota, 91.
Digitaria, 123.
Dilsea, 95.
Diodia, 206, 234.
Discaria, 171, 231, 237, 245.
Distichlis, 125.
Dodonaea, 171, 231.

Dolichos, US.
Drymaria, 145, 228.
Dubreulia, 133.
Duncan Island, 247.
Duranta, 195, 233.

Ecllpta, 211, 235.

Elaphoglossuni, 104, 105.

Elaphrium, 159.

Elaterium, 208, 235, 237.

Eleocharis, 129, 227, 237, 238.

Eleusine, 119, 120,226,241.

Elvira, 212, 235.

Encelia, 212, 235.

Enteroniorpha, 89.

Epidendrum, 131, 227, 238.

Epipliytes, 238.

Eragrostis, 120, 226.

Erigeron, 212, 218, 235.

Eriochloa, 121, 226.

Erythrina, 151, 229.

Eupatorium, 213, 235.

Euphorbia, 158, 166-169, 230, 231, 241,

243, 249-251, 255-258.
EuPHORBiACEAE, 161, 241, 243, 245, 248,

251.
Eutriana, 117.
Euxolus, 135.
Everina, 88.
Evolvulus, 79, 186, 187, 232, 237.

Fagara, 158.
Favolus, 82, 83.
FiLiCES, 104, 243.
Fimbristylis, 129,^^7,^57.
Flaveria, 213, 235.
Fleurya, 132, 227.
Floriana Island, 246.
Fomes, 83.

Froelichia, 136, 187, 228.
Frullania, 100.
Fucodium, 90.
Fucus, 89, 90, 92, 95, 96, 99.
Fungi, 82.

Galactea, 151, 152, 229, 237.
Galapagoa, 189.
Galaxaura, 95.
Gardner Island, 247.
Gelidiura, 95, 96, 98.
Geoff raea, 152, 229, 248.
Geoffroya, 152.

266

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Gigartin.i, 9G.
Gleichcnia, 100, 224.
Glossopliora, 90, 91.
Goiiiophlebium, 112.

GOODENIACEAK, 208.

Gossypiuin, 173, 174, 231.
Gracilaria, 96.
Gramineae, 116, 243.
Grasses, 245, 249.
Grossman Islands, 246.
Guaiacum, 159.
Gymnogongrus, 06.
Gyninogramnia, 109.
Gymnogramme, 109, 224, ^61.
Gymnosperms, 241-
Gyumotlirix, 124.

Halopliytes, 237.
Halorrhagidaceae, 183.
Haplopappus, 2o9.
Hawaiian Islands, 238.
Heliantlioideae, 242.
Heliophytum, 192.
Heliotropium, 192, 233, 237.
Ilelopus, 121.
Helosciadium, 1S4-
Hemicarpiia, 130, 227, 237.
Hemionitis, IO4.
Hemizonia, 213,^55.
Hepaticae, 100.
Herpophyllon, 97.
I-Iibiscus," 174, 231, 24I, 263.
Hipponiane, 169, 231.
Hood Island, 248.
Hydrocotyle, 184, 232.
Hymenopliyliuni, 241.
Hypnea, 06, 98, 103.
Hypoclinus, 85.
Hypolepis, 100, 224.
Hypolytrum, 262.
Hypo.xis, V?A,227.
Hyptis, 197, 233.

Illieebrum, 138.

Indefatitrable Island, 248.

Iponioea, 187-189, 232, 233, 237, 238, 241,

251.
Iresine, 137, 228.
Iridacea, 94-

Jaegeria, 213, 235.
James Island, 249.

Jervis Island, 240.
Jungerinannia, 100.
Jussieua, 263.
Juslicia, 203, 234, 243.

Kallstroeniia, 156, 229, 237.
Kallymenia, 98.
Kylfinga, 130, 227,237, 262.
Kyllingia, 130.

Labiatae, 197, 241, 243.

Laguncularia, 183, 232, 237.

Laniiacea, 197.

Lantana, 195, 233.

Laportea, 132.

Laurencia, 98.

Lecanora, 83, 85.

Lecidea, 84-

Lecocarpus, 213, 235, 238, 242.

Leguminosae, 147, 24I, 243, 245, 248,

251.
Lejeunea, 261.
Lemna, 130, 227, 237.
Lemxaceae, 130.
Lepioystis, 112, 113.
Lepidiuni, I46.

Leptochoa, 121, f^^, 245, 262.
Leptogium, 261.
Lichen, 85, 86, 88.
LicnEXES, 83.
Liliaceae, 24I.

LiNACEAE, 150.
Linum, 156, 229.
Lipocliaeta, 214, 235, 238.
Lippia, 196, 214, 233.
Litliobrachia, 114-
Lithocardium, 190, 191.
Lithopliyllum, 98.
Litliotliamnium, 98.
Litobrochia, 114-
LOASACEAE, 178.
Lobelia, 208. 235.
Loncbitis, 109.
Lopbolejeunea, 100.

LORANTHACEAE, 133, 243.

Lorentia, 214, 215.
Lycium, 199, 233.
Lycopersicon, 199.
Lycopersicum, 199, 200, 233, 234-
Lycopodiaceae, 115.
Lycopodiuin, Ub. 225,262.

LTTIIR.4.CEAE, 182, 241.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS.

267

Macraea, 2U, 2^2.
IVIacrolejeunea, 261.
Macromitrium, 103.
Malachra, 174, 231.
Malvaceae, 173, 24I, 243, 2^8.
Manihot, 169, 231.
Marcliesinia, 101.
Marginaria, 111, 112.
Mariscus, 126-128.
Mastogloia, 90.
Maytenus, 170, 231, 245.
Melanocarpum, 137.
Melastomaceae, 183, 24I, 243.
Melobesia, 98.
Melosira, 90.
Menispermaceae, 146.
Mentzelia, 178, 232.
Merremia, 188.
Miconia, 183, 232.
Microcoecia, 212.
Mimosa, 152, 229, 237.
MoUugo, 143, 144, 228.
Momordica, 208, 235, 237.
Musci, 102.

Myriophyllum, 183, 232.
Mtrtaceae, 182, 241, 243.

Najadaceae, 116.
Najas, 89, 116, 225, 237.
Narborougli Island, 250.
Navicula, 90.
Neckera, 103.
Nephrodium, 110, 224, 225.
Nephrolepis, 110, 111, 225, 241, 261.
Neptunia, 79, 152, 229.
Neurocallis, IO4.
Nicotiana, 200, 234.
Nothochlaena, 111, 225.
Notothylas, 101.
Nyctaginacea, 143, 228.
Ntctaginaceae, 141, 24I, 243, 250.

Ochtodes, 99.

Oedogonium, 89.

Olfersia, I04, 105.

Omphalanthus, 101.

Onagraceae 241-

Oplismenus, 121, 122, 226.

Opuntia, 125, 180, 181, 232,236,237, 245,

247, 248, 251.
Orchidaceae, 131, 243.
Orthotrichum, 103, I04.

Ossea, 263.

OXALIDACEAE, 156, 243.

Oxalis, 156, 229.

Padina, 91, 92.

Palms, 241.

Palo Santo, 88, 134, IGO.

Panicum, 122, 123, 124, 125, 226, 24I.

Papillaria, 103.

Parietaria, 132, 133, 227.

Paritium, 174-

Parkinsonia, 152, 229, 237.

Parmelia, 85, 86.

Paspalum, 123, 124, 226, 24I, 262.

Passiflora, 177, 232.

Passifloraceae, 177, 242.

Pectidium, 215.

Pectis, 214, 215, 235.

Pellaea, 111, 225.

Peltolejeunea, 101.

Pennisetum, 124, 226.

Peperomia, 131, 132, 227, 238, 243, 263.

Pertusaria, 83, 85.

Petroselinum, 184, 232.

Peyssonnelia, 98, 99.

Phaca, 148.

Phaeophyceae, 90.

Phaseolus, 151, 153, 229.

Phoradendron, 133, 134, 227, 238.

Phragmicoma, 101.

Phyllanthus, 169, 231.

Physalls, 200, 201, 234.

Pliyscia, 85.

Phytolacca, 141, 228.

Phttolaccaceae, 141.

Pilea, 133, 227.

Pilotricliella, 103.

Pilotrichum, 261.

PiPERACEAE, 131, 243, 245.

Piptadenia, 152.
Piscidia, 153, 229.
Pisonia, 143, 228.
Plaglochasma, 101.
Plagiochila, 101, 241, 261.
Plagiogramina, 90.
Plantaginaceae, 204.
Plantago, 185, 204, 234-
Platylejeunea, 261.
Pleopeltis, 111-113.
Pleuridium, 112.
Pleuropetalum, 137, 228, 244.
Plocamium, 99.

268

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Plimbaginaceae, 185.
Plumbago, 185, .JO4, :iS2.
Poa, l.!0.
Poinciana, l^S.
Polygala, 160, 161, 230.

POLTGALACEAE, 160, 2^3.
POLYGONACEAE, 134, 2^^.

Polygonum, 134, 227.

Polypodium, 106, 110, 111-114, 225, 2^1,

251, 261, 262.
Polyporus, 83.
Polystichum, 106.
Porophyllum, 215, 235, 237.
Portulaca, lU, 145, 228.

PORTULACACEAE, 145.

Potamogeton, 115, 116, 225.

POTAMOGETONACEAE, 115.

Prosopis, 153, 220.
Pseudocyphellaria, 86.
Psidium, 182, 232.
Psychotria, 185, 207, 234.
Pteris, 111, 114, 115, 225.
Pycreus, 127.
Pyrenula, S4, 86.

Radula, 101.

Ramalina, 86, 88.

Raphanus, 146, 228, 238.

Rauwolfia, 185.

Relbunium, 207, 234.

Rhamnaceae, 171.

Rhizoclonium, 89, 90.

Rhizogonum, 261.

Rhizophora, 182, 194, 232, 237, 247.

Rhizophoraceae, 182.

Rhodophyceae, 93.

Rhodymenia, 99.

Rhynchosia, 79, 154, 229, 237, 261.

Riccia, 101.

Ricinus, 170, 231, 24I.

Rinodina, 83, 87.

Roccella, 87, 88.

Roccellaria, 87, 88.

Rolandra, 263.

RosACEAK, 146, 242.

Rubia, l-W.

RuBiACEAE, 204, 241, 243, 248, 251.

Ruppia, 116, 225, 237.

Rushes, 241.

RCTACEAE, 158.

Rutilarla, 90.

Salvia, 197, 198, 233, 238.

Salvinia, 115, 225, 237.

Salviniaceae, 115.

Saiiguisorbea, 146, 228.

Sapindaceae, 170, 241, 243.

Sapindus, 171, 231.

Sarcantlius, 192.

Sargassum, 92, 93.

Sarratia, 136.

Scaevola, 208, 235, 237.

Scalesia, 216-220, 235, 236, 242-245, 247,

249, 251, 2.54, 255.
Sciiizopliyllum, 83.
Schlotheimia, 104.
Scirpus, 129, 130.
Scleria, 130, 227, 237.
Scleropus, 135, 136.
Sclerotiirix, 178, 232.
Scoparia, 202, 234-
Scrophulariacea, 202, 234.

SCROPHCLARIACEAE, 202.

Scytonema, 89.
Selaginella, 262.
Senebiera, 146, 228.
Sesuvium, 144, 228, 237.
Setaria, 124, 125, 226.
Seymour Islands, 250.
Sicyos, 208, 235, 237.
Sida, 173, 174-176, 231.

SiMARUBACEAE, 158, 243.

Sinapis, 146.
Solanacea, 201.
SOLANACEAE, 198, 241, 243.
Solanum, 200, 201, 234-
Sonchus, 220, 236.
Spatoglossum, 93.
Spermacoce, 204-206, 207, 234-
Sphaeria, 84-
Sphaerococcus, 94, 96, 99.
Spilanthes, 220, 236.
Spondias, 159.
Sporobolus, 125, 226.
Stachytarpheta, 196, 233.
Stenotaphrum, 126, 226.
Sterculiaceae, 176, 243.
Stlcta, 86, 88.
Stipa, 126, 226.
Stylosanthes, 79, 154, ^^0.
Surirella, 90.

Taenitis, 115, 225.
Tagetes, 220, 236.

FLORA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS.

269

Tamonea, 183.
Tecoma, 202, 234.
Telanthera, 137-140, 228, 247, 251.
Teloschistes, 88.
Tephrosia, 155, 229, 237.
Tetramerium, 204, 234-
Teucrium, 198, 233.
Theloschistes. See Teloschistes.
Thinogeton, 201, 234, ^37, 247.

TiLIACEAE, 172.

Tillandsia, 130, 227, 238, 261.

Tournefortia, 193, 194, 233.

Tower Island, 250.

Trianthema, 144, 228.

Tribulus, 79, 156, 157, 229, 230, 237, 238,

247, 261.
Triceratium, 90.
Trichomanes, 241, 262.
Trichoneuron, 121.
Trigonopterum, 214-
Triumfetta, 172, 231.
Turnera, 177, 232.

TURNERACEAE, 177.

Ulva, 90.

Umbelliferae, 184, 243.
Urtica, 132.

Urticaceae, 132, 243.
Usnea, 88.

Vallesia, 185, 232.
Varronia, 189-191.
Verbena, 196, 197, 233, 237, 247.
Verbenaceae, 194, 241, 243.
Verbesina, 210, 215.
Verrucaria, 86.
Vigna, 155, 229, 238.
Vincetoxicum, 185, 186, 232.
Viscum, 133.
Vitaceae, 172.
Vitis, 172, 231, 238.
Vittaria, 115.

Waltlieria, 79, 176, 232.
Wedelia, 211, 263.
Wenman Island, 251.

Xanthoxylon, 1-58.

Zanthoxylum, 158, 230, 237.
Zonaria, 91, 93, 98, 99.
Zygomorpby, 238.
Zygophtllaceae, 156, 243.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate 1. Fig. 1, Phoradendron nncinatum, Robinson, n. sp. Fig. 2, Bursera
malacophi/lla, Robinson, n. sp. Fig. 3, fruit of ray-flower of Acanthospermum micro-
carpum, Robinson, n. sp. Fig. 4, fruit of ray-flower in Acanthospermum hispidum,
DC. Figs. 5, 6, 7, Telanthera Helleri, Robinson, n. sp. Fig. 8, leaf of Telanthera
Helleri, var. obtusior, Robinson, n. var. Fig. 9, Scalesia Helleri, Robinson, n. sp.
Fig. 10, the same, a pale of the disk.

Plate 2. Fig. 1, Pi/ea Banrii, Robinson, n. sp. Fig. 2, Telanthera Snodgrassii,
Robinson, n. sp. Fig. 3, Acnistus insularis, Robinson, n. sp. Fig. 4, Bidens refracta,
Brandegee. Fig. 5, Euphorbia nesiotica, Robinson, n. sp.

Plate 3. Fig. 1, Scalesia Hopkinsii, Robinson, n. sp. Figs. 2, 3, Scalesia micro-
cephala, Robinson, n. sp. Figs. 4, 5, 6, 7, Scalesia narbonensis, Robinson, n. sp.
Fig. 8, Scalesia Snodg7-assii, Robinson, n. sp.

Robinson.-Flora Galapagos,

Plate 1

<^

Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sciences. Vol. XXXVIII.

Kc-limype Co., Boslnn.

Robinson. -Flora Galapagos.

Plate 2.

Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sciences. Vol. XXXVIII.

HRliDtype Co., Hnpinn.

Robinson. -Flora Galapagos.

Plate 3.

Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sciences. Vol. XXXVIIl.

Heliotype Co., Bnptnn.

XA.^

Robinson, Benjamin/Flora of the Galapago

gen

3 5185 00102 1557

^^MAY 74

V^^T^ N. MANCHESTER.